texlive[44396] Master: axodraw2 (17may17)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Wed May 17 23:57:11 CEST 2017
Revision: 44396
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=44396
Author: karl
Date: 2017-05-17 23:57:11 +0200 (Wed, 17 May 2017)
Log Message:
-----------
axodraw2 (17may17)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/example.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/axodraw2/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/axodraw2/axohelp.c
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/axodraw2/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2.sty
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/axodraw2.tlpsrc
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/README (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/README 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Axodraw2 is a package that defines macros for drawing Feynman graphs
+in LaTeX documents.
+
+It is an important update of the axodraw package, but since it is not
+completely backwards compatible, we have given the style file a
+changed name.
+
+Many new features have been added, with new types of line, and much
+more flexibility in their properties: For details see the
+documentation.
+
+In addition, it is now possible to use axodraw2 with pdflatex, as well
+as with the latex-dvips method. However with pdflatex (and also lualatex
+and xelatex), an external program, axohelp, is used to perform the
+geometrical calculations needed for the pdf code inserted in the
+output file. The processing involves a run of pdflatex, a run of
+axohelp, and then another run of pdflatex.
+
+The files in the distribution are:
+
+ README This file
+ axodraw2.sty The main style file
+ axohelp.c Source code of axohelp
+ axohelp.exe MS-Windows executable for axohelp
+ axodraw2-man.pdf Documentation
+ axodraw2-man.tex Source for documentation
+ example.tex Example latex file for use of axodraw2
+
+
+Authors, copyright, license
+---------------------------
+
+(C) 1994-2016 John Collins (jcc8 at psu dot edu) and Jos Vermaseren
+(t68 at nikhef dot nl)
+
+Axodraw2 is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+option) any later version. See the files axodraw2.sty or axohelp.c
+for more details.
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/README
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.pdf 2017-05-17 21:54:24 UTC (rev 44395)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.pdf 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.tex 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -0,0 +1,5160 @@
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+\usepackage{a4wide}
+% Use fix-cm or lmodern to get scaleable cm fonts
+\usepackage{longtable,fix-cm,url,units,hyperref}
+
+\usepackage{axodraw2}
+
+\def\num{$\langle$number$\rangle$}
+\def\colorname{$\langle$colorname$\rangle$}
+
+% How to typeset filenames and program names: Use \file and \program
+% to allow stylistic changes.
+% Basic definition of \file would bes \def\file#1{\texttt{#1}}, but
+% that would not allow line breaks in long names. So define it by
+% \DeclareUrlCommand from url package. (We can't use \url itself,
+% because that provokes hyperref into making a hyperlink.)
+\DeclareUrlCommand\file{\urlstyle{tt}}
+
+% Similarly specify how to typeset names of programs
+\def\program#1{\texttt{#1}}
+
+% Backslash of the kind used in verbatim
+\newcommand\BS{\symbol{`\\}}
+
+% Set the name of a TeX macro (and possibly its signature).
+% In the argument, the initial backslash. Allow \{ and \} in the
+% argument. E.g. \name{SetSpace\{\#\}}}
+\newcommand\name[1]{%
+ \bgroup
+ \def\{{\symbol{`\{}}%
+ \def\}{\symbol{`\}}}%
+ \texttt{\BS#1}%
+ \egroup
+}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+
+%% ?? To get settings useful to test compatibility of axodraw2 with
+%% color.sty, uncomment the following line:
+%\SetColor{Blue} \color{green} \pagecolor[cmyk]{0,0.02,0.05,0}
+%% Note green is useful, because it is defined in rgb color model
+%% and the apparently equivalent Green, cmyk 1 0 1 0, looks quite
+%% different on screen. So we can test the colors are entering graphics
+%% correctly.
+
+%% ?? To test whether offsets work correctly, uncomment the following
+%% line:
+%\SetOffset(10,20) \SetScaledOffset(10,-20)
+
+
+\setcounter{page}{0}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\hfill \begin{minipage}{3.0cm}
+Nikhef 2015-025
+\end{minipage}
+\vspace{20mm}
+
+\begin{center}
+{\LARGE\bf\sc Axodraw Version 2}
+\end{center}
+\vspace{5mm}
+\begin{center}
+{\large John C. Collins$^{\, a}$ and J.A.M. Vermaseren$^{\, b}$}
+\vspace{1cm}\\
+{\it $^a$ Department of Physics, Pennsylvania State University, \\
+\vspace{0.1cm}
+University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA} \\
+\texttt{jcc8 at psu dot edu} \\
+\vspace{0.5cm}
+{\it $^b$Nikhef Theory Group \\
+\vspace{0.1cm}
+Science Park 105, 1098 XG Amsterdam, The Netherlands} \\
+\texttt{t68 at nikhef dot nl} \\
+\vspace{1.0cm}
+(3 June 2016)
+\end{center}
+\vspace{5mm}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+We present version two of the \LaTeX{} graphical style file Axodraw.
+It has a number of new drawing primitives and many extra options, and
+it can now work with \program{pdflatex} to directly produce
+output in PDF file format (but with the aid of an auxiliary program).
+\end{abstract}
+
+\newpage
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\newpage
+
+
+%>>#[ Introduction :
+%=========================
+\section{Introduction}
+\label{sec:intro}
+
+This is the documentation for axodraw2, a \LaTeX{} package for drawing
+Feynman graphs (and other simple graphics). This version is a
+substantial update of the original axodraw package \cite{axodraw1},
+which was released
+in 1994, and which has become rather popular in the preparation of articles in
+elementary-particle physics. One of its advantages is that its
+drawing primitives are included in the .tex document, in a
+human-writable form. (This also allows convenient production of
+axodraw figures by other software, e.g., Jaxodraw
+\cite{jaxodraw1,jaxodraw2}.)
+This is in distinction to methods that
+use a separate program to create graphics files that are read in
+during the processing of the \LaTeX{} file. The objects needed in
+Feynman graphs are often difficult to draw at high quality with
+conventional computer graphics software.
+
+The original axodraw package has hardly been modified since its
+introduction. The new version addresses several later needs. A
+detailed list of the changes is given in Sec.\ \ref{sec:changes}.
+
+One change arises from the fact that \TeX{} (and hence \LaTeX{})
+themselves do not possess sufficiently useful methods of drawing
+complicated graphics, so that the drawing of the graphics is actually
+done inserting suitable code in the final output file (postscript or
+pdf). The original axodraw worked only with the
+\program{latex}-\program{dvips} processing chain to put the diagrams in
+the final postscript file.\footnote{A pdf file can be produced from
+ the postscript file by a program like \program{ps2pdf}.} Now we also
+have in common use the \program{pdflatex} (and \program{lualatex} and
+\program{xelatex}) programs that directly produce pdf. The new version
+of axodraw works with \program{pdflatex}, \program{lualatex}, and
+\program{xelatex}, as well as with the \program{latex}-\program{dvips}
+method.
+
+Furthermore, more kinds of graphical object and greater flexibility in
+their properties have been found useful for Feynman graphs. The new
+version provides a new kind of line, B\'ezier, and is able to make the
+various kinds of line doubled. There is now a very flexible
+configuration of arrows. Many of the changes correspond to
+capabilities of JaxoDraw \cite{jaxodraw1,jaxodraw2}, which is a
+graphical program for drawing Feynman graphs, and which is able to
+write and to import diagrams in the axodraw format.
+
+Finally, substantial improvements have been made in the handling of
+colors, with much better compatibility with modern packages used to
+set colors in the normal \LaTeX{} part of a document.
+
+Since some of the changes (especially in the internal coding)
+introduce potential incompatibilities with the original version of
+axodraw, the new version of the style file is given a new name
+\file{axodraw2.sty}. Then the many legacy documents (e.g., on
+\url{http://arxiv.org}) that use the old axodraw will continue to use
+the old version, and will therefore continue to be compilable without
+any need for any possible changes in the source document, and with unchanged
+output. Even so, as regards the coding of diagrams, there are very
+few backwardly incompatible changes in axodraw2.
+
+The software is available under the GNU General Public License
+\cite{GPL} version 3.
+
+
+
+%=========================
+\section{Changes}
+\label{sec:changes}
+
+\subsection{Changes relative to original, axodraw version 1}
+\label{sec:changes.wrt.1}
+
+Relative to the original version of axodraw, the current version,
+axodraw2, has the following main changes:
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item A bug that the line bounding an oval did not have a uniform
+ width has been corrected.
+
+\item A bug has been corrected that axodraw did not work with the
+ revtex4 document class when \verb+\maketitle+ and two-column mode
+ were used.
+
+\item Axodraw2 works both when pdf output is produced directly using
+ the programs \program{pdflatex}, \program{lualatex}, and
+ \program{xelatex}, as well as when a postscript file is produced by
+ the latex--dvips method. The old version only worked when
+ postscript output was produced. However, an auxiliary program is
+ needed when using \program{pdflatex}, \program{lualatex}, or
+ \program{xelatex}. See Sec.\ \ref{sec:doc.compile} for how this is
+ done.
+
+\item In the original axodraw, a diagram is coded inside a
+ \verb+picture+ environment of \LaTeX. Now, a specialized
+ \verb+axopicture+ environment is provided and preferred; it provides
+ better behavior, especially when diagrams are to be scaled.
+
+\item In association with this, there are some changes in how scaling
+ of diagrams is done.
+
+\item An inconsistency in length units between postscript and \TeX{}
+ has been corrected. All lengths are now specified in terms of
+ $\unit[1]{pt} = \unit[1/72.27]{in} = \unit[0.3515]{mm}$. Previously
+ the unit length for graphics was the one defined by postscript to be
+ $\unit[1]{bp} = \unit[1/72]{in} = \unit[0.3528]{mm}$.
+
+\item Substantial improvements have been made in the treatment of
+ color. When named colors are used, axodraw2's use of color is
+ generally compatible with that of the modern, \LaTeX-standard
+ \file{color.sty} package. It also provides all the macros that were
+ defined in v.\ 1 of axodraw, including those of the \file{colordvi.sty}
+ package used by v.\ 1.
+
+\item The various types of line can now be produced as double lines,
+ e.g.,
+ \begin{axopicture}(35,5)(0,-2)
+ \SetWidth{1}
+ \Line[double,sep=2.5](0,2)(35,2)
+ \end{axopicture}.
+ This is commonly used, for example, for notating Wilson lines.
+
+\item Lines can be made from B\'ezier curves.
+ Currently this is only for simple lines, not photon, gluon, or
+ zigzag lines.
+
+\item Gluon, photon, and zigzag lines can be dashed.
+
+\item Macros are provided for drawing gluon circles, without the
+ endpoint effects given by the corresponding gluon arc macros.
+
+\item The positions and sizes of arrows can be adjusted. See Sec.\
+ \ref{sec:arrows} for all the possibilities. One example is
+ \begin{axopicture}(30,6)(0,-2)
+ \SetWidth{1}
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.8](0,2)(30,2)
+ \end{axopicture}
+
+\item Macros for drawing polygons and filled polygons are provided.
+
+\item Macros for drawing rotated boxes are provided.
+
+\item A macro \verb+\ECirc+ is provided for drawing a circle with a
+ transparent interior.
+
+\item A macro \verb+\EBoxc+ is provided for drawing a box with a
+ specified center.
+
+\item A macro \verb+\AxoGrid+ is provided for drawing a grid. One
+ use is to provide a useful tool in designing pictures.
+
+\item Since there are now many more possibilities to specify the
+ properties of a line, optional arguments to the main line drawing
+ commands can be used to specify them in a keyword style.
+
+\item A new macro named \verb+\Arc+ is introduced. With the aid of
+ optional arguments, this unifies the behavior of various arc-drawing
+ commands in the original axodraw.
+
+\item For consistency with the \verb+\Gluon+ macro, the
+ \verb+\GlueArc+ macro has been renamed to \verb+\GluonArc+, with the old
+ macro retained as a synonym.
+
+\item The behavior of arcs is changed to what we think is more natural
+ behavior when the specified opening is outside the natural range.
+
+\item What we call macros for drawing objects with postscript text are
+ now implemented within \LaTeX{} instead of relying on instructions
+ inserted in the postscript code. Thus all the normal \LaTeX{}
+ commands, including mathematics, can now be used in all text
+ objects, with proper scaling. The placement and scaling of text
+ objects are more consistent.
+
+\item Some new named colors are provided:
+ \LightYellow{LightYellow}, \LightRed{LightRed},
+ \LightBlue{LightBlue}, \LightGray{LightGray},
+ \VeryLightBlue{VeryLightBlue}.
+ (LightYellow, LightRed, LightBlue, LightGray, VeryLightBlue.)
+
+\item The macros originally specified as \verb+\B2Text+,
+ \verb+\G2Text+, and \verb+\C2Text+ are now named \verb+\BTwoText+,
+ \verb+\GTwoText+, and \verb+\CTwoText+. The intent of the
+ original code was to define macros with names \verb+\B2Text+, etc.
+ However in normal \TeX, macro names of more than one character
+ must only contain letters, unlike typical programming languages
+ that also allow digits. So the rules for \TeX{} macro names mean
+ that in defining, for example \verb+\def\B2Text(#1,#2)#3#4{...}+,
+ the original version of axodraw actually defined a macro named
+ named \verb+\B+, obligatorially followed by \verb+2Text+. This
+ caused a conflict if the user wished to define a macro \verb+\B+.
+ If it is desired to retain the old behavior, then the following
+ should be placed in the preamble of the .tex file, then the
+ axodraw2 package should be invoked in the source document with the
+ \texttt{v1compatible} option:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[v1compatible]{axodraw2}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Changes relative to axodraw4j distributed with JaxoDraw}
+\label{sec:changes.wrt.4j}
+
+The JaxoDraw program \cite{jaxodraw2} is distributed with a
+version of axodraw called axodraw4j. As of July 2014, this was
+effectively a predecessor of axodraw2, but without the possibility of
+working with \program{pdflatex}. (The suffix ``4j'' is intended to mean ``for
+JaxoDraw''.)
+
+The changes in axodraw2 relative to the version of axodraw4j dated
+2008/11/19 are the following subset of those listed in Sec.\
+\ref{sec:changes.wrt.1}:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Correction of the oval-drawing bug.
+\item The ability to work with \program{pdflatex}, \program{lualatex},
+ and \program{xelatex}.
+\item The improvements in the handling of color.
+\item The double and arrow options for B\'ezier lines.
+\item The dash option for gluons and photons.
+\item Color option for all lines.
+\item Correction of inconsistency of length unit between \TeX{} and
+ postscript.
+\item Better drawing of double gluons and photons.
+\item The gluon circle, polygon, rotated box, \verb+\ECirc+,
+ \verb+\EBoxc+, and the \verb+\AxoGrid+ macros
+\item A series of ``LongArrow'' macros for drawing lines with the
+ arrow at the end. The same effect could only be achieved in
+ axodraw4j with arrowpos=1 option to the basic line-drawing
+ commands.
+\item A series of macros like \verb+\DashDoubleLine+ to provide access
+ to the dashed and double properties in the style of the macros
+ provided in v.\ 1 of axodraw. This is in addition to the optional
+ arguments that allow the same effect in axodraw4j and in axodraw2.
+\item The \texttt{v1compatible} and other options are provided for the
+ package.
+\item Better treatment of the scaling of objects.
+\item The treatment of ``postscript text objects'' within \LaTeX{}
+ itself.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+%---------------
+\subsection{Backward compatibility, etc}
+
+The official user interface of axodraw2 is backward-compatible with
+versions 1 and 4j, with the exception of the issue mentioned above
+about the commands that have the signatures \verb+\B2Text+,
+\verb+\G2Text+, and \verb+\C2Text+. There are some minor changes in
+the objects that are drawn, mostly concerning the exact dimensions of
+default arrows and the scaling of the sizes of text objects. The
+scoping of color changes is significantly different, but improved.
+
+The old axodraw only used the tools available in \LaTeX{} in the early
+1990s. The new version needs a more modern installation. It has been
+extensively tested with TeXLive 2011 and 2016.
+
+We have tested backwards compatibility by compiling the version 1
+manual with axodraw2; only a trivially modified preamble was needed.
+It also worked to compile Collins's QCD book\cite{qcdbook},
+which has a large number
+of JaxoDraw figures (processed automatically to pieces of axodraw code
+imported into the document); only changes in the preamble were needed.
+
+Axodraw2 uses the following \LaTeX{} packages: \program{keyval},
+\program{ifthen}, \program{graphicx}, \program{color}, \program{ifxetex}.
+It defines its own set of 73 named colors --- Sec.\ \ref{sec:colors}
+--- which are the same as the 68 defined as dvips-defined names in the
+color package, plus 5 more.
+
+In addition axodraw2 provides an \verb+axopicture+ environment
+inside of which axodraw2's graphics are coded and drawn. In the old
+axodraw, \LaTeX's \verb+picture+ environment was used instead. We
+recommend the use of \verb+axopicture+ environment in axodraw2, and
+that is the only method we document. However, old diagrams coded with
+\verb+picture+ environment continue to work.
+
+
+%=========================
+\section{Installation}
+\label{sec:installation}
+
+%---------------
+\subsection{Installation from standard \TeX{} distribution}
+
+At the moment that this document was written, axodraw2 was not part of any
+standard \TeX{} distribution.
+
+It is on CTAN at \url{http://ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/axodraw2},
+so that it should eventually be part of the standard distributions
+(TeXLive and MiKTeX). After that, axodraw2 will either be installed
+by default or can be installed by using the package manager of the
+\TeX{} distribution. When available, this will be the easiest method
+of installation.
+
+
+
+%---------------
+\subsection{Manual installation}
+
+%For a manual installation, the minimum that needs to be done is to put
+For a manual installation, what needs to be done is to put
+the file \file{axodraw2.sty} in a place where it will be found by
+the \program{latex} program. If you wish to use axodraw2 with
+\program{pdflatex}, you will also need to compile the \program{axohelp}
+program and put it in an appropriate directory. Documentation can
+also be installed if you want.
+
+%--
+\subsubsection{Style file texttt{axodraw2.sty}}
+
+If you merely want to try out axodraw2, just put the file
+\file{axodraw2.sty} in the same directory as the \file{.tex}
+file(s) you are working on.
+
+Otherwise, put it in an appropriate directory for a \LaTeX{} style
+file, and, if necessary, run the texhash program to ensure that the
+file is in the \TeX{} system's database of files. For example,
+suppose that you have a TeXLive system installed for all users on a
+Unix-like system (e.g., Linux or OS-X), and that TeXLive is installed,
+as is usual, under the directory \file{/usr/local/texlive}. Then an
+appropriate place for axodraw2 is in a directory
+\file{/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/tex/latex/axodraw2}. You will
+need to run the \program{texhash} program in this last case. For such
+a system-wide installation, you will probably have to do these
+operations as an administrative user (e.g., root), possibly
+supplemented by running the relevant commands with the \program{sudo}
+program.
+
+%--
+\subsubsection{Helper program \program{axohelp}}
+\label{sec:axohelp}
+
+If you wish to use axodraw2 with \program{pdflatex}, \program{lualatex},
+or \program{xelatex}., then you need to install the \program{axohelp}
+program.
+
+On a Unix-like system (e.g., linux or OS-X), you first need to compile
+the program by a C compiler. An appropriate shell command to do this
+is
+\begin{verbatim}
+ cc -o axohelp -O3 axohelp.c -lm
+\end{verbatim}
+(Note that this is a C compiler, \emph{not} a C++ compiler.) Most linux
+systems have the program \program{cc} already installed. This also applies to
+OS-X at versions below 10.7. But on OS-X version 10.7 and higher, you
+will need to install a compiler, which can be done by installing XCode
+and the associated command-line utilities. If you have the GNU
+compilers installed, you might need to use the command \program{gcc}
+instead of \program{cc}.
+
+For Microsoft Windows, if you do not have a C compiler available, you
+can use the Windows binary \file{axohelp.exe} we have provided. It
+should work with Windows 7 or higher.
+
+In any case once you have the executable (named \program{axohelp} on
+unix-like systems, or \program{axohelp.exe} on a Microsoft system), put
+it in a directory where it will be found when you run programs from
+the command line.
+
+
+%--
+\subsubsection{Testing}
+
+To test whether the installation works, you need a simple test file.
+An example is given in Sec.\ \ref{sec:example}, and is provided
+with the axodraw2 distribution as \file{example.tex}.
+
+At a command line with the current directory set to the directory
+containing the file \file{example.tex}, run the following commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latex example
+ dvips example -o
+\end{verbatim}
+If all goes well, you will obtain a file \file{example.ps}. When
+you view it, it should contain the diagram shown in Sec.\
+\ref{sec:example}. You can make a pdf file instead by the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latex example
+ dvipdf example
+\end{verbatim}
+A more extensive test can be made by compiling the manual.
+
+To make a pdf file directly, with \program{pdflatex}, you use the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+ pdflatex example
+ axohelp example
+ pdflatex example
+\end{verbatim}
+The \program{axohelp} run takes as input a file \file{example.ax1}
+produced by the first run of \program{pdflatex} and makes an output
+file \file{example.ax2}. The second run of \program{pdflatex} reads
+the \file{example.ax2} file and uses the result to place the axodraw
+objects in the \file{example.pdf} file.
+
+
+%--
+\subsubsection{Documentation}
+
+Put the documentation in a place where you can find it. If you
+installed the \file{axodraw2.sty} file in
+\file{/usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/tex/latex/axodraw2}, the
+standard place for the documentation would be
+\file{usr/local/texlive/texmf-local/doc/latex/axodraw2}.
+
+
+%=========================
+\section{Use}
+\label{sec:use}
+
+In this section we show how to use axodraw2, illustrated with an
+example.
+
+\subsection{Basic example}
+\label{sec:example}
+
+The principles of using axodraw2 are illustrated by the following
+complete \LaTeX{} document:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass{article}
+ \usepackage{axodraw2}
+ \begin{document}
+ Example of Feynman graph using axodraw2 macros:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{axopicture}(200,110)
+ \SetColor{Red}
+ \Arc[arrow](100,50)(40,0,180)
+ \Text(100,100){$\alpha P_1 + \beta P_2 + k_\perp$}
+ \SetColor{Black}
+ \Arc[arrow](100,50)(40,180,360)
+ \Gluon(0,50)(60,50){5}{4}
+ \Vertex(60,50){2}
+ \Gluon(140,50)(200,50){5}{4}
+ \Vertex(140,50){2}
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{center}
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+After compilation according to the instructions in Sec.\
+\ref{sec:doc.compile}, viewing the resulting file should show the
+following Feynman graph:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{axopicture}(200,110)
+ \SetColor{Red}
+ \Arc[arrow](100,50)(40,0,180)
+ \Text(100,100){$\alpha P_1 + \beta P_2 + k_\perp$}
+ \SetColor{Black}
+ \Arc[arrow](100,50)(40,180,360)
+ \Gluon(0,50)(60,50){5}{4}
+ \Vertex(60,50){2}
+ \Gluon(140,50)(200,50){5}{4}
+ \Vertex(140,50){2}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+See Sec.\ \ref{sec:examples} for more examples
+
+\emph{Important note about visibility of graphics objects:} If you
+view this document on a computer monitor, Feynman graphs drawn with
+narrow lines may not fully match what was intended. This is because
+of the way graphics viewers interact with the limited resolution of
+computer monitors. To see the example graphs properly, you may need to
+use a large enough magnification, or to use an actual print out.
+
+\emph{Note about sending a document to others}: If for example, you
+submit an article to arXiv.org, it is likely that their automated
+system for processing the file will not run axohelp. So together with
+the tex file, you one should also submit the .ax2 file.
+
+
+%-----------------------
+\subsection{Document preparation}
+\label{sec:doc.prep}
+
+The general rules for preparation of a document are:
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item Insert the following
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{axodraw2}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ in the preamble of the \file{.tex} file.
+ There are some options and commands that can be used to change axodraw2's
+ behavior from its default. See Secs.\ \ref{sec:invoke} and
+ \ref{sec:settings} for details.
+
+\item Where you want to insert axodraw2 objects, put them inside an
+ axopicture environment, specified in Sec.\ \ref{sec:env},
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{axopicture}(x,y)
+ ...
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Here \texttt{x} and \texttt{y} denote the desired size of the box
+ that is to be inserted in the document and that contains the graph.
+ An optional offset can be specified (as with \LaTeX's
+ \texttt{picture} environment). By default the units are
+ $\unit[1]{pt} = \unit[1/72.27]{in} = \unit[0.3515]{mm}$.
+
+\end{itemize}
+Full details of all these components are in Sec.\
+\ref{sec:reference}.
+
+The design of graphs can be done manually, and this can be greatly
+facilitated with the new \verb:\AxoGrid: command. A convenient way of
+constructing diagrams is to use the graphical program
+JaxoDraw~\cite{jaxodraw1,jaxodraw2}, which is what most people
+do. This program can export axodraw code. It also uses axodraw as one
+way of making postscript and pdf files. The original version of
+axodraw was used by JaxoDraw until version 1.3. In version 2 of
+JaxoDraw, a specially adapted version of \file{axodraw.sty} is used,
+named \file{axodraw4j.sty}. The output from version 2 of
+JaxoDraw is compatible with axodraw2.
+
+
+%-----------------------
+\subsection{Document compilation}
+\label{sec:doc.compile}
+
+\subsubsection{To make a postscript file}
+\label{sec:doc.compile.ps}
+
+When a postscript file is needed, you just make the postscript file as
+usual. E.g., when the source file is \file{example.tex}, you run
+the following commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latex example
+ dvips example -o
+\end{verbatim}
+which results in a postscript file \file{example.ps}. Of course, if
+there are cross references to be resolved, you may need multiple runs
+of \program{latex}, as usual. When needed, use of \program{bibtex},
+\program{makeindex}, and other similar programs is also as usual.
+Instead of \program{latex}, one may also use the \program{dvilualatex}
+program, which behaves like \program{latex} except for providing some
+extra capabilities that are sometimes useful.
+
+Internally, axodraw uses \TeX's \verb+\special+ mechanism to put
+specifications of postscript code into the \file{.dvi} file, and
+\program{dvips} puts this code in the postscript file. This postscript
+code performs the geometrical calculations needed to specific
+axodraw's objects, and then draws them when the file is displayed or
+printed.
+
+\emph{Important note about configuration of \program{dvips}:} You may
+possibly find that when you run \program{dvips} that it spends a lot of
+time running \program{mktexpk} to make bitmapped fonts, or that the
+postscript
+file contains bitmapped type-3 fonts. This is \emph{not} the default
+situation in typical current installations. But if you do find this
+situation, which is highly undesirable in most circumstances, you
+should arrange for \program{dvips} to use type 1 fonts. This can be
+done either by appropriately configuring your \TeX{} installation, for
+which you will have to locate instructions, or by giving
+\program{dvips} its \texttt{-V0} option:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ dvips -V0 example -o
+\end{verbatim}
+Once you do this, you should see, from \program{dvips}'s output,
+symptoms of its use of type 1 fonts. \emph{Let us re-emphasize that
+ you do not have to be concerned with this issue, under
+ normal circumstances. But since things were different within our
+ memory, we give some suggestions as to what to do in what are
+ currently abnormal circumstances.}
+
+\subsubsection{To make a pdf file via \program{latex}}
+
+There are multiple methods of making pdf files for a latex document;
+we will not give all the advantages and disadvantages here.
+
+One way is to convert the postscript file, e.g., by
+\begin{verbatim}
+ ps2pdf example.ps
+\end{verbatim}
+You can also produce a pdf file from the dvi file produced by
+\program{latex} by the \program{dvipdf} command, e.g,.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ dvipdf example
+\end{verbatim}
+\emph{Important note:} The program here is \program{dvipdf} and
+\emph{not} the similarly named \program{dvipdfm} or \program{dvipdfmx},
+which are incompatible with axodraw. The reason why \program{dvipdf}
+works is that it internally makes a postscript file and then converts
+it to pdf.
+
+
+\subsubsection{To make a pdf file by \program{pdflatex},
+ \program{lualatex}, or \program{xelatex}}
+
+A common and standard way to make a pdf file is the \program{pdflatex}
+program, which makes pdf directly. It has certain advantages, among
+which are the possibility of importing a wide variety of graphics file
+formats. (In contrast, the \program{latex} program only handles
+encapsulated postscript.)
+
+However, to use axodraw2 with \program{pdflatex}, you need an
+auxiliary program, \program{axohelp}, as in
+\begin{verbatim}
+ pdflatex example
+ axohelp example
+ pdflatex example
+\end{verbatim}
+What happens is that during a run of \program{pdflatex}, axodraw2
+%writes a file \file{example.ax1} with specifications of its
+writes a file \file{example.ax1} containing specifications of its
+graphical objects. Then running \program{axohelp} reads the
+%\file{example.ax1} file, computes the necessary pdf code to draw the
+\file{example.ax1} file, computes the necessary pdf code to draw the
+objects, and writes the results to \file{example.ax2}. The next run
+of \program{pdflatex} reads \file{example.ax2} and uses it to put the
+appropriate code in the output pdf file.
+
+The reason for the extra program is that axodraw needs many
+geometrical calculations to place and draw its graphical objects.
+\LaTeX{} itself does not provide anything convenient and efficient for
+these calculations, while the PDF language does not offer sufficient
+computational facilities, unlike the postscript language.
+
+If you modify a document, and recompile with \program{pdflatex}, you
+will only need to rerun \program{axohelp} if the modifications
+involve axodraw objects. Axodraw2 will output an appropriate message
+when a rerun of \program{axohelp} is needed.
+
+If you wish to use \program{lualatex} or \program{xelatex}, instead of
+\program{pdflatex}, then you can simply run the program
+\program{lualatex} or \program{xelatex} instead of
+\program{pdflatex}. These are equally compatible with axodraw2.
+
+
+
+
+%-----------------------
+\subsection{Automation of document compilation}
+\label{sec:doc.auto.compile}
+
+It can be useful to automate the multiple steps for compiling a
+\LaTeX{} document. One of us has provided a program \program{latexmk}
+to do this --- see \url{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/latexmk/}. Here we
+show how to configure
+\program{latexmk} to run \program{axohelp} as needed when a document is
+compiled via the \program{pdflatex} route.
+
+All you need to do is to put the following lines in one of
+\program{latexmk}'s initialization files (as specified in its
+documentation):
+\begin{verbatim}
+ add_cus_dep( "ax1", "ax2", 0, "axohelp" );
+ sub axohelp { return system "axohelp \"$_[0]\""; }
+ $clean_ext .= " %R.ax1 %R.ax2";
+\end{verbatim}
+The first two lines specify that \program{latexmk} is to make
+\file{.ax2} files from \file{.ax1} files by the \program{axohelp}
+program, whenever necessary. (After that \program{latexmk}
+automatically also does any further runs of \program{pdflatex} that are
+necessary.) The last line is optional; it adds \file{.ax1} and
+\file{.ax2} files to the list of files that will be deleted when
+\program{latexmk} is requested to do a clean up of generated,
+recreatable files.
+
+\program{Latexmk} is installed by default by the currently common
+distributions of \TeX{} software, i.e., TeXLive and MiKTeX. It has as
+an additional requirement a properly installed Perl system. For the
+TeXLive distribution, this requirement is always met.
+
+With the above configuration, you need no change in how you invoke
+\program{latexmk} to compile a document, when it uses axodraw2. For
+producing postscript, you can simply use
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latexmk -ps example
+\end{verbatim}
+and for producing pdf via \program{pdflatex} you can use
+\begin{verbatim}
+ latexmk -pdf example
+\end{verbatim}
+Then \program{latexmk} takes care of whatever runs are needed of all
+the relevant programs, now including \program{axohelp}, as well
+whatever, possibly multiple, runs are needed for the usual programs
+(\program{latex}, \program{pdflatex}, \program{bibtex}, etc).
+
+
+
+%>>#] Introduction :
+%>>#[ The Commands :
+
+\section{Reference}
+\label{sec:reference}
+
+\subsection{Package invocation}
+\label{sec:invoke}
+
+To use the axodraw2 package in a \LaTeX{} document, you simply put
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{axodraw2}
+\end{verbatim}
+in the preamble of the document, as normal.
+
+The \verb+\usepackage+ command takes optional arguments
+(comma-separated list of keywords) in square brackets, e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage[v1compatible]{axodraw2}
+\end{verbatim}
+The options supported by axodraw2 are
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \texttt{v1compatible}: This makes axodraw2's operation more
+ compatible with v.\ 1. It allows the use of \verb+\B2Text+,
+ \verb+\G2Text+, and \verb+\C2Text+ as synonyms for the macros named
+ \verb+\BTwoText+, \verb+\GTwoText+, and \verb+\CTwoText+.
+ (You may wish also to use the \texttt{canvasScaleisUnitLength}
+ option, so that the scaling of the units in the \texttt{axopicture}
+ environment is the same as it was for the \texttt{picture}
+ environment used in v.\ 1.)
+\item \texttt{canvasScaleIs1pt}: Unit for canvas dimensions
+ in an \texttt{axopicture} environment is fixed at $\unit[1]{pt}$,
+\item \texttt{canvasScaleIsObjectScale}: Unit for canvas dimensions
+ in an \texttt{axopicture} environment are the same as those set for
+ axodraw objects (by the \verb+\SetScale+ macro). This is the
+ default setting, so the option need not be given.
+\item \texttt{canvasScaleIsUnitLength}: Unit for canvas dimensions
+ in an \texttt{axopicture} environment is the current value of
+ \verb+\unitlength+, exactly as for \LaTeX{}'s \texttt{picture}
+ environment. (Thus, this corresponds to the behavior of the
+ original axodraw v.\ 1, which simply used the \texttt{picture}
+ environment.)
+\item \texttt{PStextScalesIndependently}: Axodraw's text objects are
+ scaled by the factor set by the \verb+\SetTextScale+ command.
+\item \texttt{PStextScalesLikeGraphics}: Axodraw's text objects are
+ scaled by the factor set by same factor for its graphics objects,
+ i.e., the scale set by the \verb+\SetScale+ command.
+\end{itemize}
+(N.B. Default scaling factors are initialized to unity.)
+
+\emph{Note:} If you use \program{axodraw}'s commands for placing text
+and you use the standard \TeX{} Computer Modern fonts for the
+document, then when you compile your document you may get a lot of
+warning messages. These are about fonts not being available in
+certain sizes. To fix this problem invoke the package
+\program{fix-cm} in your document's preamble:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \usepackage{fix-cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+It is also possible to use the package \program{lmodern} for the same
+purpose.
+
+
+\subsection{Environment(s)}
+\label{sec:env}
+
+The graphical and other objects made by axodraw2 are placed in an
+\texttt{axopicture} environment, which is invoked either as
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{axopicture}(x,y)
+ ...
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+or
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{axopicture}(x,y)(xoffset,yoffset)
+ ...
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+Here, the \dots{} denote sequences of axodraw2 commands, as documented
+in later sections, for drawing lines, etc. The \texttt{axopicture}
+environment is just like standard \LaTeX's \texttt{picture}
+environment,\footnote{In fact, the \texttt{axopicture} is changed from
+ the \texttt{picture} environment only by making some
+ axodraw-specific settings. So the \texttt{picture} environment that
+ was used in v.\ 1 may also be used with axodraw2; it merely has a
+ lack of automation on the setting of the canvas scale relative to
+ the object scale, and, in the future, other possible
+ initializations.}, except for doing some axodraw-specific
+initialization. It inserts a region of size \texttt{x} by \texttt{y}
+(with default units of $\unit[1]{pt} = \unit[1/72.27]{in} =
+\unit[0.3515]{mm}$). Here \texttt{x} and \texttt{y} are set to the
+numerical values you need.
+
+The positioning of axodraw objects is specified by giving $x$ and $y$
+coordinates, e.g., for the ends of lines. The origin of these
+coordinates is, by default, at the lower left corner of the box that
+\texttt{axopicture} inserts in your document. But sometimes,
+particularly after editing a graph, you will find this is not
+suitable. To avoid changing a lot of coordinate values to get correct
+placement, you can specify an offset by the optional arguments
+\texttt{(xoffset,yoffset)} to the \texttt{axopicture} environment,
+exactly as for \LaTeX's \texttt{picture} environment. The offset
+\texttt{(xoffset,yoffset)} denotes the position of the bottom left
+corner of the box inserted in your document relative to the coordinate
+system used for specifying object positions. Thus
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{axopicture}(20,20)
+ \Line(0,0)(20,20)
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+and
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{axopicture}(20,20)(-10,20)
+ \Line(-10,20)(10,40)
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+are exactly equivalent.
+
+Within an \texttt{axopicture} environment, all the commands that can
+be used inside an ordinary \texttt{picture} environment can also be
+used.
+
+We can think of the \texttt{axopicture} environment as defining a
+drawing canvas for axodraw's graphical and text objects.
+There are possibilities for manipulating (separately) the units used
+to specify the canvas and the objects. These can be useful for
+scaling a diagram or parts of it from an originally chosen design.
+See Secs.\ \ref{sec:units} and \ref{sec:settings} for details.
+
+
+\subsection{Graphics drawing commands}
+\label{sec:commands}
+
+In this section we present commands for drawing graphical objects,
+split up by category. Later, we will give: details of options to the
+line-drawing commands, explanations of some details about specifying
+gluons and about specifying arrow parameters, and then commands for
+textual objects and for adjusting settings (e.g., separation in a
+double line). Mostly, we present the commands by means of examples.
+Note that many of the arguments of the commands, notably arguments for
+$(x,y)$ coordinate values are delimited by parentheses and commas
+instead of the brace delimiters typically used in \LaTeX.
+
+It should also be noted that some commands provide different ways of
+performing the same task. For instance
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \BCirc(50,50){30}
+\end{verbatim}
+can also be represented by
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \CCirc(50,50){30}{Black}{White}
+\end{verbatim}
+when the current color is black. The presence of the BCirc command has been
+maintained both for backward compatibility, and because it represents
+a convenient short hand for a common situation. This also holds for similar
+commands involving boxes and triangles. For the new Polygon, FilledPolygon,
+RotatedBox and FilledRotatedBox commands we have selected a more minimal
+scheme.
+
+Similar remarks apply to the new feature of options for line drawing
+commands. Originally in v.\ 1, a line with an arrow would be coded as
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\end{verbatim}
+It is now also possible to code using the general \verb+\Line+ macro,
+but with a keyword optional argument:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \Line[arrow](30,65)(60,25)
+\end{verbatim}
+One advantage of the option method is a variety of other properties of
+an individual line may also be coded, as in
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=1](30,65)(60,25)
+\end{verbatim}
+without the need to use separate global setting for the property, by
+the commands listed in Sec.\ \ref{sec:settings}, or by having a
+corresponding compulsory argument to the command.
+Which way to do things is a matter of user taste in particular
+situations.
+
+%--#[ AxoGrid :
+
+\subsubsection{Grid drawing}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,140)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,14){LightGray}{0.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{axogrid}
+\verb:\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,14){LightGray}{0.5}: \hfill \\
+This command is used in our examples to allow the reader to compare the
+coordinates in the commands with those of the actual picture. The arguments
+are first the position of the left bottom corner, then two values that tell
+the size of the divisions in the $x$ and $y$ direction. Next there are two
+values that specify how many divisions there should be in the $x$ and $y$
+direction. Then the color of the lines is given and finally the width of
+the lines. Note that if there are $(n_x,n_y)$ divisions there will be
+$n_x+1$ vertical lines and $n_y+1$ horizontal lines. The temporary use of
+this command can also be convenient when designing pictures manually.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] AxoGrid :
+%--#[ Line :
+
+\subsubsection{Ordinary straight lines}
+\label{sec:Line}
+
+
+All of the commands in this section can be given optional keyword
+arguments, which are defined in Secs.\ \ref{sec:options} and
+\ref{sec:arrows}. These can be used to specify the type of line
+(dashed, double), to specify the use of an arrow, and its parameters, and
+to specify some of the line's parameters.
+
+The basic line drawing command is \verb+\Line+:\\[3mm]
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line(10,10)(80,30)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{line}
+\verb:\Line(10,10)(80,30): \hfill \\
+In this command we have two coordinates. The (solid) line goes from the
+first to the second.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+Examples of the use of optional arguments are:\\[3mm]
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line[color=Magenta,arrow](10,70)(80,70)
+\Line[dash](10,50)(80,50)
+\Line[arrow,double](10,30)(80,30)
+\Line[arrow,dash,double](10,10)(80,10)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{line.options}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\Line[color=Magenta,arrow](10,70)(80,70)
+\Line[dash](10,50)(80,50)
+\Line[arrow,double](10,30)(80,30)
+\Line[arrow,dash,double](10,10)(80,10)
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+\\[4mm]
+Details of the specification of arrows, together with alternative
+commands for making lines with arrows are given in Sec.\
+\ref{sec:arrows}.
+
+\vspace{4mm}
+%--#] Line :
+%--#[ DoubleLine :
+
+Alternative commands for dashed and/or double lines are:\\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleLine(10,25)(80,25){1}
+\DoubleLine[color=Red](10,15)(80,15){2}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doubleline}
+\verb:\DoubleLine(10,25)(80,25){1}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\DoubleLine[color=Red](10,15)(80,15){2}: \hfill \\
+In this command we have two coordinates as in the Line command but two
+lines are drawn. The extra parameter is the separation between the two
+lines. Note however that everything between the lines is blanked out.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleLine :
+%--#[ DashLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashLine(10,25)(80,25){2}
+\DashLine(10,15)(80,15){6}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashline}
+\verb:\DashLine(10,25)(80,25){2}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\DashLine(10,15)(80,15){6}: \hfill \\
+In this command we have two coordinates. The dashed line goes from the
+first to the second. The extra parameter is the size of the dashes. The
+space between the dashes is transparent.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashLine :
+%--#[ DashDoubleLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleLine(10,25)(80,25){1.5}{2}
+\DashDoubleLine(10,15)(80,15){1.5}{6}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoubleline}
+\verb:\DashDoubleLine(10,25)(80,25){1.5}{2}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\DashDoubleLine(10,15)(80,15){1.5}{6}: \hfill \\
+In this command we have two coordinates. The dashed lines go from the
+first to the second. The first extra parameter is the separation between
+the lines and the second extra parameter is the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleLine :
+%--#[ Arc :
+
+\subsubsection{Arcs}
+\label{sec:Arc}
+
+The commands in this section draw circular arcs in types corresponding
+to the straight lines of Sec.\ \ref{sec:Line}. In v.\ 1, some of
+these commands had names containing ``Arc'' and some ``CArc''. Some
+kinds had variant names containing ``Arcn'', whose the direction of
+drawing was clockwise instead of anticlockwise. In v.\ 2, we have
+tried to make the situation more consistent. First, all the old names
+have been retained, for backward compatibility. Second, a general
+purpose command \verb+\Arc+ has been introduced; in a single command,
+with the aid of optional arguments, it covers all the variants. See
+Secs.\ \ref{sec:options} and \ref{sec:arrows} for full details. The
+options can be used to specify the type of line (dashed, double,
+clockwise or anticlockwise), to specify the use of arrow, and its
+parameters, and to specify some of the line's parameters. The other
+commands in this section can also be given optional keyword arguments.
+
+The basic \verb+\Arc+ command has the form\\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Arc(45,0)(40,20,160)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{carc}
+\verb:\Arc(45,0)(40,20,160):\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing angle.
+The arc will be drawn counterclockwise.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+An example of the use of the optional parameters is:\\[3mm]
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Arc[arrow,dash,clockwise](40,40)(30,20,160)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{carc.opt}
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,dash,clockwise](40,40)(30,20,160):
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+Alternative commands for dashed and/or double arcs are as follows.
+\vspace*{4mm}
+
+%--#] Arc :
+%--#[ DoubleArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleArc[color=Green](45,0)(40,20,160){2}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublearc}
+\verb:\DoubleArc[color=Green](45,0)(40,20,160){2}:\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing angle.
+The arc will be drawn counterclockwise. The last argument is the line
+separation of the double line.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleArc :
+%--#[ DashArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashArc(45,0)(40,20,160){4}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dasharc}
+\verb:\DashArc(45,0)(40,20,160){4}:\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing angle.
+The arc will be drawn counterclockwise. The last argument is the size of
+the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashArc :
+%--#[ DashDoubleArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleArc(45,0)(40,20,160){2}{4}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublearc}
+\verb:\DashDoubleArc(45,0)(40,20,160){2}{4}:\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing angle.
+The arc will be drawn counterclockwise. The last two arguments are the line
+separation of the double line and the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleArc :
+%--#[ Bezier :
+
+\subsubsection{B\'ezier lines}
+\label{sec:Bezier}
+
+The commands in this section draw B\'ezier curves, specified by 4
+points. The variants are just as for straight lines, Sec.\
+\ref{sec:Line}.
+
+All of the commands in this section can be given optional keyword
+arguments, which are defined in Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}. These can be
+used to specify the type of line (dashed, double), to specify the use
+of an arrow, and its parameters, and to specify some of the line's
+parameters.
+
+The basic general purpose command is \verb+\Bezier+:\\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Bezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{bezier}
+\verb:\Bezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50): \hfill \\
+Draws a cubic B\'ezier curve based on the four given points. The first
+point is the starting point and the fourth the finishing point. The
+second and third points are the two control points.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+An example of the use of optional arguments is
+\\[3mm]
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Bezier[color=Red,arrow,double,arrowpos=1](10,10)%
+ (75,30)(65,40)(20,50)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{bezier.opt}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \Bezier[color=Red,arrow,double,arrowpos=1](10,10)%
+ (75,30)(65,40)(20,50)
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Bezier :
+%--#[ DoubleBezier :
+Alternative ways of making dashed and/or double B\'ezier curves
+are:\\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleBezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50){1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublebezier}
+\verb:\DoubleBezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50){1.5}: \hfill \\
+Draws a cubic B\'ezier curve based on the four given points.
+The first four arguments are the same as for \verb+\Bezier+.
+The final argument is the line separation.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleBezier :
+%--#[ DashBezier :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashBezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50){4}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashbezier}
+\verb:\DashBezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50){4}: \hfill \\
+Draws a cubic B\'ezier curve based on the four given points.
+The first four arguments are the same as for \verb+\Bezier+.
+The final argument is the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashBezier :
+%--#[ DashDoubleBezier :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleBezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50){1.5}{4}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublebezier}
+\verb:\DashDoubleBezier(10,10)(75,30)(65,40)(20,50){1.5}{4}:
+Draws a cubic B\'ezier curve based on the four given points.
+The first four arguments are the same as for \verb+\Bezier+.
+The final two arguments are the line separation and the size of the
+dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleBezier :
+%--#[ Curve :
+
+\subsubsection{Curves}
+
+The commands in this section draw curves through an arbitrary sequence
+of points. They only exist in variants for continuous and dashed
+lines. No optional arguments are allowed.
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Curve{(5,55)(10,32.5)(15,23)(20,18)(25,14.65)(30,12.3)(40,9.5)(55,7)}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{curve}
+\verb:\Curve{(5,55)(10,32.5)(15,23)(20,18): \hfill \\
+\verb: (25,14.65)(30,12.3)(40,9.5)(55,7)}: \hfill \\
+Draws a smooth curve through the given points. The $x$ coordinates of the
+points should be in ascending order. The curve is obtained by constructing
+quadratic fits to each triplet of adjacent points and then in each interval
+between two points interpolating between the two relevant parabolas.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Curve :
+%--#[ DashCurve :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashCurve{(5,55)(10,32.5)(15,23)(20,18)(25,14.65)(30,12.3)(40,9.5)(55,7)}{4}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashcurve}
+\verb:\DashCurve{(5,55)(10,32.5)(15,23)(20,18): \hfill \\
+\verb: (25,14.65)(30,12.3)(40,9.5)(55,7)}{4}: \hfill \\
+Draws a smooth dashed curve through the given points. The $x$ coordinates of
+the points should be in ascending order. The last argument is the size of
+the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashCurve :
+%--#[ Gluon :
+
+\subsubsection{Gluon lines}
+\label{sec:Gluon}
+
+The basic gluon drawing commands are \verb+\Gluon+, \verb+\GluonArc+,
+\verb+\GluonCirc+. There are also variants for dashed and double
+gluons. But arrows aren't possible.
+
+See Sec.\ \ref{sec:gluon.remarks} for additional information on the
+shape of gluon lines.
+
+All of the commands in this section can be given optional keyword
+arguments, which are defined in Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}. These can be
+used to specify the type of line (dashed, double), and to specify some
+of the line's parameters.
+\vspace{3mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Gluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluon}
+\verb:\Gluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}: \hfill \\
+In this command we have coordinates for the start and end of the line,
+the amplitude of the windings and the number of windings. A negative
+value for the amplitude reverses the orientation of the windings ---
+see Sec.\ \ref{sec:gluon.remarks} for details.
+\end{minipage}
+\\[4mm]
+Optional arguments can be used, e.g., \hfill \\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Gluon[color=Blue,dash,dashsize=1,double](10,20)(80,20){4}{7}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluon.opt}
+\verb:\Gluon[color=Blue,dash,double](10,20)(80,20){4}{7}:
+\end{minipage}
+
+
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Gluon :
+%--#[ DoubleGluon :
+\noindent
+Examples of the other commands for various types of gluon line are as
+follows. They can all take optional arguments.
+\\[3mm]
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleGluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublegluon}
+\verb:\DoubleGluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+\Gluon+ command. The
+extra argument is the line separation.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleGluon :
+%--#[ DashGluon :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashGluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashgluon}
+\verb:\DashGluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+Gluon+ command. The
+extra argument is the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashGluon :
+%--#[ DashDoubleGluon :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleGluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}{1}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublegluon}
+\verb:\DashDoubleGluon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}{1}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+DoubleGluon+
+command.
+The last two arguments are the line
+separation of the double line and the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}
+\vspace{8mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleGluon :
+%--#[ GluonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluonarc}
+\verb:\GluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}:\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing angle.
+The arc will be drawn counterclockwise. The final two parameters are the
+amplitude of the windings and the number of windings.
+Like the other commands in this section, this command can take
+optional arguments, Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}.
+\end{minipage}
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GluonArc :
+%--#[ DoubleGluonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+ \DoubleGluonArc[color=Red](45,0)(40,20,160)%
+ {5}{8}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublegluonarc}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DoubleGluonArc[color=Red](45,0)(40,20,160)%
+ {5}{8}{1.3}
+\end{verbatim}
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+GluonArc+ command. The extra
+argument is the separation in the double line.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleGluonArc :
+%--#[ DashGluonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashGluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashgluonarc}
+\verb:\DashGluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+GluonArc+ command. The extra
+argument is the size of the dash segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashGluonArc :
+%--#[ DashDoubleGluonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleGluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublegluonarc}
+\verb:\DashDoubleGluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+GluonArc+ command. The extra
+arguments are the separation of the lines and the size of the dash
+segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{10mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleGluonArc :
+%--#[ GluonCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluoncirc}
+\verb:\GluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}:\hfill \\
+The arguments are: Coordinates for the center of the circle, the
+radius and a phase, the
+amplitude of the gluon windings and the number of windings.
+Like the other commands in this section, this command can take
+optional arguments, Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}. The phase argument
+specifies a counterclockwise rotation of the line relative to a
+default starting point.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GluonCirc :
+%--#[ DoubleGluonCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleGluonCirc[color=Red](40,40)(30,0){5}{16}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublegluoncirc}
+\verb:\DoubleGluonCirc[color=Red](40,40)(30,0){5}{16}{1.3}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as for the \verb+GluonCirc+ command. The
+final argument is the line separation.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleGluonCirc :
+%--#[ DashGluonCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashGluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashgluoncirc}
+\verb:\DashGluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as for the \verb+GluonCirc+ command.
+The final argument is the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashGluonCirc :
+%--#[ DashDoubleGluonCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleGluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}{1.3}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublegluoncirc}
+\verb:\DashDoubleGluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}{1.3}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as for the \verb+GluonCirc+ command.
+The final 2 arguments are the line separation and the size of the
+dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleGluonCirc :
+%--#[ Photon :
+
+\subsubsection{Photon lines}
+\label{sec:Photon}
+
+The basic drawing commands for drawing photon lines are \verb+\Photon+
+and \verb+\PhotonArc+. There are also variants for dashed and double
+photons. But arrows aren't possible.
+
+All of the commands in this section can be given optional keyword
+arguments, which are defined in Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}. These can be
+used to specify the type of line (dashed, double), and to specify some
+of the line's parameters.\vspace{3mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Photon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{photon}
+\verb:\Photon(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}: \hfill \\
+In this command we have two coordinates, the amplitude of the wiggles and
+the number of wiggles.
+A negative value for the amplitude will reverse the orientation of the
+wiggles.
+The line will be drawn with the number of wiggles rounded to the
+nearest half integer.
+Like the other commands in this section, this command can take
+optional arguments, Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Photon :
+%--#[ DoublePhoton :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoublePhoton(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublephoton}
+\verb:\DoublePhoton(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+Photon+ command. The
+extra argument is the line separation.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoublePhoton :
+%--#[ DashPhoton :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashPhoton[color=Red](10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashphoton}
+\verb:\DashPhoton[color=Red](10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+Photon+ command. The
+extra argument is the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashPhoton :
+%--#[ DashDoublePhoton :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoublePhoton(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}{1}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublephoton}
+\verb:\DashDoublePhoton(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}{1}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+Photon+
+command.
+The final 2 arguments are the line separation and the size of the
+dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{10mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoublePhoton :
+%--#[ PhotonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\PhotonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{photonarc}
+\verb:\PhotonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}:\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing angle.
+The arc will be drawn counterclockwise. The final two parameters are the
+amplitude of the wiggles and the number of wiggles.
+Like the other commands in this section, this command can take
+optional arguments, Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] PhotonArc :
+%--#[ DoublePhotonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoublePhotonArc[color=Red](45,0)(40,20,160)%
+ {5}{8}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublephotonarc}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\DoublePhotonArc[color=Red](45,0)(40,20,160)%
+ {5}{8}{1.3}
+\end{verbatim}
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+PhotonArc+ command. The extra
+argument is the separation of the double line.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoublePhotonArc :
+%--#[ DashPhotonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashPhotonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashphotonarc}
+\verb:\DashPhotonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+PhotonArc+ command. The
+extra argument is the size of the dash segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashPhotonArc :
+%--#[ DashDoublePhotonArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoublePhotonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublephotonarc}
+\verb:\DashDoublePhotonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as in the \verb+PhotonArc+ command. The
+extra arguments are the separation of the lines and the size of the
+dash segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoublePhotonArc :
+%--#[ ZigZag :
+
+\subsubsection{Zigzag lines}
+
+The basic drawing commands for drawing zigzag lines are \verb+\Zigzag+
+and \verb+\ZigzagArc+. There are also variants for dashed and double
+lines. But arrows aren't possible.
+
+All of the commands in this section can be given optional keyword
+arguments, which are defined in Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}. These can be
+used to specify the type of line (dashed, double), and to specify some
+of the line's parameters.
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{zigzag}
+\verb:\ZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7.5}: \hfill \\
+In this command we have two coordinates, the amplitude of the sawteeth and
+the number of sawteeth.
+A negative value for the amplitude will reverse the orientation of the
+sawteeth.
+The line will be drawn with the number of sawteeth rounded to the
+nearest half integer.
+\end{minipage}
+\\[3mm]
+Like the other commands in this section, this command can take
+optional arguments, Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}, e.g.,\\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ZigZag[color=Red,double,sep=1.5](10,20)(80,20){5}{7}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{zigzag.opt}
+\verb:\ZigZag[color=Red,double,sep=1.5](10,20)(80,20){5}{7}:
+\end{minipage}\vspace{6mm}
+
+%--#] ZigZag :
+%--#[ DoubleZigZag :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublezigzag}
+\verb:\DoubleZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+ZigZag+ command. The
+extra argument is the line separation.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleZigZag :
+%--#[ DashZigZag :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashzigzag}
+\verb:\DashZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+ZigZag+ command. The
+extra argument is the size of the dashes.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashZigZag :
+%--#[ DashDoubleZigZag :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,40)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}{1}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublezigzag}
+\verb:\DashDoubleZigZag(10,20)(80,20){5}{7}{1.3}{1}:\hfill \\
+The first 6 arguments are as in the \verb+ZigZag+ command.
+The extra arguments are the separation of the lines and the size of
+the dash segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{6mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleZigZag :
+%--#[ ZigZagArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{zigzagarc}
+\verb:\ZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}:\hfill \\
+In this command we have one coordinate: the center of the circle. Then
+follow the radius of the circle, the start angle and the finishing
+angle. The arc will be drawn counterclockwise. The final two
+arguments are the amplitude of the sawteeth and the number of
+sawteeth. Like the other commands in this section, this command can
+take optional arguments, Sec.\ \ref{sec:options}.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ZigZagArc :
+%--#[ DoubleZigZagArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{doublezigzagarc}
+\verb:\DoubleZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as for the \verb+ZigZagArc+ command. The
+extra argument is the separation in the double line.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DoubleZigZagArc :
+%--#[ DashZigZagArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashzigzagarc}
+\verb:\DashZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as for the \verb+ZigZagArc+ command. The
+extra argument is the size of the dash segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashZigZagArc :
+%--#[ DashDoubleZigZagArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,50)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DashDoubleZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}{1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{dashdoublezigzagarc}
+\verb:\DashDoubleZigZagArc(45,0)(40,20,160){5}{8}{1.3}{1.5}:\hfill \\
+The first 7 arguments are as for the \verb+ZigZagArc+ command. The
+final 2 arguments are the separation of the lines and the size of the
+dash segments.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] DashDoubleZigZagArc :
+%--#[ Vertex :
+
+\subsubsection{Vertices, circles, ovals}
+\label{sec:other.graphics}
+
+The commands in this section are for graphical elements other
+than those that we conceived of as lines in Feynman graphs. Many of
+these have standard uses as components of Feynman graphs\footnote{Of
+ course, none of the commands is restricted to its originally
+ envisaged use, or to being used to draw Feynman graphs. But
+ especially the line-drawing commands have been designed from the
+ point-of-view of being suitable for the needs of drawing particular
+ elements of Feynman graphs.}. The commands here are mostly shown
+in association with other objects, to indicate some of their
+properties.
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,50)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line(10,10)(70,10)
+\Photon(40,10)(40,40){4}{3}
+\Vertex(40,10){1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{vertex}
+\verb:\Line(10,10)(70,10): \hfill \\
+\verb:\Photon(40,10)(40,40){4}{3}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(40,10){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb+\Vertex+ gives a vertex, as is often used for connecting lines
+in Feynman graphs. It gives a fat dot. The arguments are coordinates
+(between parentheses) for its center, and the radius of the dot.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Vertex :
+%--#[ ECirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}
+\ECirc(30,30){20}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{ecirc}
+\verb:\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}:\\
+\verb:\ECirc(30,30){20}:\\
+\verb+\ECirc+ draws a circle with its center at the specified
+coordinate (first two arguments) and the specified radius (third
+argument). The interior is transparent, so that it does not erase
+previously drawn material.
+If you need a filled circle, use the \verb+\Vertex+ command (to which
+we have defined a synonym \verb+\FCirc+ to match similar commands for
+other shapes).
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ECirc :
+%--#[ BCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}
+\BCirc(30,30){20}
+\Blue{\Line(60,0)(0,60)}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{bcirc}
+\verb:\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}:\\
+\verb:\BCirc(30,30){20}:\\
+\verb:\Blue{\Line(60,0)(0,60)}:\\
+\verb+\BCirc+
+draws a circle with the center at the specified coordinate (first two
+arguments) and the specified radius (third argument). The interior is
+white and opaque, so that it erases previously written objects, but not
+subsequently drawn objects.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BCirc :
+%--#[ GCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}
+\GCirc(30,30){20}{0.82}
+\Blue{\Line(60,0)(0,60)}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gcirc}
+\verb:\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}:\\
+\verb:\GCirc(30,30){20}{0.82}:\\
+\verb:\Blue{\Line(60,0)(0,60)}:\\
+\verb+\GCirc+ draws a circle with the center at the specified
+coordinate (first two arguments) and the specified radius (third
+argument). Previously written contents are overwritten and made gray
+according to the grayscale specified by the fourth argument (0=black,
+1=white).
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GCirc :
+%--#[ CCirc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,60)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}
+\CCirc(30,30){20}{Red}{Yellow}
+\Blue{\Line(60,0)(0,60)}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{ccirc}
+\verb:\Red{\Line(0,0)(60,60)}:\\
+\verb:\CCirc(30,30){20}{Red}{Yellow}:\\
+\verb:\Blue{\Line(60,0)(0,60)}:\\
+\verb+\CCirc+ draws a colored circle with the center at the specified
+coordinate (first two arguments) and the specified radius (third
+argument). The fourth argument is the name of the color for the circle
+itself. Its interior is overwritten and colored with the color
+specified by name in the fifth argument.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] CCirc :
+%--#[ Oval :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,110)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,11){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Oval(40,80)(20,30)(0)
+\Oval(40,30)(20,30)(30)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{oval}
+\verb:\Oval(40,80)(20,30)(0):\\
+\verb:\Oval(40,30)(20,30)(30):\\
+\verb:\Oval: draws an oval. The first pair of values is the center of
+the oval. The next pair forms the half-height and the half-width. The
+last argument is a (counterclockwise) rotation angle. The interior is
+transparent, so that it does not erase previously drawn material.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Oval :
+%--#[ FOval :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,60)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetColor{Yellow}
+\FOval(40,30)(20,30)(30)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{foval}
+\verb:\SetColor{Yellow}:\\
+\verb:\FOval(40,80)(20,30)(30):\\
+\verb:\FOval: draws an oval filled with the current color overwriting
+previously written material. Its arguments are the same as for the
+\verb:\Oval: command.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] FOval :
+%--#[ GOval :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,60)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Red{\Line(0,0)(80,60)}
+\GOval(40,30)(20,30)(0){0.6}
+\Blue{\Line(80,0)(0,60)}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{goval}
+\verb:\Red{\Line(0,0)(80,60)}:\\
+\verb:\GOval(40,30)(20,30)(0){0.6}: \\
+\verb:\Blue{\Line(80,0)(0,60)}:\\
+\verb:\GOval: draws an oval with a gray interior.
+The first 5 arguments are the same as for the \verb:\Oval: command.
+The last argument indicates the
+grayscale with which the oval will be filled, overwriting previously
+written contents (0=black, 1=white).
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GOval :
+%--#[ COval :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,60)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetWidth{1}
+\Green{\Line(0,0)(80,60)}
+\COval(40,30)(20,30)(20){Orange}{Blue}
+\Yellow{\Line(80,0)(0,60)}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{coval}
+\verb:\Green{\Line(0,0)(80,60)}:\\
+\verb:\COval(40,30)(20,30)(20){Orange}{Blue}:\\
+\verb:\Yellow{\Line(80,0)(0,60)}:\\
+\verb:\COval: draws a colored oval.
+The first 5 arguments are the same as for the \verb:\Oval: command.
+The last two arguments are the names of two colors.
+The first is the color of the line that forms the oval and the second is
+the color of the inside.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] COval :
+%--#[ EBox :
+
+Commands for drawing boxes are in two series. For the first set, the
+box's position is specified by the coordinates of its bottom left
+corner and top right corner:\\[4mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\EBox(10,10)(50,40)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{ebox}
+\verb:\EBox(10,10)(50,40): \hfill \\
+Draws a box. The points specified are the bottom left corner and the top
+right corner.
+The interior is transparent, so that it does not erase previously
+drawn material.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] EBox :
+%--#[ FBox :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\FBox(10,10)(50,40)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{fbox}
+\verb:\FBox(10,10)(50,40): \hfill \\
+Draws a box filled with the current color overwriting
+previously written material. Its arguments are the same as for the
+\verb:\EBox: command.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] FBox :
+%--#[ BBox :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\BBox(10,10)(50,40)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{bbox}
+\verb:\BBox(10,10)(50,40): \hfill \\
+Draws a blanked-out box. The points specified are the bottom left corner
+and the top right corner.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BBox :
+%--#[ GBox :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GBox(10,10)(50,40){0.9}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gbox}
+\verb:\GBox(10,10)(50,40){0.9}: \hfill \\
+Draws a box filled with a grayscale given by the fifth argument (black=0,
+white=1). The points specified are the bottom left corner and the top
+right corner.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GBox :
+%--#[ CBox :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetWidth{1.5}
+\CBox(10,10)(50,40){Green}{LightRed}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{cbox}
+\verb:\CBox(10,10)(50,40){Green}{LightRed}: \hfill \\
+Draws a box in the color specified by name in the fifth argument. The
+contents are filled with the color specified by name in the sixth
+argument. The points specified are the bottom left corner and the top
+right corner.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] CBox :
+%--#[ EBoxc :
+
+For the other series of box-drawing commands, the box's position is
+specified by its center, and its width and height. The command names
+end with a ``\texttt{c}'', for ``center'':\\[3mm]
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\EBoxc(30,25)(40,30)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{eboxc}
+\label{boxc}
+\verb:\EBoxc(30,25)(40,30): \hfill \\
+Draws a box. The first two numbers give the center of the box. The next two
+numbers are the width and the height of the box. Instead of \verb:\EBoxc:
+one may also use \verb:\Boxc:.
+
+There is also the similar command \verb:\FBoxc: that draws a filled box.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] EBoxc :
+%--#[ BBoxc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\BBoxc(30,25)(40,30)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{bboxc}
+\verb:\BBoxc(30,25)(40,30): \hfill \\
+Draws a box of which the contents are blanked out. The arguments are
+the same as for the \verb+\EBoxc+ command.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BBoxc :
+%--#[ GBoxc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GBoxc(30,25)(40,30){0.9}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gboxc}
+\verb:\GBoxc(30,25)(40,30){0.9}: \hfill \\
+Draws a box filled with a grayscale given by the fifth argument (black=0,
+white=1).
+The first 4 arguments are the same as for the \verb+\EBoxc+ command.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GBoxc :
+%--#[ CBoxc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetWidth{1.5}
+\CBoxc(30,25)(40,30){Brown}{LightBlue}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{cboxc}
+\verb:\CBoxc(30,25)(40,30){Brown}{LightBlue}: \hfill \\
+Draws a box in the color specified by name in the fifth argument. The
+contents are filled with the color specified by name in the sixth
+argument.
+The first 4 arguments are the same as for the \verb+\EBoxc+ command.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BBoxc :
+%--#] CBoxc :
+%--#[ RotatedBox :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\RotatedBox(30,25)(40,30){30}{Red}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{rotatedbox}
+\verb:\RotatedBox(30,25)(40,30){30}{Red}: \hfill \\
+Draws a rotated box. The first two numbers give the center of the
+box. The next two numbers are the width and the height of the box. The
+fifth argument is the counterclockwise rotation angle and the sixth
+argument is the color of the box. The interior of the box is
+transparent.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] RotatedBox :
+%--#[ FilledRotatedBox :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\FilledRotatedBox(30,25)(40,30){30}{Blue}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{filledrotatedbox}
+\verb:\FilledRotatedBox(30,25)(40,30){30}{Blue}: \hfill \\
+Draws a rotated box.
+The first 4 arguments are the same as for the \verb+\RotatedBox+ command.
+The
+fifth argument is the counterclockwise rotation angle and the sixth
+argument is the color of the inside of the box. If a differently
+colored outline is needed, it should be written with the
+\verb+RotatedBox+ command.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] FilledRotatedBox :
+%--#[ ETri :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ETri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{etri}
+\verb:\ETri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40): \hfill \\
+Draws a triangle. The three points specified are the corners of the
+triangle.
+The interior is transparent.
+
+There is also the similar command \verb:\FTri: that draws a filled triangle.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ETri :
+%--#[ BTri :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\BTri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{btri}
+\verb:\BTri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40): \hfill \\
+Draws a blanked-out triangle. The three points specified are the corners of
+the triangle.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BTri :
+%--#[ GTri :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GTri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40){0.9}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gtri}
+\verb:\GTri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40){0.9}: \hfill \\
+Draws a triangle of which the content are filled with the grayscale
+specified by the seventh argument (black=0, white=1). The three points
+specified are the corners of the triangle.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GTri :
+%--#[ CTri :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetWidth{1}
+\CTri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40){Red}{Yellow}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{ctri}
+\verb:\CTri(10,20)(50,10)(40,40){Red}{Yellow}: \hfill \\
+Draws a triangle in the color named in the seventh argument. The
+contents are filled with the color named in the eightth argument. The
+three points specified are the corners of the triangle.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] CTri :
+%--#[ Polygon :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Polygon{(10,20)(20,10)(40,20)(50,10)(45,40)(15,30)}{Red}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{polygon}
+\verb:\Polygon{(10,20)(20,10)(40,20)(50,10): \hfill \\
+ \verb: (45,40)(15,30)}{Red}: \hfill \\
+Draws a polygon. The first argument is a sequence of two dimensional
+points which form the corners of the polygon. The second argument is
+the name of the color of the polygon. The interior is transparent.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Polygon :
+%--#[ FilledPolygon :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(60,50)(-25,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(6,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\FilledPolygon{(10,20)(20,10)(40,20)(50,10)(45,40)(15,30)}{Apricot}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{filledpolygon}
+\verb:\FilledPolygon{(10,20)(20,10)(40,20)(50,10): \hfill \\
+ \verb: (45,40)(15,30)}{Apricot}: \hfill \\
+Draws a polygon. The first argument is a sequence of two dimensional
+points which form the corners of the polygon. The second argument is
+the name of the color of the interior.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] FilledPolygon :
+%--#[ LinAxis :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(100,50)(-5,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(10,5){LightGray}{0.5}
+\LinAxis(10,30)(90,30)(4,5,5,0,1)
+\LinAxis(10,10)(90,10)(4,5,5,2,1)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{linaxis}
+\verb:\LinAxis(10,30)(90,30)(4,5,5,0,1):\\
+\verb:\LinAxis(10,10)(100,10)(4,5,5,2,1): \\
+\verb+\LinAxis+($x_1$,$y_1$)($x_2$,$y_2$)($N_D$,$d$,hashsize,offset,width)
+ draws a line to be used as an axis in a graph. Along the axis
+ are hash marks. Going from the first coordinate to the second, the
+ hash marks are on the left side if `hashsize', which is the size of the
+ hash marks, is positive and on the right side if it is negative.
+ $N_D$ is the number of `decades', indicated by fat hash marks, and
+ $d$ is the (integer) number of subdivisions inside each decade. The offset
+ parameter tells to which subdivision the first coordinate
+ corresponds. When it is zero, this coordinate corresponds to a fat
+ mark of a decade. Because axes have their own width, this is
+ indicated with the last parameter.
+%Draws a line with subdivisions that can be used as the axis on a histogram
+%or other figure. The first four arguments are the endpoints of the axis.
+%Then we have the number of decades, the number of divisions inside each
+%decade, the size of the hash marks, the offset in divisions at which we
+%start and the linewidth. The hashmarks will be on the left side when going
+%from point 1 to point 2.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] LinAxis :
+%--#[ LogAxis :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(100,40)(-5,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(10,4){LightGray}{0.5}
+\LogAxis(0,30)(100,30)(4,3,0,1)
+\LogAxis(0,10)(100,10)(4,3,3,1)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{logaxis}
+\verb:\LogAxis(0,30)(100,30)(4,3,0,1): \hfill \\
+\verb:\LogAxis(0,10)(100,10)(4,3,3,1): \hfill \\
+\verb+\LogAxis+($x_1$,$y_1$)($x_2$,$y_2$)($N_L$,hashsize
+ ,offset,width) \hfill \\
+ This draws a line to be used as a logarithmic axis in a graph. Along
+ the axis are hash marks. Going from the first coordinate to the second,
+ the hash marks are on the left side if `hashsize', which is the size of
+ the hash marks, is positive and on the right side if it is negative.
+ $N_L$ is the number of orders of magnitude, indicated by fat hash
+ marks. The offset parameter tells to which integer subdivision the
+ first coordinate corresponds. When it is zero, this coordinate
+ corresponds to a fat mark, which is identical to when the value would
+ have been 1. Because axes have their own width, this is indicated with
+ the last parameter.
+%Draws a line with subdivisions that can be used as the axis on a histogram
+%or other figure. The first four arguments are the endpoints of the axis.
+%Then we have the number of orders of magnitude,
+%the size of the hash marks, the offset inside a logarithm at which we
+%start and the linewidth. The hashmarks will be on the left side when going
+%from point 1 to point 2.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] LogAxis :
+%>>#] The Commands :
+%>>#[ Text :
+
+\subsection{Text}
+\label{sec:text}
+
+%--#[ Implementation :
+
+Axodraw2 provides several commands for inserting text into diagrams.
+Some are for plain text, with a chosen placement and angle. Some
+allow placement of text inside boxes. There are two sets of commands.
+Some we call \TeX-text commands; these use the standard \LaTeX{} fonts
+as used in the rest of the document. The others we call
+postscript-text commands; these use a user-specified standard
+postscript font or, if the user wishes, the usual document font, at a
+user-chosen size.
+
+[\emph{Side issue:} In version 1 of axodraw, the difference between
+the classes of text command was caused by a serious implementation
+difficulty. With the then-available \LaTeX{} technology, certain
+graphic effects, could not be achieved within \LaTeX, at least not
+easily. So direct programming in postscript was resorted to, with the
+result that normal \LaTeX{} commands, including mathematics, were not
+available in the postscript-text commands. With the greatly improved
+methods now available, this has all changed, and the restrictions have
+gone. But since the commands and their basic behavior is already
+defined, we have retained the distinction between \TeX{}-text commands
+and postscript-text commands.]
+
+In the original version of Axodraw the commands for two lines inside a
+box were \verb:B2Text:, \verb:G2Text: and \verb:C2Text:. This causes
+some problems explained in Sec.\ \ref{sec:changes.wrt.1}. If you need to
+retain compatibility with v.\ 1 on this issue, e.g., with old files or
+old diagrams or for personal preference, you can use the
+\texttt{v1compatible} option when loading axodraw2 --- see Sec.\
+\ref{sec:invoke}.
+
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Implementation :
+%--#[ Text :
+
+\subsubsection{\TeX-type text}
+
+Illustrated by examples, the commands to insert text are as follows:
+
+\medskip
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Text(10,10)[l]{left}
+\Text(45,45){centered}
+\Text(80,80)[rt]{right-top}
+\Text(20,60)(45){$e^{i\pi/4}$}
+\SetColor{Red}
+\Vertex(10,10){1.5}
+\Vertex(45,45){1.5}
+\Vertex(80,80){1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{text}
+\verb:\Text(10,10)[l]{left}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Text(45,45){centered}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Text(80,80)[rt]{right-top}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Text(20,60)(45){$e^{i\pi/4}$}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetColor{Red}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(10,10){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(45,45){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(80,80){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb+\Text+ writes text in the current \LaTeX{} font. The most
+general form is \verb+\Text(x,y)(theta)[pos]{text}+; but either or
+both of the theta and pos arguments (and their delimiters) can be omitted.
+It puts the text
+at focal point $(x,y)$, with a rotation by anticlockwise angle theta.
+The default angle is zero, and the default position is to
+center the text horizontally and vertically at the focal point. The
+position letters are any relevant combination of `l', `r', `t', and
+`b', as in the various
+\TeX/\LaTeX{} box commands to indicate left, right, top or bottom
+adjustment with respect to the focal point. No indication means
+centered.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Text :
+%--#[ rText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\rText(10,10)[l][l]{left-left}
+\rText(45,45)[][u]{upside}
+\rText(80,10)[r][r]{right-right}
+\rText(20,60)[][r]{$e^{i\pi}$}
+\SetColor{Red}
+\Vertex(10,10){1.5}
+\Vertex(45,45){1.5}
+\Vertex(80,10){1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{rtext}
+\verb:\rText(10,10)[l][l]{left-left}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\rText(45,45)[][u]{upside}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\rText(80,10)[r][r]{right-right}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\rText(20,60)[][r]{$e^{i\pi}$}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetColor{Red}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(10,10){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(45,45){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(80,10){1.5}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\rText: command gives a subset of the functionality of the
+\verb+\Text+ command. It is used for backward compatibility with
+Axodraw v.\ 1. The general form of the command is
+\verb:\rText(x,y)[mode][rotation]{text}:.
+Unlike the case with the \verb:\Text: command and typical standard
+\LaTeX{} commands, if the option letters are omitted, the square
+brackets must be retained.
+The coordinates $(x,y)$ are
+the focal point of the text. The third argument is \verb+l+,
+\verb+r+, or empty to indicate the justification of the text. The
+fourth argument is \verb+l+, \verb+r+, \verb+u+, or empty to indicate
+respectively whether the text is rotated left (anticlockwise) by 90
+degrees, is rotated right (clockwise) by 90 degrees, is upside-down,
+or is not rotated. The fifth argument is the text.
+This command is retained only for backward compatibility;
+for new diagrams it is probably better to use the the \verb:\Text:.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] rText :
+%--#[ SetPFont :
+
+\subsubsection{Postscript-type text}
+\label{sec:PSText}
+
+The remaining text-drawing commands can use postscript fonts with an
+adjustable size.
+
+To set the font for later text-drawing commands in this class, the
+\verb:\SetPFont: command sets the `Postscript'
+font, e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica}{20}
+\end{verbatim}
+(This font is initialized by axodraw2 to Times-Roman at 10pt.)
+The font set in this way is used in the \verb:PText:, \verb:BText:,
+\verb:GText:, \verb:CText:, \verb:BTwoText:, \verb:GTwoText: and
+\verb:CTwoText: commands. The fonts that can be used are the 35 fonts
+that are made available by Adobe and that are normally available in
+all postscript interpreters, including printers. The fonts, together
+with the names used to specify them in the normal font-setting
+commands of \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}, are shown in Table \ref{tab:Pfont}.
+
+\begin{table}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|}
+\hline
+Font name & \LaTeX{} & Font name & \LaTeX{} \\
+\hline
+AvantGarde-Book & pagk & Helvetica-Narrow & phvrrn\\
+AvantGarde-BookOblique & pagko & Helvetica-NarrowOblique & phvron\\
+AvantGarde-Demi & pagd & NewCenturySchlbk-Bold & pncb \\
+AvantGarde-DemiOblique & pagdo & NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic & pncbi \\
+Bookman-Demi & pbkd & NewCenturySchlbk-Italic & pncri \\
+Bookman-DemiItalic & pbkdi & NewCenturySchlbk-Roman & pncr \\
+Bookman-Light & pbkl & Palatino-Bold & pplb \\
+Bookman-LightItalic & pbkli & Palatino-BoldItalic & pplbi \\
+Courier-Bold & pcrb & Palatino-Italic & pplri \\
+Courier-BoldOblique & pcrbo & Palatino-Roman & pplr \\
+Courier & pcrr & Symbol & psyr \\
+Courier-Oblique & pcrro & Times-Bold & ptmb \\
+Helvetica-Bold & phvb & Times-BoldItalic & ptmbi \\
+Helvetica-BoldOblique & phvbo & Times-Italic & ptmri \\
+Helvetica-NarrowBold & phvbrn& Times-Roman & ptmr \\
+Helvetica-NarrowBoldOblique & phvbon& ZapfChancery-MediumItalic & pzcmi \\
+Helvetica & phvr & ZapfDingbats & pzdr \\
+Helvetica-Oblique & phvro & & \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\caption{Available postscript fonts and their corresponding names in
+ \LaTeX.}
+\label{tab:Pfont}
+\end{table}
+If you prefer to use the normal document font (which would normally be
+Computer Modern in the common document classes), you simply leave the
+fontname empty, e.g,.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetPFont{}{20}
+\end{verbatim}
+As for the second, fontsize argument, leaving it empty uses the size
+that \LaTeX{} is using at the moment the text-drawing command starts,
+e.g.,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Bold}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+\vspace{3mm}
+
+%--#] SetPFont :
+%--#[ PText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetPFont{Helvetica}{13}
+\PText(10,10)(0)[l]{left}
+\PText(45,45)(30)[]{centered}
+\PText(80,80)(20)[rt]{right-top}
+%\PText(20,60)(140)[]{$e^{i\pi}$}
+\SetColor{Red}
+\Vertex(10,10){1.5}
+\Vertex(45,45){1.5}
+\Vertex(80,80){1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{ptext}
+\verb:\SetPFont{Helvetica}{13}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\PText(10,10)(0)[l]{left}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\PText(45,45)(30)[]{centered}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\PText(80,80)(20)[rt]{right-top}: \hfill \\
+%\verb:\PText(20,60)(90)[]{$e^{i\pi}$}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetColor{Red}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(10,10){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(45,45){1.5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Vertex(80,80){1.5}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\PText: command writes %text
+in Axodraw's current Postscript font.
+The first two arguments give the focal point, the third argument is a
+rotation angle and the fourth argument is as in the various \TeX/\LaTeX{}
+box commands to indicate left, right, top or bottom adjustment with respect
+to the focal point. No indication means centered.
+
+Note that use of normal \LaTeX{} font setting commands or of math-mode
+will not normally have the desired effect.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] PText :
+%--#[ BText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{4.53cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(110,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(10,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{14}
+\BText(30,65){Who?}
+\SetPFont{AvantGarde-Book}{16}
+\BText(60,25){Me?}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{10.8cm}
+\label{btext}
+\verb:\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{14}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\BText(30,65){Who?}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{AvantGarde-Book}{16}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\BText(60,25){Me?}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\BText: command writes a centered box with text in it. It uses
+Axodraw's current Postscript font.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BText :
+%--#[ GText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{4.53cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(110,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(10,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{12}
+\GText(30,65){0.9}{Why?}
+\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{5}
+\GText(60,25){0.75}{We wanted it that way!}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{10.8cm}
+\label{gtext}
+\verb:\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{12}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\GText(30,65){0.9}{Why?}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\GText(60,25){0.75}{We wanted it that way!}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\GText: command writes a centered box with text in it. It uses
+Axodraw's current Postscript font. The third argument is the grayscale
+with which
+the box will be filled. 0 is black and 1 is white.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GText :
+%--#[ CText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{4.53cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(110,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\SetPFont{Times-Bold}{15}
+\CText(30,65){LightYellow}{LightBlue}{Who?}
+\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{14}
+\CText(60,25){Red}{Yellow}{You!}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{10.8cm}
+\label{ctext}
+\verb:\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Times-Bold}{15}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\CText(30,65){LightYellow}{LightBlue}{Who?}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{14}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\CText(60,25){Red}{Yellow}{You!}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\CText: command writes a centered box with text in it. It uses
+Axodraw's current Postscript font. The third argument is the color of
+the box and
+the text. The fourth argument is the color with which the box will be
+filled.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] CText :
+%--#[ BTwoText :
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{4.53cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(110,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{14}
+\BTwoText(30,65){Why}{Me?}
+\SetPFont{AvantGarde-Book}{16}
+\BTwoText(60,25){You}{did it}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{10.8cm}
+\label{btwotext}
+\verb:\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{14}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\BTwoText(30,65){Why}{Me?}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{AvantGarde-Book}{16}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\BTwoText(60,25){You}{did it}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\BTwoText: command writes a centered box with two lines of text in
+it. It uses Axodraw's current Postscript font.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] BTwoText :
+%--#[ GTwoText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{4.53cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(110,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(10,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{12}
+\GTwoText(30,65){0.9}{Prove}{it!}
+\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{11}
+\GTwoText(60,25){0.75}{Sherlock}{says so}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{10.8cm}
+\label{gtwotext}
+\verb:\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Bookman-Demi}{12}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\GTwoText(30,65){0.9}{Prove}{it!}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{11}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\GTwoText(60,25){0.75}{Sherlock}{says so}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\GTwoText: command writes a centered box with two lines of text in
+it. It uses Axodraw's current Postscript font. The third argument is the
+grayscale with which the box will be filled. 0 is black and 1 is white.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] GTwoText :
+%--#[ CTwoText :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{4.53cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(110,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25)
+\SetPFont{Times-Bold}{10}
+\CTwoText(30,65){LightYellow}{Blue}{That is}{no proof!}
+\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{14}
+\CTwoText(60,25){Red}{Yellow}{Yes}{it is}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{10.8cm}
+\label{ctwotext}
+\verb:\ArrowLine(30,65)(60,25): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Times-Bold}{10}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\CTwoText(30,65){LightYellow}{Blue}: \\
+ \verb:{That is}{no proof!}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetPFont{Courier-Bold}{14}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\CTwoText(60,25){Red}{Yellow}{Yes}{it is}: \hfill \\
+The \verb:\CTwoText: command writes a centered box with two lines of text in
+it. It uses Axodraw's current Postscript font. The third argument is
+the color of both
+the box and the text. The fourth argument is the color with which the box
+will be filled.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] CTwoText :
+%--#[ Features :
+
+Note that because you can now use \LaTeX{} commands for the text
+arguments of the commands described in this section, the effects of
+the \verb+\BTwoText+, \verb+\GTwoText+, and \verb+\CTwoText+ can be
+achieved also by the use of regular \verb:\BText: etc commands.
+Mathematics can also be used. (None of these was possible in v.\ 1 of
+axodraw.) Here are some examples: \vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{5.5cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(150,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(12,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetPFont{Helvetica}{15}
+\BText(60,45){%
+ \begin{minipage}{4.5cm}
+ Here is boxed text in a larger size, including
+ mathematics: $\alpha^2$.
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{8.5cm}
+\label{btext2}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\SetPFont{Helvetica}{15}
+\BText(70,45){%
+ \begin{minipage}{4.5cm}
+ Here is boxed text in a
+ larger size, including
+ mathematics: $\alpha^2$.
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+This example shows that the \verb:\BText: command can also be used
+with minipages and other \LaTeX{} methods to make more complicated
+boxed texts.
+\end{minipage}
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{5.5cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(150,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(13,9){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetPFont{}{15}
+\BText(65,45){%
+ \begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \sffamily Here is boxed text in a
+ large size, including
+ mathematics: $\alpha^2$.
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{8.5cm}
+\label{btext2.mod}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\SetPFont{}{15}
+\BText(65,45){%
+ \begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \sffamily Here is boxed text in a
+ large size, including
+ mathematics: $\alpha^2$.
+ \end{minipage}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+But if you use mathematics, the text may be more elegant if you use
+the document font, which has matching fonts for text and mathematics.
+Use of a sans-serif font (by \verb:\sffamily:) may be better in a diagram.
+\end{minipage}
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Features :
+%>>#] Text :
+%>>#[ Options :
+
+\subsection{Options}
+\label{sec:options}
+
+Almost all of axodraw2's line-drawing commands take optional
+arguments. The form here is familiar from many standard \LaTeX{}
+commands. The optional arguments are placed in square brackets after
+the command name, and are made of a comma-separated list of items of
+the form: \texttt{keyword} or \texttt{keyword=value}. The required
+arguments are placed afterwards.
+
+Optional arguments can be used to set particular characteristics of a
+line, e.g., whether it is dashed or has an arrow. They can also be
+used to set some of the line's parameters, to be used instead of
+default values. (The default values can be adjusted by commands
+listed in Sec.\ \ref{sec:settings}. Those commands are useful for
+adjusting parameters that apply to multiple lines, while the optional
+arguments are useful for setting parameters for individual lines.)
+
+The original axodraw only had different command names to determine
+whether lines were dashed, or had arrows, etc. The new version
+retains these commands,
+but now the basic commands
+(\verb:\Line:, \verb:\Arc:, \verb:\Gluon:, etc) can also be treated as
+generic commands, with the different varieties (dashed, double, and/or
+with an arrow) being set by options.
+
+The same set of options are available for all types of line. However,
+not all apply or are implemented for particular types of line. Thus,
+\texttt{clockwise} is irrelevant for a straight line, while
+\texttt{arrow} is not implemented for gluons, photons and zigzag
+lines. Warnings are given for unimplemented features, while
+inapplicable arguments are ignored.
+
+The full set of options.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+ color=\colorname & Set the line in this color. \\
+ colour=\colorname & Same as color=\colorname. \\
+ dash & Use a dashed line. \\
+ dsize=\num & Set the dash size (when a line is dashed). \\
+ dashsize=\num & Same as dsize=\num. \\
+ double & Use a double line. \\
+ sep=\num & Sets the separation for a double line. \\
+ linesep=\num & Same as sep=\num. \\
+ width=\num & Sets line width for this line only.\\[2mm]
+ clock & For arcs, makes the arc run clockwise. \\
+ clockwise & For arcs, makes the arc run clockwise. \\[2mm]
+ arrow & Use an arrow.\\
+ flip & If there is an arrow, its direction is flipped. \\
+
+ arrowpos=\num & The number should be between zero and one and\\
+ & indicates where along the line the arrow should be. \\
+ & 1 is at the end. 0.5 is halfway (the initial default).\\
+ arrowaspect=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ arrowlength=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ arrowheight=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ arrowinset=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ arrowscale=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ arrowstroke=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ arrowwidth=\num & See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. \\
+ inset=\num & Same as arrowinset.\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The options without an extra argument, e.g., \texttt{arrow}, are
+actually of a boolean type. That is, they can also be used with a
+suffix ``\texttt{=true}'' or ``\texttt{=false}'', e.g.,
+\texttt{arrow=true} or \texttt{arrow=false}.
+
+If an option is not provided, its default value is used. Defaults are
+no dashes, no double lines, anticlockwise arcs, no arrow and if an
+arrow is asked for, its position is halfway along the line. Other
+arrow settings are explained in Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}. There are
+also default values for dash size (3) and the separation of double
+lines (2).
+
+The full set of the generic line commands with their syntax is
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{l}
+ \verb+\Line[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2)+ \\
+ \verb+\Arc[options](x,y)(r,theta1,theta2)+ \\
+ \verb+\Bezier[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)(x4,y4)+ \\
+ \verb+\Gluon[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \verb+\GluonArc[options](x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \verb+\GluonCirc[options](x,y)(r,phase){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \verb+\Photon[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \verb+\PhotonArc[options](x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \verb+\ZigZag[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \verb+\ZigZagArc[options](x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{windings}+ \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The applicability of the options is as follows
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{tabular}{lcc}
+ & Arrow, etc & Clockwise \\
+ \verb+\Line+ & Y & N \\
+ \verb+\Arc+ & Y & Y \\
+ \verb+\Bezier+ & Y & N \\
+ \verb+\Gluon+ & N & N \\
+ \verb+\GluonArc+ & N & Y \\
+ \verb+\GluonCirc+ & N & N \\
+ \verb+\Photon+ & N & N \\
+ \verb+\PhotonArc+ & N & Y \\
+ \verb+\ZigZag+ & N & N \\
+ \verb+\ZigZagArc+ & N & Y \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The arrow options include those for setting the arrow dimensions.
+Options not indicated in the last table apply to all cases.
+
+%{\sc The next options still have to be implemented, but it seems the most
+%sensible thing to do.}\vspace{3mm}
+%
+%The third family is the one of the shapes:
+%
+%\begin{center}
+%\begin{minipage}{14cm}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\Box[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+%\Tri[options](x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)
+%\Polygon[options]{(x1,y1)(x2,y2)...(xn,yn)}
+%\Circ[options](x1,y1){radius}
+%\Oval[options](x1,y1)(height,width)(rotation)
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\end{minipage}
+%\end{center}
+%
+%\noindent The options here are:
+%\begin{center}
+%\begin{tabular}{ll}
+% centered & For boxes: x1,y1 is the center. x2,y2 is width,
+% height \\
+% blanked & Inside is blanked out. \\
+% inside & (Over)write only the inside. \\
+% color,line=$<$color$>$ & Main color. \\
+% filled,fill=$<$color$>$ & When both the outline and the inside are written. \\
+% gray,grayscale=\num & Inside is in gray. Filled overwrites this. \\
+% rotation=\num & Only for centered boxes: rotation angle.
+%\end{tabular}
+%\end{center}
+%The options gray and filled imply blanked. Hence it is not needed to use
+%blanked when either of those options is used. The default values are that
+%none of these options are used.
+
+Some examples are:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \Line[double,sep=1.5,dash,dsize=4](10,10)(70,30)
+ \Line[double,sep=1.5,arrow,arrowpos=0.6](10,10)(70,30)
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The options can also be used on the more explicit commands as extra
+options. Hence it is possible to use
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \DoubleLine[dash,dsize=4](10,10)(70,30){1.5}
+\end{verbatim}
+instead of the first line in the previous example.
+
+One may notice that some of the options are not accessible with the more
+explicit commands. For example, it is possible to put arrows on B\'ezier
+curves only by using the option `arrow' for the B\'ezier command.
+
+%>>#] Options :
+%>>#[ Remarks about Gluons :
+%
+\subsection{Remarks about Gluons}
+\label{sec:gluon.remarks}
+
+There are 12 commands that concern gluons. This allows much freedom in
+developing one's own style. Gluons can be drawn as single solid lines, as
+double lines, as dashed lines and as dashed double lines.
+
+Gluons have an amplitude and a number of windings. By varying these
+quantities one may obtain completely different gluons as in:
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Gluon(10,70)(80,70){3}{5}
+\Gluon(10,50)(80,50){3}{9}
+\Gluon(10,30)(80,30){5}{7}
+\Gluon(10,10)(80,10){8}{9}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluons}
+\verb:\Gluon(10,70)(80,70){3}{5}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Gluon(10,50)(80,50){3}{9}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Gluon(10,30)(80,30){5}{7}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Gluon(10,10)(80,10){8}{9}:
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+One may change the orientation of the windings by reversing the
+direction in which the gluon is drawn and/or changing the sign of the
+amplitude:
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,90)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\DoubleGluon(10,70)(80,70){5}{7}{1.2}
+\DoubleGluon(80,50)(10,50){5}{7}{1.2}
+\DoubleGluon(10,30)(80,30){-5}{7}{1.2}
+\DoubleGluon(80,10)(10,10){-5}{7}{1.2}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluonss}
+\verb:\DoubleGluon(10,70)(80,70){5}{7}{1.2}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\DoubleGluon(80,50)(10,50){5}{7}{1.2}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\DoubleGluon(10,30)(80,30){-5}{7}{1.2}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\DoubleGluon(80,10)(10,10){-5}{7}{1.2}:
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,70)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,7){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GluonArc(45,20)(40,20,160){5}{8}
+\GluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){-5}{8}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluonarcA}
+\verb:\GluonArc(45,20)(40,20,160){5}{8}:\hfill \\
+\verb:\GluonArc(45,0)(40,20,160){-5}{8}:\hfill \\
+Here one can see that the sign of the amplitude gives a completely
+different aspect to a gluon on an arc segment.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+There are two ways of drawing a gluon circle. One is with the command
+GluonCirc and the other is an arc of 360 degrees with the GluonArc command.
+The second way has a natural attachment point, because the GluonArc
+command makes gluons with a begin- and endpoint. \vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+%\label{gluoncirc}
+\verb:\GluonCirc(40,40)(30,0){5}{16}:\hfill \\
+This is the `complete circle'. If one likes to attach one or more lines to
+it one should take into account that the best places for this are at a
+distance radius+amplitude from the center of the circle. One can rotate the
+circle by using the phase argument.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\GluonArc(40,40)(30,0,360){5}{16}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{gluonarc360}
+\verb:\GluonArc(40,40)(30,0,360){5}{16}:\hfill \\
+In the 360 degree arc there is a natural point of attachment. Of course
+there is only one such point. If one needs more than one such point one
+should use more than one arc segment.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+Some examples are:
+
+\begin{center} \begin{axopicture}{(460,60)(0,0)}
+\Gluon(7,30)(27,30){3}{3}
+\GluonCirc(50,30)(20,0){3}{16}
+\Gluon(73,30)(93,30){3}{3}
+\Vertex(27,30){1.5}
+\Vertex(73,30){1.5}
+%
+\Gluon(110,30)(130,30){3}{3}
+\GluonArc(150,30)(20,0,180){3}{8}
+\GluonArc(150,30)(20,180,360){3}{8}
+\Gluon(170,30)(190,30){3}{3}
+\Vertex(130,30){1.5}
+\Vertex(170,30){1.5}
+%
+\Gluon(210,30)(230,30){3}{3}
+\GluonArc(250,30)(20,0,180){-3}{8}
+\GluonArc(250,30)(20,180,360){-3}{8}
+\Gluon(270,30)(290,30){3}{3}
+\Vertex(230,30){1.5}
+\Vertex(270,30){1.5}
+%
+\DashLine(310,30)(330,30){3}
+\GluonArc(350,30)(20,-180,180){3}{16}
+\Vertex(330,30){1.5}
+%
+\DashLine(387,30)(407,30){3}
+\GluonCirc(430,30)(20,0){3}{16}
+\Vertex(407,30){1.5}
+%
+\end{axopicture} \end{center}
+This picture was generated with the code:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{center} \begin{axopicture}{(460,60)(0,0)}
+ \Gluon(7,30)(27,30){3}{3}
+ \GluonCirc(50,30)(20,0){3}{16}
+ \Gluon(73,30)(93,30){3}{3}
+ \Vertex(27,30){1.5}
+ \Vertex(73,30){1.5}
+ \Gluon(110,30)(130,30){3}{3}
+ \GluonArc(150,30)(20,0,180){3}{8}
+ \GluonArc(150,30)(20,180,360){3}{8}
+ \Gluon(170,30)(190,30){3}{3}
+ \Vertex(130,30){1.5}
+ \Vertex(170,30){1.5}
+ \Gluon(210,30)(230,30){3}{3}
+ \GluonArc(250,30)(20,0,180){-3}{8}
+ \GluonArc(250,30)(20,180,360){-3}{8}
+ \Gluon(270,30)(290,30){3}{3}
+ \Vertex(230,30){1.5}
+ \Vertex(270,30){1.5}
+ \DashLine(310,30)(330,30){3}
+ \GluonArc(350,30)(20,-180,180){3}{16}
+ \Vertex(330,30){1.5}
+ \DashLine(387,30)(407,30){3}
+ \GluonCirc(430,30)(20,0){3}{16}
+ \Vertex(407,30){1.5}
+\end{axopicture} \end{center}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+%>>#] Remarks about Gluons :
+%>>#[ Arrows :
+
+\subsection{Remarks about arrows}
+\label{sec:arrows}
+
+%--#[ General :
+
+The old Axodraw arrows were rather primitive little triangles. The JaxoDraw
+program has introduced fancier arrows which the user can also customize.
+There are parameters connected to this as shown in the figure:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{axopicture}{(150,100)(0,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(15,10){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetWidth{3}
+%\Line(10,50)(130,50)
+%\FilledPolygon{(140,50)(90,90)(105,50)(90,10)}{White}
+%\Polygon{(140,50)(90,90)(105,50)(90,10)}{Black}
+%\SetWidth{0.5}
+%\LongArrow(85,50)(85,90)
+%\LongArrow(90,5)(105,5)
+%\LongArrow(90,95)(140,95)
+%\SetPFont{Helvetica}{9}
+%\PText(110,85)(0)[l]{Length}
+%\PText(76,71)(90)[c]{Width}
+%\PText(110,5)(0)[l]{Inset}
+\Line[arrow,arrowinset=0.3,arrowaspect=1,arrowwidth=40,arrowpos=1,
+ arrowstroke=3](10,50)(100,50)
+\SetWidth{0.5}
+\LongArrow(55,50)(55,90)
+\LongArrow(60,5)(84,5)
+\LongArrow(60,95)(140,95)
+\SetPFont{Helvetica}{9}
+\PText(100,85)(0)[l]{Length}
+\PText(46,71)(90)[c]{Width}
+\PText(90,5)(0)[l]{Inset}
+\end{axopicture}\vspace{2mm} \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowinset=0.3,arrowaspect=1,arrowwidth=40,arrowpos=1,:\\
+\verb:arrowstroke=3](10,50)(100,50):
+\end{center}
+The full set of parameters is:
+\begin{description}
+\item[aspect] A multiplicative parameter when the length is calculated
+from the width. The normal formula is:
+$\mbox{length}=2\times \mbox{width}\times \mbox{aspect}$.
+\item[inset] The fraction of the length that is taken inward.
+\item[length] The full length of the arrowhead.
+\item[position] The position of the arrow in the line as a fraction of the
+length of the line.
+\item[scale] A scale parameter for the complete arrowhead.
+\item[stroke] The width of the line that makes up the arrowhead. If the
+value is not set (default value is zero) the arrow is filled and overwrites
+whatever was there. In the case of a stroke value the contents are
+overwritten in the background color.
+\item[width] The half width of the arrowhead.
+\end{description}
+The parameters can be set in two ways. One is with one of the commands
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\verb:\SetArrowScale{number}: & Initial value is 1. \\
+\verb:\SetArrowInset{number}: & Initial value is 0.2 \\
+\verb:\SetArrowAspect{number}: & Initial value is 1.25 \\
+\verb:\SetArrowPosition{number}: & Initial value is 0.5 \\
+\verb:\SetArrowStroke{number}: & Initial value is 0 \\
+\end{tabular} \vspace{2mm} \\
+\end{center}
+(A complete list of commands for setting defaults is in
+Sec.\ \ref{sec:settings}.)
+These commands determine settings that will hold for all following
+commands, up to the end of whatever \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} grouping the
+default setting is given in. E.g., setting a default value inside an
+\texttt{axopicture} environment sets it until the end of the
+environment only. (Thus the settings obey the normal rules of
+\LaTeX{} for scoping.)
+
+The other way is to use one or more of these parameters as options in a
+command that uses an arrow. The general use of options is in Sec.\
+\ref{sec:options}. The options that are available are
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+ arrow & initial default=false \\
+ arrowscale=\num & initial default=1 \\
+ arrowwidth=\num & initial default=0 \\
+ arrowlength=\num & initial default=0 \\
+ arrowpos=\num & initial default=0.5 \\
+ arrowinset=\num & initial default=0.2 \\
+ arrowstroke=\num & initial default=0 \\
+ arrowaspect=\num & initial default=1.25 \\
+ flip & initial default=false
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+The arrow option tells the program to draw an arrow. Without it no
+arrow will be drawn. The flip option indicates that the direction of
+the arrow should be reversed from the `natural' direction.
+
+When
+neither the width nor the length are specified, but instead both are
+given as zero, they are computed from the line width (and the line
+separation when there is a double line). The formula is:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ \mbox{Arrowwidth} & = &
+ 1.2 \times \left( \mbox{linewidth}
+ + 0.7 \times \mbox{separation}
+ + 1
+ \right)
+ \times \mbox{arrowscale},
+\\
+\label{arrowlength}
+ \mbox{Length} & = &
+ 2 \times \mbox{arrowwidth} \times \mbox{arrowaspect}.
+\end{eqnarray}
+%If however $\mbox{linewidth} + \frac{1}{4} \times \mbox{separation} <
+%0.5$ the formula for the arrow width becomes $\mbox{arrowwidth} = 2.5
+%\times \mbox{arrowscale}$.
+If, however, $1.2 \times(\mbox{linewidth}+0.7\times\mbox{separation}+1)$ is less
+than 2.5, the formula for the arrow width becomes
+$\mbox{arrowwidth}=2.5\times\mbox{arrowscale}$.
+
+If only one of the arrowwidth or the arrowlength parameters is zero,
+it is computed from the other non-zero parameter using formula
+(\ref{arrowlength}). When both are non-zero, those are the values that
+are used.
+
+The position of the arrowhead is a bit tricky. The arrowpos parameter is a
+fraction of the length of the line and indicates the position of the center
+of the arrowhead. This means that when arrowpos is one, the arrowhead
+sticks out beyond the end of the line by half the arrowlength. When for
+instance the line width is 0.5, the default length of the arrowhead
+defaults to 6.25. Hence if one would like to compensate for this one should
+make the line 3.125 points shorter. Usually 3 pt will be sufficient.
+
+Because of backward compatibility axodraw2 has many individual commands for
+lines with arrows. We present them here, together with some `options'
+varieties.\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] General :
+%--#[ ArrowLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line[arrow,arrowscale=2](10,70)(80,70)
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.8,flip](10,50)(80,50)
+\Line[arrow](10,30)(80,30)
+\ArrowLine(10,10)(80,10)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowline}
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowscale=2](10,70)(80,70): \hfill \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.8,flip](10,50)(80,50): \hfill \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow](10,30)(80,30): \hfill \\
+\verb:\ArrowLine(10,10)(80,10): \hfill \\
+The default position for the arrow is halfway (arrowpos=0.5). With the line
+command and the options we can put the arrow in any position.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowLine :
+%--#[ LongArrow :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,60)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,6){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1](10,30)(80,30)
+\LongArrow(10,10)(80,10)
+\SetWidth{4}
+\LongArrow[arrowscale=0.8](10,50)(70,50)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{longarrow}
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1](10,30)(80,30): \hfill \\
+\verb:\LongArrow(10,10)(80,10): \hfill \\
+\verb:\SetWidth{4}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\LongArrow[arrowscale=0.8](10,50)(70,50): \hfill \\
+The \verb:\LongArrow: command just places the arrowhead at the end of the
+line. The size of the arrowhead is a function of the linewidth.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] LongArrow :
+%--#[ ArrowDoubleLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,100)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,10){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetArrowStroke{1}
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=5,arrowscale=1.3](10,90)(75,90)
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=2,arrowscale=1.5](10,70)(80,70)
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=2](10,50)(80,50)
+\Line[arrow,double,sep=2](10,30)(80,30)
+\ArrowDoubleLine(10,10)(80,10){2}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowdoubleline}
+\verb:\SetArrowStroke{1}: \hfill \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=5,arrowscale=1.3]: \hfill \\
+ \verb: (10,90)(75,90): \hfill \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=2,arrowscale=1.5]: \hfill \\
+ \verb: (10,70)(80,70): \hfill \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=2](10,50)(80,50): \hfill \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,double,sep=2](10,30)(80,30): \hfill \\
+\verb:\ArrowDoubleLine(10,10)(80,10){2}: \hfill \\
+As one can see, the arrows also work with double lines.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowDoubleLine :
+%--#[ ArrowDashLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.3,dash,dsize=3,arrowscale=1.5](10,70)(80,70)
+\DashArrowLine(10,50)(80,50){3}
+\Line[arrow,dash,dsize=3](10,30)(80,30)
+\ArrowDashLine(10,10)(80,10){3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowdashline}
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.3,dash,dsize=3,arrowscale=1.5]: \\
+ \verb:(10,70)(80,70): \\
+\verb:\DashArrowLine(10,50)(80,50){3}: \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,dash,dsize=3](10,30)(80,30): \\
+\verb:\ArrowDashLine(10,10)(80,10){3}: \\
+We have not taken provisions for the dashes to be centered in the
+arrowhead, because at times that is nearly impossible. The commands
+\verb:\ArrowDashLine: and \verb:\DashArrowLine: are identical.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowDashLine :
+%--#[ ArrowDashDoubleLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\SetArrowStroke{0.5}
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,dash,dsize=3,double,sep=1.5,arrowscale=1.5](10,70)(80,70)
+\DashArrowDoubleLine(10,50)(80,50){1.5}{3}
+\Line[arrow,dash,dsize=3,double,sep=1.5](10,30)(80,30)
+\ArrowDashDoubleLine(10,10)(80,10){1.5}{3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowdashdoubleline}
+\verb:\SetArrowStroke{0.5}: \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,dash,dsize=3,double: \\
+ \verb:,sep=1.5,arrowscale=1.5](10,70)(80,70): \\
+\verb:\DashArrowDoubleLine(10,50)(80,50){1.5}{3}: \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,dash,dsize=3](10,30)(80,30): \\
+\verb:\ArrowDashDoubleLine(10,10)(80,10){1.5}{3}: \\
+The \verb:\ArrowDashDoubleLine: and \verb:\DashArrowDoubleLine:
+commands are identical.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowDashDoubleLine :
+%--#[ LongArrowDashLine :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0,dash,dsize=3,arrowscale=1.5,flip](10,70)(80,70)
+\DashLongArrowLine(10,50)(80,50){3}
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,dash,dsize=3](10,30)(80,30)
+\LongArrowDashLine(10,10)(80,10){3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{longarrowdashline}
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0,dash,dsize=3,arrowscale=1.5: \\
+ \verb:,flip](10,70)(80,70): \\
+\verb:\DashLongArrowLine(10,50)(80,50){3}: \\
+\verb:\Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,dash,dsize=3](10,30)(80,30): \\
+\verb:\LongArrowDashLine(10,10)(80,10){3}: \\
+The commands
+\verb:\LongArrowDashLine:, \verb:\DashLongArrowLine:,
+\verb:\LongArrowDash: and \verb:\DashLongArrow: are identical.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] LongArrowDashLine :
+%--#[ ArrowArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,140)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,14){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=1,clock](45,95)(40,160,20)
+\LongArrowArcn(45,80)(40,160,20)
+\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=0.5,clock](45,65)(40,160,20)
+\ArrowArcn(45,50)(40,160,20)
+\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=1](45,35)(40,20,160)
+\LongArrowArc(45,20)(40,20,160)
+\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=0.5](45,5)(40,20,160)
+\ArrowArc(45,-10)(40,20,160)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowarc}
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=0,flip](45,95)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\LongArrowArcn(45,80)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=0.5](45,65)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\ArrowArcn(45,50)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=1](45,35)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\LongArrowArc(45,20)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,arrowpos=0.5](45,5)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\ArrowArc(45,-10)(40,20,160): \\
+The \verb:Arc: and the \verb:CArc: commands are identical.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowArc :
+%--#[ ArrowDashArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,110)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,11){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,arrowpos=0.5,clock](45,65)(40,160,20)
+\ArrowDashArcn(45,50)(40,160,20){3}
+\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,arrowpos=1](45,35)(40,20,160)
+\LongArrowDashArc(45,20)(40,20,160){3}
+\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,arrowpos=0.5](45,5)(40,20,160)
+\ArrowDashArc(45,-10)(40,20,160){3}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowdasharc}
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,arrowpos=0.5]: \\
+ \verb:(45,65)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\ArrowDashArcn(45,50)(40,20,160){3}: \\
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,arrowpos=1]: \\
+ \verb:(45,35)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\LongArrowDashArc(45,20)(40,20,160){3}: \\
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,arrowpos=0.5]: \\
+ \verb:(45,5)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\ArrowDashArc(45,-10)(40,20,160){3}: \\
+The \verb:DashArrowArc: and the \verb:ArrowDashArc: commands are identical.
+So are the commands \verb:DashArrowArcn: and \verb:ArrowDashArcn:.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowDashArc :
+%--#[ ArrowDashDoubleArc :
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(90,80)(-10,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(9,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,double,sep=1.5,arrowpos=0.5](45,35)(40,20,160)
+\ArrowDashDoubleArc(45,20)(40,20,160){1.5}{3}
+\Arc[arrow,double,sep=1.5,arrowpos=0.5](45,5)(40,20,160)
+\ArrowDoubleArc(45,-10)(40,20,160){1.5}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowdashdoublearc}
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=3,double,sep=1.5: \\
+ \verb:,arrowpos=0.5](45,35)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\ArrowDashDoubleArc(45,20)(40,160,20){1.5}{3}: \\
+\verb:\Arc[arrow,double,sep=1.5,arrowpos=0.5]: \\
+ \verb:(45,5)(40,20,160): \\
+\verb:\ArrowDoubleArc(45,-10)(40,20,160){1.5}: \\
+Other commands involving Long do not exist. The options can take care of
+their functionality.
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] ArrowDashDoubleArc :
+%--#[ Bezier :
+
+Computing the position of the arrow in a B\'ezier curve is a bit complicated.
+Let us recall the definition of a cubic B\'ezier curve:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ x & = & x_0 (1-t)^3 + 3 x_1 t (1-t)^2 + 3 x_2 t^2 (1-t) + x_3 t^3
+ \nonumber \\
+ y & = & y_0 (1-t)^3 + 3 y_1 t (1-t)^2 + 3 y_2 t^2 (1-t) + y_3 t^3
+\end{eqnarray}
+Computing the length of the curve is done with the integral
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ L & = & \int_0^1 dt
+ \sqrt{ \left( \frac{dx}{dt} \right)^2 + \left( \frac{dy}{dt} \right )^2 },
+\end{eqnarray}
+which is an integral over the square root of a quartic polynomial. This we
+do with a 16 point Gaussian quadrature and it gives us more than enough
+accuracy\footnote{We need to compute the length of the B\'ezier curve also
+when we want to put a dash pattern on it. The exact dash size is determined
+such that an integer number of patterns fits in the line.}. Let us assume
+now that we want the arrow at 0.6 of the length. To find the exact fraction
+of the length involves finding the upper limit of the integral for which
+the length is $0.6 L$. This requires an iteration procedure till we have a
+reasonable accuracy for the position $(x,y)$. After that we have to calculate
+the derivative in this point as well.
+
+Because the B\'ezier curves are new commands in axodraw2 there is no need for
+backwards compatibility in the use of arrows. Hence all arrow commands are
+done by means of the options. Some examples are:
+\vspace{4mm}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{minipage}{3.83cm}
+\begin{axopicture}{(80,80)(-15,0)}
+\AxoGrid(0,0)(10,10)(8,8){LightGray}{0.5}
+\Bezier[arrow](10,10)(30,30)(10,50)(30,70)
+\Bezier[arrow,dash,dsize=3](30,10)(50,30)(30,50)(50,70)
+\Bezier[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=1,arrowstroke=0.5](50,10)(70,30)(50,50)(70,70)
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}{11.5cm}
+\label{arrowbezier}
+\verb:\Bezier[arrow](10,10)(30,30)(10,50)(30,70): \\
+\verb:\Bezier[arrow,dash,dsize=3](30,10)(50,30): \\
+ \verb:(30,50)(50,70): \\
+\verb:\Bezier[arrow,arrowpos=1,double,sep=1,arrowstroke: \\
+ \verb:=0.5](50,10)(70,30)(50,50)(70,70):
+\end{minipage}\vspace{4mm}
+
+%--#] Bezier :
+%>>#] Arrows :
+%>>#[ Settings :
+
+\subsection{Units and scaling}
+\label{sec:units}
+
+When you have constructed a diagram, you may need to change its scale,
+to make it larger or smaller. Axodraw2 provides ways of doing this,
+for scaling diagrams without recoding all the individual coordinates.
+However the requirements for the nature of the scaling change between
+different cases. For example, suppose a diagram is designed for use in
+a journal article and you wish to use it in the slides for a seminar.
+Then you will want to enlarge both the geometric size of the diagram's
+objects and the text labels it contains. But if you wish to use a
+scaled diagram in another place in a journal article, you will wish to
+scale its lines etc, but will probably not wish to scale the text (to
+preserve its legibility).
+
+Axodraw2 therefore provides tools for the different situations, so we
+will now explain what to do. The commands to achieve this all appear
+in the list of parameter-setting commands in Sec.\ \ref{sec:settings}.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Scaling for slides}
+
+Suppose the original diagram is
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{10cm}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+to give
+\begin{center}
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+Then you could double the scale of the diagram by
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{10cm}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetScale{2}
+ \fontsize{24}{26}\selectfont
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+to get
+\begin{center}
+ \SetScale{2}
+ \fontsize{24}{26}\selectfont
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+We have changed the size of the document font, as would be appropriate
+for a make slides for a presentation; this we did by the
+\verb+\fontsize+ command. The arc and the space inserted
+in the document for the diagram have scaled up. The label inserted by
+the \verb:\Text: command has changed to match the document font. The
+postscript text in the \verb:\CText: was specified to be at
+$\unit[12]{pt}$, but is now scaled up also.
+
+The above behavior is what axodraw2 does by default, and is what v.\ 1
+did.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Scaling within article}
+
+If you wanted to make an enlarged figure in a journal article, you
+would not change the document font. But the obvious modification to
+the previous example is
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{10cm}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetScale{2}
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+which gives
+\begin{center}
+ \SetScale{2}
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+The label $\alpha P_1$ is now not enlarged, since it copies the
+behavior of the document font. But the postscript text is enlarged,
+which is probably undesirable. If you were scaling down the diagram
+instead of scaling it up, the situation would be worse, because the
+postscript font would be difficult to read.
+
+So in this situation, of scaling the diagram while keeping the
+document font intact, you probably also want to leave unchanged the
+size of the postscript font. You can achieve this by the
+\verb:\PSTextScalesLikeGraphicsfalse: command:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{minipage}{10cm}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \SetScale{2}
+ \PSTextScalesLikeGraphicsfalse
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+\begin{center}
+ \SetScale{2}
+ \PSTextScalesLikeGraphicsfalse
+ \SetPFont{Helvetica-Oblique}{12}
+ Document text. Then diagram:
+ \begin{axopicture}(60,43)
+ \Arc[arrow](30,0)(30,0,180)
+ \Text(30,33)[b]{$\alpha P_1$}
+ \CText(30,10){Red}{Yellow}{Arc}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+
+To achieve this on a document-wide basis, which is probably what you
+want, you can use the \texttt{PStextScalesIndependently} option when you
+load axodraw2 --- see Sec.\ \ref{sec:invoke}.
+
+Nevertheless, if you turn off the default scaling of postscript text,
+%you may still want to scale text. To do this you can use the
+you may still want to scale text. For this you can use the
+\verb:\SetTextScale: command, as in \verb:\SetTextScale{1.2}:. This
+only has an effect when you have turned off the scaling of postscript
+text with graphics objects; but then it applies to \TeX{} text
+inserted by axodraw2's \verb:\Text: and \verb:\rText: commands, as
+well text inserted by axodraw2's ``postscript-text'' commands.
+
+If you are confused by the above, we recommend experimentation to
+understand how to achieve the effects that you specifically need. We
+could have made the set of commands and options simpler, but only at
+the expense of not being able to meet the demands of the different
+plausible situations that we could imagine and have to deal with
+ourselves.
+
+\subsubsection{Canvas and object scales}
+
+When you use \verb:\SetScale: outside an \verb:axopicture:
+environment, as above, the scaling applies to both the axodraw2
+objects and the space inserted for the \texttt{axopicture} environment
+in the document, as is natural. But you may find you need to scale a
+subset of objects inside the diagram, e.g.,
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{10cm}
+ \verb:\begin{axopicture}:(\dots)\\
+ \hspace*{1cm} (First block)\\
+ \verb:\SetScale{0.5}:\\
+ \hspace*{1cm} (Second block)\\
+ \verb:\end{axopicture}:
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{center}
+In this case, the units for specifying the objects in the second block
+are different from those for specifying the \verb:axopicture:
+environment's size (as well as the first block of objects). We thus
+distinguish object units from canvas units, where ``canvas'' refers to
+the \verb:axopicture: environment as a whole.
+
+Another complication is that the \LaTeX{} \verb+picture+ environment
+has is own \verb:\unitlength: parameter. In v.\ 1 of axodraw, the
+canvas scale was determined by \LaTeX's \verb:\unitlength:. But there
+was an independent unit for the object scale; this was the one
+determined by axodraw's \verb:\SetScale: command. Also, not all
+objects used the object scale. The situation therefore got quite
+confusing. In v.\ 1, if, as is often natural, you wished to scale the
+canvas as well as the objects, you would have needed to set \LaTeX's
+\verb:\unitlength: parameter as well as using axodraw's
+\verb:\SetScale: command.
+
+So now we have arranged things so that the canvas and object scales
+are tied by default, provided that you use axodraw2's \verb:\SetScale:
+command, and that axodraw diagrams are inside \verb+axopicture+
+environments (in contrast to the \verb+picture+ environment used in
+the original axodraw).
+However, it may be necessary to keep backward compatibility in some
+cases, and we weren't certain that the new behavior is exactly what is
+always desired. So in axodraw2, we have provided three choices, given
+by the \texttt{canvasScaleIs1pt}, \texttt{canvasScaleIsObjectScale},
+and \texttt{canvasScaleIsUnitLength} options when loading axodraw2 ---
+see Sec.\ \ref{sec:invoke}. Naturally,
+\texttt{canvasScaleIsObjectScale} is the default. If you wish to
+change the setting mid-document, there are corresponding commands ---
+Sec.\ \ref{sec:settings}.
+
+
+
+\subsection{Settings}
+\label{sec:settings}
+
+Axodraw2 has a number of parameters that can be set by the user. The
+parameters include defaults for line types, dimensions, etc. The
+parameters can be set either inside the axopicture environment or
+outside. If they are set outside they modify the default value for
+subsequent pictures. If set inside they only affect the current
+picture. (In general, the parameters obey the usual rules for the
+scope of \LaTeX{} variables.) In many cases, the parameters provide
+default values for a command to draw an object and can be overridden
+for a single object by using an optional parameter in invoking the
+command for the object.
+
+The unit for lengths is the current object scale, as set by the
+\verb+\SetScale+ command.
+
+\break
+
+The parameter-setting commands are:
+%\begin{center}
+%\def\arraystretch{1.4}
+%%
+%% See preamble for definition of \name
+%\def\descr#1#2{%
+% % #1 = command-syntax, #2 = description
+% \name{#1} & #2\\
+% \hline
+%}
+%\def\descrL#1#2{%
+% % #1 = command-syntax, #2 = description
+% % Set #1 on separate line
+% \multicolumn{2}{|l|}{\name{#1}} \\
+% & #2\\
+% \hline
+%}
+%\catcode`\#=13
+%\def#{\#}
+%%
+%\begin{longtable}{|p{5cm}|p{10.2cm}|}
+%\hline
+% Command & Commentary
+%\\
+%\hline
+%%
+%\descr{SetLineSep\{\#1\}}{
+% This sets the default separation of double lines. Its initial value
+% is 2.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetDashSize\{\#1\}}{
+% This sets the default size for the size of the dashes of dashed
+% lines. Its initial value is 3.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetWidth\{\#1\}}{
+% This sets the default width of lines. Its initial value is 1.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetScale\{\#1\}}{
+% This sets a scale factor.
+% This factor applies a magnification factor to all
+% axodraw2 graphics objects. When the setting that
+% postscript-text-scales-like-graphics is set (as is true by
+% default), it also applies to axodraw2's ``postscript-text''
+% writing commands (\name{PText}, \name{BText}, etc), but not to
+% its \TeX{}-text commands (\name{Text} etc). The initial scale
+% factor is unity.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetTextScale\{\#1\}}{
+% This factor applies a magnification factor to all
+% axodraw2 text objects, but \emph{only when} the setting that
+% postscript-text-scales-like-graphics is turned off.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetOffset(\#1,\#2)}{
+% Sets an offset value
+% for all commands of
+% axodraw2. Its value is not affected by the scale variable.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetScaledOffset(\#1,\#2)}{
+% Sets an offset for
+% all commands of axodraw2. This
+% offset is affected by the scale factor.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetColor\{\#1\}}{
+% Sets the named color,
+% for both axodraw2 objects and regular text. See Sec.\
+% \ref{sec:colors} for details on using color with axodraw2.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{textRed}{
+% Alternative command for setting named a color
+% for both axodraw2 objects and regular text. See Sec.\
+% \ref{sec:colors} for details on using color with axodraw2.
+% There is one such command for each axodraw2 named color.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetPFont\{\#1\}\{\#2\}}{
+% Sets the Postscript
+% font, and its size in units of points. See Sec.\ \ref{sec:PSText}
+% for the commands that use this font, for a table of the names of
+% the fonts. An empty first argument, instead of a font name, (as in
+% \name{SetPFont\{\}\{20\}} indicates that the normal document font is
+% to be used at the indicated size. An empty second argument,
+% instead of the font size, (as in \name{SetPFont\{Helvetica\}\{\}} or
+% \name{SetPFont\{\}\{\}}) indicates that the font size is to be
+% \LaTeX's document font size at the time the text-making command is
+% executed.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetArrowScale\{\#1\}}{
+% A scale parameter for the
+% entire head of an arrow.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetArrowInset\{\#1\}}{
+% See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetArrowAspect\{\#1\}}{
+% See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetArrowPosition\{\#1\}}{
+% Determines where the
+%arrowhead is on a line. The position is the fraction of the length of the
+%line.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{SetArrowStroke\{\#1\}}{
+% This parameter determines the linewidth of the arrowhead if it is just
+% outlined. Its initial value is zero (filled arrowhead).
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{canvasScaleOnept}{
+% Sets canvas scale to $\unit[1]{pt}$.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{canvasScaleObjectScale}{
+% Sets canvas scale to equal the value set by \name{SetScale} in
+% units of points. This is the initial default of axodraw2,
+% unless overridden.
+%}
+%%
+%\descr{canvasScaleUnitLength}{
+% The canvas scale is the same as \LaTeX's length parameter
+% \name{unitlength}.
+%}
+%%
+%\descrL{PSTextScalesLikeGraphicsfalse}{
+% Text drawn by all of Axodraws's text commands scales with the
+% factor set by \name{SetTextScale}.
+% See Sec.\ \ref{sec:text}.
+%}
+%%
+%\descrL{PSTextScalesLikeGraphicstrue}{
+% (Default setting.) Text drawn by Axodraw's postscript-text
+% commands scales with the same factor as graphics objects, as set
+% by \name{SetScale}. Text drawn by Axodraw's \TeX{}-text
+% commands is unscaled.
+% See Sec.\ \ref{sec:text}.
+%}
+%\end{longtable}
+%\end{center}
+\begin{center}
+\def\arraystretch{1.4}
+%
+% See preamble for definition of \name
+\def\descr#1#2{%
+ % #1 = command-syntax, #2 = description
+ \name{#1} & #2\\
+ \hline
+}
+\def\descrL#1#2{%
+ % #1 = command-syntax, #2 = description
+ % Set #1 on separate line
+ \multicolumn{2}{|l|}{\name{#1}} \\
+ & #2\\
+ \hline
+}
+\def\category#1{%
+ % #1 = name of category
+ \multicolumn{2}{l}{#1:}
+ \\
+ \hline
+}
+\catcode`\#=13
+\def#{\#}
+%
+\begin{longtable}{|p{5cm}|p{10.2cm}|}
+\hline
+\endfirsthead
+ Command & Commentary
+\\
+\hline
+%====================
+\category{Lines}
+%
+\descr{SetDashSize\{\#1\}}{
+ This sets the default size for the size of the dashes of dashed
+ lines. Its initial value is 3.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetLineSep\{\#1\}}{
+ This sets the default separation of double lines. Its initial value
+ is 2.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetWidth\{\#1\}}{
+ This sets the default width of lines. Its initial value is 0.5.
+}
+%====================
+\category{Arrows}
+%
+\descr{SetArrowAspect\{\#1\}}{
+ See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetArrowInset\{\#1\}}{
+ See Sec.\ \ref{sec:arrows}.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetArrowPosition\{\#1\}}{
+ Determines where the
+arrowhead is on a line. The position is the fraction of the length of the
+line.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetArrowScale\{\#1\}}{
+ A scale parameter for the
+ entire head of an arrow.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetArrowStroke\{\#1\}}{
+ This parameter determines the linewidth of the arrowhead if it is just
+ outlined. Its initial value is zero (filled arrowhead).
+}
+%====================
+\category{Scaling}
+%
+\descr{canvasScaleOnept}{
+ Sets canvas scale to $\unit[1]{pt}$.
+}
+%
+\descr{canvasScaleObjectScale}{
+ Sets canvas scale to equal the value set by \name{SetScale} in
+ units of points. This is the initial default of axodraw2,
+ unless overridden.
+}
+%
+\descr{canvasScaleUnitLength}{
+ The canvas scale is the same as \LaTeX's length parameter
+ \name{unitlength}.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetScale\{\#1\}}{
+ This sets a scale factor.
+ This factor applies a magnification factor to all
+ axodraw2 graphics objects. When the setting that
+ postscript-text-scales-like-graphics is set (as is true by
+ default), it also applies to axodraw2's ``postscript-text''
+ writing commands (\name{PText}, \name{BText}, etc), but not to
+ its \TeX{}-text commands (\name{Text} etc). The initial scale
+ factor is unity.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetTextScale\{\#1\}}{
+ This factor applies a magnification factor to all
+ axodraw2 text objects, but \emph{only when} the setting that
+ postscript-text-scales-like-graphics is turned off.
+}
+%
+\descrL{PSTextScalesLikeGraphicsfalse}{
+ Text drawn by all of Axodraws's text commands scales with the
+ factor set by \name{SetTextScale}.
+ See Sec.\ \ref{sec:text}.
+}
+%
+\descrL{PSTextScalesLikeGraphicstrue}{
+ (Default setting.) Text drawn by Axodraw's postscript-text
+ commands scales with the same factor as graphics objects, as set
+ by \name{SetScale}. Text drawn by Axodraw's \TeX{}-text
+ commands is unscaled.
+ See Sec.\ \ref{sec:text}.
+}
+%
+%====================
+\category{Offsets}
+%
+\descr{SetOffset(\#1,\#2)}{
+ Sets an offset value
+ for all commands of
+ axodraw2. Its value is not affected by the scale variable.
+}
+%
+\descr{SetScaledOffset(\#1,\#2)}{
+ Sets an offset for
+ all commands of axodraw2. This
+ offset is affected by the scale factor.
+}
+%
+%====================
+\category{Color}
+%
+\descr{SetColor\{\#1\}}{
+ Sets the named color,
+ for both axodraw2 objects and regular text. See Sec.\
+ \ref{sec:colors} for details on using color with axodraw2.
+}
+%
+\descr{textRed}{
+ Alternative command for setting named a color
+ for both axodraw2 objects and regular text. See Sec.\
+ \ref{sec:colors} for details on using color with axodraw2.
+ There is one such command for each axodraw2 named color.
+}
+%====================
+\category{Font}
+%
+\descr{SetPFont\{\#1\}\{\#2\}}{
+ Sets the Postscript
+ font, and its size in units of points. See Sec.\ \ref{sec:PSText}
+ for the commands that use this font, for a table of the names of
+ the fonts. An empty first argument, instead of a font name, (as in
+ \name{SetPFont\{\}\{20\}} indicates that the normal document font is
+ to be used at the indicated size. An empty second argument,
+ instead of the font size, (as in \name{SetPFont\{Helvetica\}\{\}} or
+ \name{SetPFont\{\}\{\}}) indicates that the font size is to be
+ \LaTeX's document font size at the time the text-making command is
+ executed.
+}
+%
+\end{longtable}
+\end{center}
+
+
+%>>#] Settings :
+%>>#[ Colors :
+
+\subsection{Colors}
+\label{sec:colors}
+
+\TeX{} and \LaTeX{} by themselves do not provide any means to set
+colors in a document. Instead, one must use a suitable package to
+achieve the effect; the current standard one is \file{color.sty}.
+Such a package performs its work by passing graphics commands to the
+viewable output file. Since axodraw also works in a similar fashion,
+there is a potentiality for conflicts.
+
+Axodraw version 1, released in 1994, used the package
+\file{colordvi.sty} for applying color to normal textual material,
+and its own separate methods for applying color to its graphical
+objects. They both defined the same convenient set of named colors
+that could be used, but they had to be set separately for text and
+graphics\footnote{The named colors corresponded to ones defined by the
+ \program{dvips} program.}. The \file{colordvi.sty} package also had
+an important disadvantage that its color settings did not respect
+\TeX{} grouping and \LaTeX{} environments, so that a color setting
+made for text in an environment continued to apply after the end of
+the environment.
+
+Since then, the available tools, notably in the powerful
+\file{color.sty}, have greatly improved. But this has introduced
+both real and potential incompatibilities with the older methods.
+Note that \file{color.sty} is currently the most standard way for
+implementing color, and is a required part of \LaTeX{} distributions,
+as part of the graphics bundle.
+
+In the new version of axodraw, we have arranged to have compatibility
+with \file{color.sty}, while allowing as much backward compatibility
+as we could with the user interface from v.\ 1. We fully rely on
+\file{color.sty} for setting color\footnote{Except for certain hard
+ wired settings in double lines and stroked arrows.}. But to keep
+the best of the old methods, we have defined all the named colors that
+were defined in the old version, together with a few extra ones. We
+have also defined color-setting commands in the style of
+\file{colordvi.sty}, but they now apply uniformly to both text and
+axodraw graphical objects, and they respect \TeX{} and \LaTeX{}
+grouping and environments.
+
+This results in some changes in behavior in certain situations. We
+think the new behavior is more natural from the user's point of view;
+but it is a change.
+
+There are two classes of graphics-drawing command in axodraw. One
+class has no explicit color argument, and uses the currently set
+color; the line-drawing commands are typical of these. Other commands
+have explicit color arguments, and these arguments are named colors.
+The named colors are a union of those axodraw defines, with those
+defined by \file{color.sty} together with any further ones defined
+by the user.
+
+\subsubsection{How to use colors}
+
+Axodraw works with named colors --- see Sec.\ \ref{sec:defined.colors}
+--- which are a standard set of 68 originally defined by the \program{dvips}
+program and the \file{colordvi.sty}, plus 5 extra colors defined in
+axodraw2. (In addition there are several named colors that are
+normally defined by default by \file{color.sty}, and that can also
+be used.)
+
+To use them we have several possibilities to specify colors. Which to
+use is mostly a matter of user preference or convenience.
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item The axodraw command \verb+\SetColor{colorname}+: sets the color
+ to be the named color for everything until the end of the current
+ environment (or \TeX{} group, as relevant.) The initial default
+ color is Black, of course. An example:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \SetColor{Red}
+ Now red is used:\\
+ \begin{axopicture}(0,40)
+ \Line(0,10)(40,30)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \begin{minipage}{7cm}
+ \label{SetColor}
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \SetColor{Red}
+ Now red is used:\\
+ \begin{axopicture}(0,40)
+ \Line(0,10)(40,30)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+\item Completely equivalently, one can use the command
+ \verb+\color{colorname}+ defined by the standard \file{color.sty}
+ package, with any of its options, e.g., \verb+\color{Red}+ or
+ \verb+\color[rgb]{1,0,0}+. In fact \verb+\SetColor+ is now a
+ synonym for \verb+\color+, retained for backward compatibility.
+
+\item The named colors defined by axodraw2 are listed in Sec.\
+ \ref{sec:defined.colors}. Extra ones can be defined by axodraw2's
+ \verb+\newcolor+ command.
+
+\item For each of the named colors defined by axodraw2 (and others
+ defined by the use of the \verb+\newcolor+ command), there is a
+ macro whose name is ``text'' followed by the color name, e.g.,
+ \verb+\textMagenta+. This behaves just like the corresponding call
+ to \verb+\SetColor+ or \verb+\color+. Thus we have
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{4cm}
+ \textMagenta
+ Now magenta is used: \hfill \\
+ \begin{axopicture}(0,40)
+ \Line(0,10)(40,30)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \begin{minipage}{7cm}
+ \label{textName}
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \textMagenta
+ Now magenta is used:\\
+ \begin{axopicture}(0,40)
+ \Line(0,10)(40,30)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+ These macros correspond to macros defined by the venerable
+ \file{colordvi.sty} package, but now have what is normally an advantage
+ that their scope is delimited by the enclosing environment.
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{5cm}
+ Normal text, then
+ \begin{center}
+ \Large \bf \color{Blue}
+ Large, bold blue\\
+ \begin{axopicture}(40,20)
+ \Gluon(0,10)(40,10){4}{4}
+ \end{axopicture}\\
+ \end{center}
+ And normal text afterward.
+ \end{minipage}
+ \begin{minipage}{7.7cm}
+ \label{scope}
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ Normal text, then
+ \begin{center}
+ \Large \bf \color{Blue}
+ Large, bold blue
+ \begin{axopicture}(40,20)
+ \Gluon(0,10)(40,10){4}{4}
+ \end{axopicture}\\
+ \end{center}
+ And normal text afterward.
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+
+\item A delimited section of text can be set in a color by using a
+ macro named by the color (e.g., $\verb+\Red+$):
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{minipage}{6cm}
+ In the middle of black text,
+ \textcolor{Red}{red text and
+ \begin{axopicture}(30,10)
+ \Gluon(0,5)(30,5){3}{4}
+ \end{axopicture}\
+ gluon%
+ }.
+ Then continue \dots
+ \end{minipage}
+ \begin{minipage}{7.3cm}
+ \label{Red}
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ In the middle of black text,
+ \Red{red text and
+ \begin{axopicture}(30,10)
+ \Gluon(0,5)(30,5){3}{4}
+ \end{axopicture}\
+ gluon%
+ }.
+ Then continue \dots
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \end{center}
+ These macros correspond to macros defined by the \file{colordvi.sty}
+ package, but they now apply to axodraw objects as well.
+
+\item The same effect, for named colors, can be achieved by
+ \file{color.sty}'s \verb+\textcolor+ macro. Thus
+ \verb+\textcolor{Red}{...}+ is equivalent to \verb+\Red{...}+.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+It is also possible to define new named colors, in the CMYK
+system. This means that each color is defined by four numbers. New
+colors can be introduced with the \verb:\newcolor{#1}{#2}: command as
+in \verb:\newcolor{LightRed}{0 0.75 0.7 0}:. This use of this command
+defines a named color for use in axodraw, with corresponding macros
+\verb:\LightRed: and \verb:\textLightRed{#1}:, and also makes the name
+known to \file{color.sty}. (Use of \file{color.sty}'s
+\verb:\definecolor: macro is not supported here: it will affect only
+normal \LaTeX{} text, but not axodraw objects, and it will fail to
+define the extra macros.)
+
+We define the CMYK values for the named colors in the
+\file{axodraw2.sty} file. These override the definitions provided
+by \file{color.sty} (in its file dvipsnam.def), which are the same
+(at least currently).
+
+There can be differences in how colors render on different devices.
+In principle, there should be compensations made by the driver to
+compensate for individual device properties. Our experience is however
+that such compensations are not always implemented well enough. Most
+notorious are differences between the shades of green on the screen,
+on projectors, and on output from a printer. These colors are usually
+much too light on a projector and one way to correct this is to
+redefine those colors when the output is prepared for a projector,
+e.g., by use of axodraw's \verb:\newcolor{#1}{#2}: macro. An example
+is illustrated by
+\begin{center}
+ \color{green}
+ \begin{axopicture}(100,20)
+ \Text(25,15){color.sty's green}
+ \Line[width=2](0,0)(50,0)
+ \end{axopicture}
+%
+ \color{Green}
+ \begin{axopicture}(100,20)
+ \Text(25,15){axodraw's Green}
+ \Line[width=2](0,0)(50,0)
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+coded by
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \color{green}
+ \begin{axopicture}(100,20)
+ \Text(25,15){color.sty's green}
+ \Line[width=2](0,0)(50,0)
+ \end{axopicture}
+%
+ \color{Green}
+ \begin{axopicture}(100,20)
+ \Text(25,15){axodraw's Green}
+ \Line[width=2](0,0)(50,0)
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{verbatim}
+On a typical screen or projector, we find that the two greens are
+quite distinct, the ``green'' being much lighter than the
+``Green''\footnote{The ``green'' is defined in the RGB scheme from the
+ values $(0,1,0)$, while ``Green'' is defined in the CMYK scheme from
+ the values $(1,0,1,0)$.}. But on the paper output from our
+printers, they give close results.
+
+
+
+\subsubsection{Defined named colors}
+\label{sec:defined.colors}
+
+The first set of predefined colors are those defined by dvips (and
+defined in \file{colordvi.sty}, or in \file{color.sty} with the
+use of both of its usenames and dvipsnames options). They are
+\begin{quote}
+\sloppy
+\GreenYellow{GreenYellow},
+\Yellow{Yellow},
+\Goldenrod{Goldenrod},
+\Dandelion{Dandelion},
+\Apricot{Apricot},
+\Peach{Peach},
+\Melon{Melon},
+\YellowOrange{YellowOrange},
+\Orange{Orange},
+\BurntOrange{BurntOrange},
+\Bittersweet{Bittersweet},
+\RedOrange{RedOrange},
+\Mahogany{Mahogany},
+\Maroon{Maroon},
+\BrickRed{BrickRed},
+\Red{Red},
+\OrangeRed{OrangeRed},
+\RubineRed{RubineRed},
+\WildStrawberry{WildStrawberry},
+\Salmon{Salmon},
+\CarnationPink{CarnationPink},
+\Magenta{Magenta},
+\VioletRed{VioletRed},
+\Rhodamine{Rhodamine},
+\Mulberry{Mulberry},
+\RedViolet{RedViolet},
+\Fuchsia{Fuchsia},
+\Lavender{Lavender},
+\Thistle{Thistle},
+\Orchid{Orchid},
+\DarkOrchid{DarkOrchid},
+\Purple{Purple},
+\Plum{Plum},
+\Violet{Violet},
+\RoyalPurple{RoyalPurple},
+\BlueViolet{BlueViolet},
+\Periwinkle{Periwinkle},
+\CadetBlue{CadetBlue},
+\CornflowerBlue{CornflowerBlue},
+\MidnightBlue{MidnightBlue},
+\NavyBlue{NavyBlue},
+\RoyalBlue{RoyalBlue},
+\Blue{Blue},
+\Cerulean{Cerulean},
+\Cyan{Cyan},
+\ProcessBlue{ProcessBlue},
+\SkyBlue{SkyBlue},
+\Turquoise{Turquoise},
+\TealBlue{TealBlue},
+\Aquamarine{Aquamarine},
+\BlueGreen{BlueGreen},
+\Emerald{Emerald},
+\JungleGreen{JungleGreen},
+\SeaGreen{SeaGreen},
+\Green{Green},
+\ForestGreen{ForestGreen},
+\PineGreen{PineGreen},
+\LimeGreen{LimeGreen},
+\YellowGreen{YellowGreen},
+\SpringGreen{SpringGreen},
+\OliveGreen{OliveGreen},
+\RawSienna{RawSienna},
+\Sepia{Sepia},
+\Brown{Brown},
+\Tan{Tan},
+\Gray{Gray},
+\Black{Black},
+White.
+\end{quote}
+In addition \file{axodraw2.sty} defines the following extra colors:
+\begin{quote}
+\LightYellow{LightYellow},
+\LightRed{LightRed},
+\LightBlue{LightBlue},
+\LightGray{LightGray},
+\VeryLightBlue{VeryLightBlue}.
+\end{quote}
+
+Note that \file{color.sty} by default also defines a set of other
+named colors: black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, and
+yellow (with purely lower-case names). Depending on properties of
+your screen, projector or printer, these may or may not agree with the
+similarly named axodraw colors (which have capitalized names). These
+names can also be used in the \verb+\SetColor+ and \verb+\color+
+commands and for color names to those axodraw commands that take named
+colors for arguments.
+
+
+%\subsection{Background issues on color}
+%\label{sec:color.issues}
+
+
+
+
+%>>#] Colors :
+%>>#[ Some examples :
+
+\section{Some examples}
+\label{sec:examples}
+
+\subsection{A Feynman diagram}
+
+When computing the singlet part of structure functions in polarized Deep
+Inelastic Scattering one approach is to use spin two currents to determine
+all anomalous dimensions. At the three loop level this can give diagrams
+like the following:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{axopicture}{(200,140)(0,0)}
+\SetArrowStroke{0.5}
+\SetArrowScale{0.8}
+\Photon(7,70)(37,70){4}{3}
+\Photon(7,70)(37,70){-4}{3}
+\GluonArc(70,70)(30,90,270){3}{10}
+\Line[arrow](100,100)(70,100)
+\Line[arrow](130,100)(100,100)
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.25](70,100)(130,40)
+\Line[arrow](100,40)(70,40)
+\Line[arrow](130,40)(100,40)
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.75](70,40)(130,100)
+\GluonArc(130,70)(30,270,450){3}{10}
+\Photon(163,70)(193,70){4}{3}
+\Photon(163,70)(193,70){-4}{3}
+\Gluon(100,100)(100,130){3}{4}
+\Gluon(100,40)(100,10){3}{4}
+\Vertex(37,70){2}
+\Vertex(163,70){2}
+\Vertex(70,100){2}
+\Vertex(70,40){2}
+\Vertex(130,100){2}
+\Vertex(130,40){2}
+\Vertex(100,100){2}
+\Vertex(100,40){2}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+for which the code is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{center} \begin{axopicture}{(200,140)(0,0)}
+ \SetArrowStroke{0.5} \SetArrowScale{0.8}
+ \Photon(7,70)(37,70){4}{3}
+ \Photon(7,70)(37,70){-4}{3}
+ \GluonArc(70,70)(30,90,270){3}{10}
+ \Line[arrow](100,100)(70,100) \Line[arrow](130,100)(100,100)
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.25](70,100)(130,40)
+ \Line[arrow](100,40)(70,40) \Line[arrow](130,40)(100,40)
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.75](70,40)(130,100)
+ \GluonArc(130,70)(30,270,450){3}{10}
+ \Photon(163,70)(193,70){4}{3}
+ \Photon(163,70)(193,70){-4}{3}
+ \Gluon(100,100)(100,130){3}{4}
+ \Gluon(100,40)(100,10){3}{4}
+ \Vertex(37,70){2} \Vertex(163,70){2} \Vertex(70,100){2}
+ \Vertex(70,40){2} \Vertex(130,100){2} \Vertex(130,40){2}
+ \Vertex(100,100){2} \Vertex(100,40){2}
+ \end{axopicture} \end{center}
+\end{verbatim}
+The diagrams can become a bit more complicated when more lines meet in a
+single vertex. One could compose some lines from straight lines and arcs,
+but in this case we selected some B\'ezier curves. The result is
+\begin{center}
+\begin{axopicture}{(200,140)(0,0)}
+\SetArrowStroke{0.5}
+\SetArrowScale{0.8}
+\Photon(7,70)(40,70){4}{3}
+\Photon(7,70)(40,70){-4}{3}
+\GluonArc(70,70)(30,180,270){3}{5}
+\Bezier[arrow](100,100)(55,100)(40,95)(40,70)
+\Line[arrow](130,100)(100,100)
+\Bezier[arrow,arrowpos=0.37](40,70)(110,70)(130,70)(130,40)
+\Line[arrow](100,40)(70,40)
+\Line[arrow](130,40)(100,40)
+\Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.75](70,40)(130,100)
+\GluonArc(130,70)(30,270,450){3}{10}
+\Photon(163,70)(193,70){4}{3}
+\Photon(163,70)(193,70){-4}{3}
+\Gluon(100,100)(100,130){3}{4}
+\Gluon(100,40)(100,10){3}{4}
+\Vertex(40,70){2}
+\Vertex(163,70){2}
+\Vertex(70,40){2}
+\Vertex(130,100){2}
+\Vertex(130,40){2}
+\Vertex(100,100){2}
+\Vertex(100,40){2}
+\end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+for which the code is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(200,140)(0,0)}
+ \SetArrowStroke{0.5} \SetArrowScale{0.8}
+ \Photon(7,70)(40,70){4}{3}
+ \Photon(7,70)(40,70){-4}{3}
+ \GluonArc(70,70)(30,180,270){3}{5}
+ \Bezier[arrow](100,100)(55,100)(40,95)(40,70)
+ \Line[arrow](130,100)(100,100)
+ \Bezier[arrow,arrowpos=0.37](40,70)(100,70)(130,70)(130,40)
+ \Line[arrow](100,40)(70,40) \Line[arrow](130,40)(100,40)
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=0.75](70,40)(130,100)
+ \GluonArc(130,70)(30,270,450){3}{10}
+ \Photon(163,70)(193,70){4}{3}
+ \Photon(163,70)(193,70){-4}{3}
+ \Gluon(100,100)(100,130){3}{4} \Gluon(100,40)(100,10){3}{4}
+ \Vertex(40,70){2} \Vertex(163,70){2} \Vertex(70,40){2}
+ \Vertex(130,100){2} \Vertex(130,40){2} \Vertex(100,100){2}
+ \Vertex(100,40){2}
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \end{center}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+%\subsection{A flowchart}
+
+%\subsection{A histogram}
+
+\subsection{A diagrammatic equation}
+
+This example is from ref~\cite{twopap}. The equations in that paper were
+rather untransparent, because each Feynman diagram represents a complicated
+two loop integral and to solve these integrals one needed many different
+recursion relations in terms of the powers of the propagators. We defined a
+number of macro's for the diagrams, each containing one picture. Here are
+three of them:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\TAA(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6){
+ \raisebox{-19.1pt}{ \hspace{-12pt}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(50,39)(0,-4)}
+ \SetScale{0.5}\SetColor{Blue}%
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,270) \CArc(60,35)(25,270,90)
+ \Line(40,60)(60,60) \Line(40,10)(60,10) \Line(50,10)(50,60)
+ \Line(0,35)(15,35) \Line(85,35)(100,35)
+ \SetColor{Black}\SetPFont{Helvetica}{14}%
+ \PText(55,39)(0)[lb]{#5} \PText(55,36)(0)[lt]{#6}
+ \PText(35,62)(0)[rb]{#1} \PText(65,62)(0)[lb]{#2}
+ \PText(65,8)(0)[lt]{#3} \PText(35,8)(0)[rt]{#4}
+ \SetColor{Red} \SetWidth{3}
+ \Line(50,35)(50,60) \Line(40,60)(50,60)
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,180) \Vertex(50,60){1.3}
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \hspace{-12pt}
+ }
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\def\TAA(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6){
+ \raisebox{-18.1pt}{ \hspace{-12pt}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(50,39)(0,-4)}
+ \SetScale{0.5}\SetColor{Blue}%
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,270) \CArc(60,35)(25,270,90)
+ \Line(40,60)(60,60) \Line(40,10)(60,10) \Line(50,10)(50,60)
+ \Line(0,35)(15,35) \Line(85,35)(100,35)
+ \SetColor{Black}\SetPFont{Helvetica}{14}%
+ \PText(55,39)(0)[lb]{#5} \PText(55,36)(0)[lt]{#6}
+ \PText(35,62)(0)[rb]{#1} \PText(65,62)(0)[lb]{#2}
+ \PText(65,8)(0)[lt]{#3} \PText(35,8)(0)[rt]{#4}
+ \SetColor{Red} \SetWidth{3}
+ \Line(50,35)(50,60) \Line(40,60)(50,60)
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,180) \Vertex(50,60){1.3}
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \hspace{-12pt}
+ }
+}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\TABs(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5){
+ \raisebox{-18.1pt}{ \hspace{-12pt}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(50,39)(0,-4)}
+ \SetScale{0.5}\SetColor{Blue}%
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,270) \CArc(60,35)(25,270,90)
+ \Line(40,60)(60,60) \Line(40,10)(60,10) \Line(50,10)(50,60)
+ \Line(0,35)(15,35) \Line(85,35)(100,35)
+ \SetColor{Black}\SetPFont{Helvetica}{14}%
+ \PText(55,38)(0)[l]{#5}
+ \PText(35,62)(0)[rb]{#1} \PText(65,62)(0)[lb]{#2}
+ \PText(65,8)(0)[lt]{#3} \PText(35,8)(0)[rt]{#4}
+ \SetColor{Red} \SetWidth{3}
+ \Line(50,10)(50,60) \Vertex(50,60){1.3}
+ \Line(40,60)(50,60) \CArc(40,35)(25,90,180)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \hspace{-12pt}
+ }
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\def\TABs(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5){
+ \raisebox{-18.1pt}{ \hspace{-12pt}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(50,39)(0,-4)}
+ \SetScale{0.5}\SetColor{Blue}%
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,270) \CArc(60,35)(25,270,90)
+ \Line(40,60)(60,60) \Line(40,10)(60,10) \Line(50,10)(50,60)
+ \Line(0,35)(15,35) \Line(85,35)(100,35)
+ \SetColor{Black}\SetPFont{Helvetica}{14}%
+ \PText(55,38)(0)[l]{#5}
+ \PText(35,62)(0)[rb]{#1} \PText(65,62)(0)[lb]{#2}
+ \PText(65,8)(0)[lt]{#3} \PText(35,8)(0)[rt]{#4}
+ \SetColor{Red} \SetWidth{3}
+ \Line(50,10)(50,60) \Vertex(50,60){1.3}
+ \Line(40,60)(50,60) \CArc(40,35)(25,90,180)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \hspace{-12pt}
+ }
+}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\TACs(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5){
+ \raisebox{-19.1pt}{ \hspace{-12pt}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(50,39)(0,-4)}
+ \SetScale{0.5}\SetColor{Blue}%
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,270) \CArc(60,35)(25,270,90)
+ \Line(40,60)(60,60) \Line(40,10)(60,10) \Line(50,10)(50,60)
+ \Line(0,35)(15,35) \Line(85,35)(100,35)
+ \SetColor{Black}\SetPFont{Helvetica}{14}%
+ \PText(53,38)(0)[l]{#5}
+ \PText(35,62)(0)[rb]{#1} \PText(65,62)(0)[lb]{#2}
+ \PText(65,8)(0)[lt]{#3} \PText(35,8)(0)[rt]{#4}
+ \SetColor{Red} \SetWidth{3}
+ \Line(40,60)(50,60) \CArc(40,35)(25,90,180)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \hspace{-12pt}
+ }
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+\def\TACs(#1,#2,#3,#4,#5){
+ \raisebox{-19.1pt}{ \hspace{-12pt}
+ \begin{axopicture}{(50,39)(0,-4)}
+ \SetScale{0.5}\SetColor{Blue}%
+ \CArc(40,35)(25,90,270) \CArc(60,35)(25,270,90)
+ \Line(40,60)(60,60) \Line(40,10)(60,10) \Line(50,10)(50,60)
+ \Line(0,35)(15,35) \Line(85,35)(100,35)
+ \SetColor{Black}\SetPFont{Helvetica}{14}%
+ \PText(53,38)(0)[l]{#5}
+ \PText(35,62)(0)[rb]{#1} \PText(65,62)(0)[lb]{#2}
+ \PText(65,8)(0)[lt]{#3} \PText(35,8)(0)[rt]{#4}
+ \SetColor{Red} \SetWidth{3}
+ \Line(40,60)(50,60) \CArc(40,35)(25,90,180)
+ \end{axopicture}
+ \hspace{-12pt}
+ }
+}
+and together with two extra little macro's
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\plus{\!+\!}
+\def\minus{\!-\!}
+\end{verbatim}
+\def\plus{\!+\!}
+\def\minus{\!-\!}
+the equations became rather transparent and easy to program. This is the
+code
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \TAA({n,m},1,1,1,1,1) & = & \frac{1}{\tilde{N}\plus 5\plus n\minus
+ m\minus D}\ (\ n\ \ \TAA({n+1,m},0,1,1,1,1)
+ \ \ -n\ \ \TACs({n+1,m},1,1,1,1) \\ & &
+ +\ \ \TAA({n,m},1,0,2,1,1)
+ \ \ -\ \ \TABs({n,m},1,1,2,1)
+ \ \ +m\ \ \TACs({n,m-1},1,1,1,1)
+ \ \ -m\ \ \TABs({n,m-1},1,1,1,1)\ \ \ ) \, .\nonumber
+ \end{eqnarray}
+\end{verbatim}
+and the equation becomes
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ \TAA({n,m},1,1,1,1,1) & = & \frac{1}{\tilde{N}\plus 5\plus n\minus
+ m\minus D}\ (\ n\ \ \TAA({n+1,m},0,1,1,1,1)
+ \ \ -n\ \ \TACs({n+1,m},1,1,1,1) \\ & &
+ +\ \ \TAA({n,m},1,0,2,1,1)
+ \ \ -\ \ \TABs({n,m},1,1,2,1)
+ \ \ +m\ \ \TACs({n,m-1},1,1,1,1)
+ \ \ -m\ \ \TABs({n,m-1},1,1,1,1)\ \ \ ) \, .\nonumber
+\end{eqnarray}
+The diagrams are actually four-point diagrams. A momentum $P$ flows through
+the diagram (the fat red line), but because the method of computation
+involves an expansion in terms of this momentum the remaining diagrams are
+like two-point functions. Details are in the paper.
+
+%>>#] Some examples :
+%>>#[ Acknowledgements :
+
+\section*{Acknowledgements}
+
+JAMV's work is part of the research program of the ``Stichting voor
+Fundamenteel Onderzoek der Materie (FOM)'', which is financially supported
+by the ``Nederlandse organisatie voor Wetenschappelijke Onderzoek (NWO)'' and
+is also supported by the ERC Advanced Grant no.~320651, HEPGAME.
+JCC is supported in part by the U.S. Department of Energy under Grant
+No.\ DE-SC0008745.
+
+We like to thank Lucas Theussl for discussions during the development of
+axodraw2.
+
+%>>#] Acknowledgements :
+%--#[ Appendix :
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{The axohelp program: Information for developers}
+\label{sec:axohelp.devel}
+
+This appendix provides some details on how the axohelp program works.
+Most of the information is only relevant to people who wish to modify
+or extend axodraw2 and therefore may need to modify axohelp as well.
+
+The reason for axohelp's existence is that axodraw needs to perform
+substantial geometric calculations. When axodraw is used with
+pdflatex to produce pdf output directly, suitable calculational
+facilities are not available, neither within the PDF language nor
+within \LaTeX{} itself. Therefore when axodraw is used under
+pdflatex, we use our program axohelp to perform the calculations.
+
+The mode of operation is as follows. Let us assume that the .tex file
+being compiled by the pdflatex program is called paper.tex. When one
+issues the command
+\begin{verbatim}
+ pdflatex paper
+\end{verbatim}
+the reaction of the system is of course to translate all \TeX{}
+related objects into a PDF file. Most (but not all) axodraw objects
+need non-trivial calculations and hence their
+specifications are placed inside a file called paper.ax1. At the end
+of the processing \program{pdflatex} will place a message on the screen
+that mentions that the user should run the command
+\begin{verbatim}
+ axohelp paper
+\end{verbatim}
+for the processing of this graphical information. In principle it is
+possible to arrange for axohelp to be invoked automatically from
+within pdflatex. But for this to be done, the running of general
+external commands from pdflatex would have to be enabled. That is a
+security risk, and is therefore normally disabled by default for
+pdflatex.
+
+When run, axohelp reads the file paper.ax1, processes the contents,
+and produces a file paper.ax2. For each axodraw object, it contains
+both the code to be placed in the pdf file, and a copy of the
+corresponding specification that was in paper.ax1.
+
+When pdflatex is run again, it sees that the file paper.ax2 is present
+and reads it in to give essentially an array of objects, one for each
+processed axodraw object. Then during the processing of the document,
+whenever axodraw runs into an axodraw object in need of external
+calculation, it determines whether an exactly corresponding
+specification was present in the file paper.ax2. If not, it means that
+the graphical information in the file paper.tex has changed since the
+last run of axohelp and the graphics information is invalidated. In
+that case, at the end of the program the message to run axohelp will
+be printed again. But if instead there is an exact match between an
+axodraw object in the current paper.tex and its specification in
+paper.ax2, then the corresponding pdf code will be placed in the PDF
+file. If all axodraw commands have a proper match in the paper.ax2
+file, there will be no message in the paper.log file and on the screen
+about rerunning axohelp; then the PDF file should contain the correct
+information for drawing the axodraw objects (at least if there are no
+\TeX{} errors).
+
+In a sense the situation with axohelp is no different from the use of
+makeindex when one prepares a document that contains an index. In that
+case one also has to run \LaTeX{} once to prepare a file for the
+makeindex program, then run this program which prepares another file
+and finally run \LaTeX{} again. Note that if you submit a paper to
+arXiv.org, it is likely that their automated system for processing the
+file will not run axohelp. So together with paper.tex, you one should
+also submit the .ax2 file.
+
+The complete source of the axohelp program can be found in the file
+axohelp.c. This file contains a bit less than 4000 lines of C code but
+should translate
+without problems with any C compiler --- see Sec.\ \ref{sec:axohelp}
+for an appropriate command line on typical Unix-like systems.
+
+The axohelp program functions as follows:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The .ax1 file is located, space is allocated for it and the complete
+file is read and closed again.
+\item The input is analysed and split in individual object
+ specifications, of which a list is made.
+\item The list of object specifications is processed one by
+ one. Before the processing of each object specification, the system
+ is brought to a default state to avoid that there is a memory of the
+ previous object.
+\item In the .ax2 file, for each object is written both the
+ corresponding pdf code and a copy of the specification of the object
+ as was earlier read from the .ax1 file. Before the output for an
+ object is written to the .ax2 file it is optimized a bit to avoid
+ superfluous spaces and linefeeds.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Processing an object from the input involves finding the proper routine for
+it and testing that the number of parameters is correct. Some objects have
+a special input (like the Curve, DashCurve, Polygon and FilledPolygon
+commands). All relevant information is stored in an array of double
+precision numbers. Then some generic action is taken (like setting the
+linewidth and the color) and the right routine is
+called. The output is written to an array of fixed (rather large) length.
+Finally the array is optimized and written to file.
+
+A user who would like to extend the system with new objects should
+take the above structure into account. There is an array that gives
+the correspondence between axodraw object names and the corresponding
+routine in axohelp. For each object, this array also gives the number
+of parameters and whether the stroking or non-stroking color space
+should be used.
+
+Naturally, when adding new kinds of object, it is necessary to add new
+items to the just-mentioned array, and to add a corresponding
+subroutine. One should also try to do all the writing of PDF code by
+means of some routines like the ones sitting in the file in the
+section named ``PDF utilities''. This is important from the viewpoint
+of future action. When new graphical languages will be introduced and
+it will be needed to modify axodraw2 such that it can produce code for
+those languages, it should be much easier if code in the supporting
+axohelp program needs to be changed in as few places as possible.
+They form a set of graphics primitives used by other subroutines.
+Some of these subroutines in the ``PDF utilities'' section of
+axohelp.c have names similar to operators in the postscript language
+that perform the same function.
+
+%--#] Appendix :
+%>>#[ bibliography :
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{9}
+
+\bibitem{axodraw1} J.A.M. Vermaseren,
+ Comput.\ Phys.\ Commun.\ {\bf 83} (1994) 45--58
+
+\bibitem{jaxodraw1} D. Binosi and L. Theussl,
+ Comput.\ Phys.\ Commun.\ {\bf 161} (2004) 76--86.
+
+\bibitem{jaxodraw2}
+D. Binosi, J. Collins, C. Kaufhold, L. Theussl,
+ Comput.\ Phys.\ Commun.\ {\bf 180} (2009) 1709--1715
+
+\bibitem{GPL} GNU General Public
+ License. \url{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html}.
+
+\bibitem{qcdbook}
+J.C. Collins, ``Foundations of Perturbative QCD'' (Cambridge
+ University Press, 2011).
+
+\bibitem{twopap} S. Moch and J.A.M. Vermaseren,
+ Nucl.\ Phys.\ {\bf B573} (2000) 853.
+ %%CITATION = NUPHA,B573,853;%%.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+%>>#] bibliography :
+\end{document}
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2-man.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/example.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/example.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/example.tex 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{axodraw2}
+\begin{document}
+Example of Feynman graph made by axodraw2:
+\begin{center}
+ \begin{axopicture}(200,110)
+ \SetColor{Red}
+ \Arc[arrow](100,50)(40,0,180)
+ \Text(100,100)[]{$\alpha P_1 + \beta P_2 + k_\perp$}
+ \SetColor{Green}
+ \Arc[arrow](100,50)(40,180,360)
+ \SetColor{Blue}
+ \Gluon(0,50)(60,50){5}{4}
+ \Vertex(60,50){2}
+ \Gluon(140,50)(200,50){5}{4}
+ \Vertex(140,50){2}
+ \end{axopicture}
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/axodraw2/example.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/axodraw2/axohelp.c
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/axodraw2/axohelp.c (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/axodraw2/axohelp.c 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -0,0 +1,3699 @@
+/*
+ #[ License :
+
+ (C) 2016 by authors:
+ John Collins (jcc8 at psu dot edu)
+ Jos Vermaseren (t68 at nikhef dot nl)
+
+ axohelp is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ axohelp is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+ FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
+ details.
+
+ For the GNU General Public License see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ #] License :
+ #[ Commentary + Modifications :
+
+ This file contains the source code of the axohelp program that is used
+ together with axopdf.sty and pdflatex. It is a conversion of the postscript
+ code of axodraw.sty.
+
+ input file contains objects of the type
+ [number] axohelp input
+ the output contains objects:
+ \axo at setObject{label}%
+ {input data}%
+ {output}
+ There may be blank lines and commentary.
+
+ #[ About folds : (this line starts with one blank and two tabs)
+
+ The internals of the file have been organized in folds.
+ These are defined as a range of lines if which the first and last
+ lines have a special format. Each starts with any three characters
+ (may include tabs), then #[ for the start line and #] for the closing
+ line, then both lines need identical name fields, closed by a colon.
+ After the colon can be anything. When a fold is closed one should see
+ only the first line but with the #[ replaced by ## as in
+ ## About folds : (this line starts with one blank and two tabs)
+ Folds can be nested.
+ This fold concept comes originally from the occam compiler for the
+ transputer in the second half of the 1980's although there it was
+ implemented differently. It was taken over by the STedi editor in its
+ current form. The sources of this editor are available from the form
+ home site: http://www.nikhef.nl/~form
+ Some people have managed to emulate these folds in editors like emacs
+ and vim.
+
+ #] About folds :
+ #] Commentary + Modifications :
+ #[ Includes :
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ #] Includes :
+ #[ Defines :
+*/
+
+#define NAME "axohelp"
+#define VERSIONDATE "2016 May 23"
+#define VERSION 1
+#define SUBVERSION 0
+
+#define COMMENTCHAR '%'
+#define TERMCHAR ';'
+
+#define STROKING 0
+#define NONSTROKING 1
+
+char **inputs;
+long *inputsizes;
+double **inargs;
+long numinputs = 0;
+long inputallocations = 0;
+char *axohelp;
+FILE *outfile;
+char *inname, *outname;
+int VerboseFlag = 0;
+char outputbuffer[1000000];
+char *outpos;
+long numobject;
+char *nameobject;
+int witharrow = 0;
+int identification = 0;
+
+static int lastlinefeed = 1;
+static double axolinewidth = 0.5;
+static struct aRRow {
+ double stroke;
+ double width;
+ double length;
+ double inset;
+ double where;
+ double scale;
+ double aspect;
+ int type; /* 0: old style arrow; 1: Jaxodraw style arrow */
+ int adjust; /* whether the line length should be adjusted */
+} arrow;
+double linesep = 0;
+int flip = 0;
+int clockwise = 0;
+
+void OutputString(char *);
+void ArrowHead();
+void GetArrow(double *);
+void BezierArrow(double *);
+void ArcSegment(double,double,double);
+double *ReadArray(char *,int *,int *);
+double *ReadTail(char *,int *);
+double LengthBezier(double,double,double,double,double,double,double);
+
+double M_pi;
+double torad;
+#define COS(x) cos((x)*torad)
+#define SIN(x) sin((x)*torad)
+#define TAN(x) tan((x)*torad)
+
+typedef void (*TFUN)(double *);
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *name;
+ TFUN func;
+ int numargs;
+ int colortype;
+} KEYWORD;
+
+void GluonHelp(double *,double);
+void DoubleGluonHelp(double *,double,double,double,double);
+void GluonCircHelp(double *);
+void GluonArcHelp(double *,double,double);
+void PhotonHelp(double *,double);
+void PhotonArcHelp(double *,double,int);
+void ZigZagHelp(double *,double);
+void ZigZagArcHelp(double *);
+double ComputeDash(double *,double,double);
+double ComputeDashCirc(double *,double);
+
+void ArrowArc(double *);
+void ArrowArcn(double *);
+void ArrowDoubleArc(double *);
+void ArrowLine(double *);
+void ArrowDoubleLine(double *);
+void AxoArc(double *);
+void AxoBezier(double *);
+void AxoGluon(double *);
+void AxoGluonArc(double *);
+void AxoGluonCirc(double *);
+void AxoLine(double *);
+void AxoPhoton(double *);
+void AxoPhotonArc(double *);
+void AxoZigZag(double *);
+void AxoZigZagArc(double *);
+void BezierCurve(double *);
+void Boxc(double *);
+void CArc(double *);
+void DashArrowArc(double *);
+void DashArrowArcn(double *);
+void DashArrowLine(double *);
+void DashArrowDoubleArc(double *);
+void DashArrowDoubleLine(double *);
+void DashBezier(double *);
+void DashCArc(double *);
+void DashDoubleArc(double *);
+void DashDoubleBezier(double *);
+void DashDoubleLine(double *);
+void DashDoublePhoton(double *);
+void DashDoublePhotonArc(double *);
+void DashDoubleZigZag(double *);
+void DashDoubleZigZagArc(double *);
+void DashGluon(double *);
+void DashGluonArc(double *);
+void DashGluonCirc(double *);
+void DashPhoton(double *);
+void DashPhotonArc(double *);
+void DashZigZag(double *);
+void DashZigZagArc(double *);
+void DashLine(double *);
+void DoubleArc(double *);
+void DoubleBezier(double *);
+void DoubleLine(double *);
+void DoublePhoton(double *);
+void DoublePhotonArc(double *);
+void DoubleZigZag(double *);
+void DoubleZigZagArc(double *);
+void EBox(double *);
+void EBoxc(double *);
+void ECirc(double *);
+void ETri(double *);
+void FBox(double *);
+void FBoxc(double *);
+void FOval(double *);
+void FTri(double *);
+void GluonArc(double *);
+void GluonCirc(double *);
+void Gluon(double *);
+void Grid(double *);
+void LinAxis(double *);
+void Line(double *);
+void LogAxis(double *);
+void Oval(double *);
+void Photon(double *);
+void PhotonArc(double *);
+void Rotate(double *);
+void Vertex(double *);
+void ZigZag(double *);
+void ZigZagArc(double *);
+
+void Curve(double *,int);
+void DashCurve(double *,int);
+void Polygon(double *,int,int);
+
+void Inivars(void);
+
+KEYWORD commands[] = {
+ { "Line", Line, 4, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ArrowArc", ArrowArc, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ArrowArcn", ArrowArcn, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ArrowDoubleArc", ArrowDoubleArc, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ArrowLine", ArrowLine, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ArrowDoubleLine", ArrowDoubleLine, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoArc", AxoArc, 17, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoBezier", AxoBezier, 19, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoGluon", AxoGluon, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoGluonArc", AxoGluonArc, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoGluonCirc", AxoGluonCirc, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoLine", AxoLine, 15, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoPhoton", AxoPhoton, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoPhotonArc", AxoPhotonArc, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoZigZag", AxoZigZag, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "AxoZigZagArc", AxoZigZagArc, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Bezier", BezierCurve, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Boxc", Boxc, 4, STROKING }
+ ,{ "CArc", CArc, 5, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashArrowArc", DashArrowArc, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashArrowArcn", DashArrowArcn, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashArrowDoubleArc", DashArrowDoubleArc, 9, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashArrowDoubleLine",DashArrowDoubleLine,8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashArrowLine", DashArrowLine, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashBezier", DashBezier, 9, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashCArc", DashCArc, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoubleArc", DashDoubleArc, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoubleBezier", DashDoubleBezier, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoubleLine", DashDoubleLine, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoublePhoton", DashDoublePhoton, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoublePhotonArc",DashDoublePhotonArc,10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoubleZigZag", DashDoubleZigZag, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashDoubleZigZagArc",DashDoubleZigZagArc,10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashGluon", DashGluon, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashGluonArc", DashGluonArc, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashGluonCirc", DashGluonCirc, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashLine", DashLine, 5, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashPhoton", DashPhoton, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashPhotonArc", DashPhotonArc, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashZigZag", DashZigZag, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DashZigZagArc", DashZigZagArc, 10, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoubleArc", DoubleArc, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoubleBezier", DoubleBezier, 9, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoubleLine", DoubleLine, 5, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoublePhoton", DoublePhoton, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoublePhotonArc", DoublePhotonArc, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoubleZigZag", DoubleZigZag, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "DoubleZigZagArc", DoubleZigZagArc, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "EBox", EBox, 4, STROKING }
+ ,{ "FBox", FBox, 4, STROKING }
+ ,{ "FBoxc", FBoxc, 4, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ECirc", ECirc, 3, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ETri", ETri, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "FOval", FOval, 5, NONSTROKING }
+ ,{ "FTri", FTri, 6, NONSTROKING }
+ ,{ "GluonArc", GluonArc, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "GluonCirc", GluonCirc, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Gluon", Gluon, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Grid", Grid, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "LinAxis", LinAxis, 8, STROKING }
+ ,{ "LogAxis", LogAxis, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Oval", Oval, 5, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Photon", Photon, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "PhotonArc", PhotonArc, 7, STROKING }
+ ,{ "Rotate", Rotate, 7, NONSTROKING }
+ ,{ "Vertex", Vertex, 3, NONSTROKING }
+ ,{ "ZigZag", ZigZag, 6, STROKING }
+ ,{ "ZigZagArc", ZigZagArc, 7, STROKING }
+};
+
+/*
+ #] Defines :
+ #[ SetDefaults :
+*/
+
+void SetDefaults()
+{
+ lastlinefeed = 1;
+ axolinewidth = 0.5;
+ linesep = 0;
+ flip = 0;
+ clockwise = 0;
+ witharrow = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] SetDefaults :
+ #[ PDF utilities :
+
+ These routines are included to make the program more readable and easier
+ to write. It also allows the easy use of the OutputString routine that
+ compactifies the output.
+*/
+
+#define Stroke outpos += sprintf(outpos," S")
+#define CloseAndStroke outpos += sprintf(outpos," h S")
+#define Fill outpos += sprintf(outpos," f")
+#define CloseAndFill outpos += sprintf(outpos," h f")
+#define SaveGraphicsState outpos += sprintf(outpos," q")
+#define RestoreGraphicsState outpos += sprintf(outpos," Q")
+
+void Bezier(double x1,double y1,double x2,double y2,double x3,double y3) {
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos,"\n %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f c",x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+}
+
+void LineTo(double x1,double y1) {
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos,"\n %12.3f %12.3f l",x1,y1);
+}
+
+void MoveTo(double x1,double y1) {
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos,"\n %12.3f %12.3f m",x1,y1);
+}
+
+void SetLineWidth(double w) {
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f w",w);
+}
+
+void SetDashSize(double dashsize,double phase) {
+ if ( dashsize ) outpos += sprintf(outpos," [%12.3f] %12.3f d",dashsize,phase);
+ else outpos += sprintf(outpos," [] 0 d");
+}
+
+void SetTransferMatrix(double x11,double x12,double x21,double x22,double x,double y)
+{
+ if ( ( fabs(x11-1.) > 0.001 ) || ( fabs(x22-1.) > 0.001 )
+ || ( fabs(x12) > 0.001 ) || ( fabs(x21) > 0.001 )
+ || ( fabs(x) > 0.001 ) || ( fabs(y) > 0.001 ) ) {
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos,"%12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f cm\n",x11,x12,x21,x22,x,y);
+ }
+}
+
+static double BzK;
+
+void BezierCircle(double r,char *action)
+{
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f 0 m %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 %12.3f c\n",-r,-r,r*BzK,-r*BzK,r,r);
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 c\n",r*BzK,r,r,r*BzK,r);
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 %12.3f c\n",r,-r*BzK,r*BzK,-r,-r);
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 c %s\n",-r*BzK,-r,-r,-r*BzK,-r,action);
+}
+
+void BezierOval(double w, double h, char *action)
+{
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f 0 m %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 %12.3f c\n",-w,-w,h*BzK,-w*BzK,h,h);
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 c\n",w*BzK,h,w,h*BzK,w);
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 %12.3f c\n",w,-h*BzK,w*BzK,-h,-h);
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f 0 c %s\n",-w*BzK,-h,-w,-h*BzK,-w,action);
+}
+
+void SetGray(double grayscale,int par)
+{
+ if ( par == STROKING ) {
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," %12.3f G",grayscale);
+ }
+ else {
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," %12.3f g",grayscale);
+ }
+}
+
+void SetColor(double c, double m, double y, double k,int par)
+{
+ if ( par == STROKING ) {
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f K",c,m,y,k);
+ }
+ else {
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f k",c,m,y,k);
+ }
+}
+
+void SetBackgroundColor(int par)
+{
+ if ( par == STROKING ) { outpos += sprintf(outpos," 0 0 0 0 K"); }
+ else { outpos += sprintf(outpos," 0 0 0 0 k"); }
+}
+
+void Rectangle(double x,double y,double w,double h) {
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos,"\n %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f %12.3f re",x,y,w,h);
+}
+
+void Triangle(double x1,double y1,double x2,double y2,double x3,double y3) {
+ outpos +=
+ sprintf(outpos,"\n %12.3f %12.3f m %12.3f %12.3f l %12.3f %12.3f l h",x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] PDF utilities :
+ #[ Service routines :
+ #[ GetArrow :
+*/
+
+void GetArrow(double *args)
+{
+ witharrow = args[7];
+ arrow.stroke = args[0];
+ arrow.width = args[1];
+ arrow.length = args[2];
+ arrow.inset = args[3];
+ arrow.scale = args[4];
+ arrow.aspect = args[5];
+ arrow.where = args[6];
+ arrow.type = 1;
+ arrow.adjust = 0;
+ if ( args[8] ) flip = 1;
+ if ( witharrow ) {
+ if ( arrow.length == 0 && arrow.width == 0 ) {
+ arrow.width = (axolinewidth + 0.7*linesep + 1 ) * 1.2;
+ if (arrow.width < 2.5) arrow.width = 2.5;
+ arrow.length = 2*arrow.width*arrow.aspect;
+ }
+ else if ( arrow.width == 0 ) {
+ arrow.width = arrow.length/(2*arrow.aspect);
+ }
+ else if ( arrow.length == 0 ) {
+ arrow.length = 2*arrow.width*arrow.aspect;
+ }
+ arrow.width *= arrow.scale;
+ arrow.length *= arrow.scale;
+ if ( arrow.where > 1 ) { arrow.where = 1; arrow.adjust = 1; }
+ if ( arrow.where < 0 ) { arrow.where = 0; arrow.adjust = 1; }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] GetArrow :
+ #[ ArrowHead :
+
+ Places an arrowhead of a given size at 0 in the +x direction
+ The size: Full width is 2*size and full length is also 2*size.
+*/
+
+void ArrowHead()
+/*
+ Jaxodraw style arrows
+*/
+{
+ int k;
+ double length;
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ if ( flip ) length = -arrow.length;
+ else length = arrow.length;
+ SetDashSize(0,0);
+ if ( arrow.stroke ) {
+ SetLineWidth(arrow.stroke);
+ for (k = 1; k <= 2; k++ ) {
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ MoveTo(length*0.5,0);
+ LineTo(-length*0.5,arrow.width);
+ LineTo(-length*0.5+length*arrow.inset,0);
+ LineTo(-length*0.5,-arrow.width);
+ if (k == 1) {
+ SetBackgroundColor(NONSTROKING);
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," h f");
+ }
+ else {
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," s");
+ }
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ MoveTo(length*0.5,0);
+ LineTo(-length*0.5,arrow.width);
+ LineTo(-length*0.5+length*arrow.inset,0);
+ LineTo(-length*0.5,-arrow.width);
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos," h f");
+ }
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArrowHead :
+ #[ BezierArrow :
+
+ We compute the length of the curve.
+ Then we try to find the t value for which holds:
+ Length(t)/Length(1) = arrow.where
+*/
+
+void BezierArrow(double *args)
+{
+ double t,u,x,y,dx,dy,dr,len,tlen,tmin=0,tmax=1.0;
+ double x1=args[2]-args[0],x2=args[4]-args[0],x3=args[6]-args[0];
+ double y1=args[3]-args[1],y2=args[5]-args[1],y3=args[7]-args[1];
+ len = LengthBezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,1.0);
+ t = arrow.where;
+ tlen = LengthBezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,t);
+ while ( fabs(tlen/len-arrow.where) > 0.0001 ) {
+ if ( tlen/len > arrow.where ) {
+ tmax = t;
+ t = 0.5*(tmin+t);
+ }
+ else {
+ tmin = t;
+ t = 0.5*(tmax+t);
+ }
+ tlen = LengthBezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,t);
+ }
+ u = 1-t;
+ x = args[0]*u*u*u+(3*args[2]*u*u+(3*args[4]*u+args[6]*t)*t)*t;
+ y = args[1]*u*u*u+(3*args[3]*u*u+(3*args[5]*u+args[7]*t)*t)*t;
+ dx = 3*(-args[0]*u*u+args[2]*u*(1-3*t)+args[4]*t*(2-3*t)+args[6]*t*t);
+ dy = 3*(-args[1]*u*u+args[3]*u*(1-3*t)+args[5]*t*(2-3*t)+args[7]*t*t);
+ dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,x,y);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] BezierArrow :
+ #[ ArcSegment :
+*/
+
+void ArcSegment(double r, double phi1, double dphi)
+{
+ double xphi, d, x, y, phia, phib, x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3;
+ int num, i;
+
+ num = dphi/90.0001+1.; /* number of segments we should use. */
+ xphi = dphi/num; /* arc size of each segment */
+ d = 4.*TAN(xphi/4.)/3.; /* the magic distance for the control points */
+
+ x = r*COS(phi1); y = r*SIN(phi1);
+ MoveTo(x,y);
+ for ( i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
+ phia = phi1+i*xphi; /* Start of segment */
+ phib = phia+xphi; /* End of segment */
+ x3 = r*COS(phib); y3 = r*SIN(phib);
+ x1 = x - y*d; y1 = y + x*d;
+ x2 = x3+y3*d; y2 = y3-x3*d;
+
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+
+ x = x3; y = y3;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArcSegment :
+ #[ ReadNumber :
+*/
+
+char *ReadNumber(char *s,double *num)
+{
+ double x3,minus = 1;
+ int x1,x2;
+ while ( *s == '+' || *s == '-' ) {
+ if ( *s == '-' ) minus = -minus;
+ s++;
+ }
+ x1 = x2 = 0; x3 = 1;
+ while ( *s <= '9' && *s >= '0' ) { x1 = 10*x1 + *s++ - '0'; }
+ if ( *s == 0 ) { *num = x1*minus; return(s); }
+ if ( *s == '.' ) {
+ s++;
+ while ( *s >= '0' && *s <= '9' ) { x2 = 10*x2 + *s++ - '0'; x3 *= 10; }
+ }
+ *num = minus*((double)x1 + x2/x3);
+ return(s);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ReadNumber :
+ #[ ReadArray :
+
+ Reads a tail of floats of the type (x1,y1)(x2,y2),...,(xn,yn) or
+ (x1,y1)(x2,y2),...,(xn,yn) f1 ... fm
+ The floats may be written as integers.
+ Normally they are in the format ####.###
+ In num1 we return the number of coordinates encountered.
+ In num2 we return the number of extra floats encountered.
+ The array of the return value should be freed after it has been used.
+*/
+
+double *ReadArray(char *inbuf, int *num1, int *num2)
+{
+ int argsize = 0, newsize, num = 0, i;
+ double *args = 0, *newargs = 0, *extraargs, x, y;
+ char *s;
+ *num2 = 0;
+ s = inbuf;
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '\n' ) s++;
+ if ( *s == '"' ) {
+ s++;
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '\n' ) s++;
+ }
+ while ( *s == '(' ) { /* We need to read (x,y) */
+ s++;
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\n' || *s == '\t' ) s++;
+ s = ReadNumber(s,&x);
+ while ( *s == ' ' ) s++;
+ if ( *s != ',' ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Illegal format for array of numbers in object %ld of type %s in file %s\n"
+ ,axohelp,numobject,nameobject,inname);
+ free(args);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ s++;
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\n' || *s == '\t' ) s++;
+ s = ReadNumber(s,&y);
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\n' || *s == '\t' ) s++;
+ if ( *s != ')' ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Illegal format for array of numbers in object %ld of type %s in file %s\n"
+ ,axohelp,numobject,nameobject,inname);
+ free(args);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ s++;
+ while ( *s == ' ' ) s++;
+ num += 2;
+ if ( num >= argsize ) {
+ if ( argsize == 0 ) newsize = 20;
+ else newsize = 2*argsize;
+ newargs = (double *)malloc(sizeof(double)*newsize);
+ if ( args == 0 ) { args = newargs; argsize = newsize; }
+ else {
+ for ( i = 0; i < argsize; i++ ) newargs[i] = args[i];
+ free(args);
+ args = newargs; argsize = newsize;
+ }
+ }
+ args[num-2] = x; args[num-1] = y;
+ }
+ if ( *s == '"' ) s++;
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '\n' ) s++;
+ *num1 = num/2;
+
+ if ( *s ) {
+ if ( ( extraargs = ReadTail(s,num2) ) == 0 ) {
+ return(0);
+ }
+ if ( num+*num2 > argsize ) {
+ newargs = (double *)malloc(sizeof(double)*(num+*num2));
+ for ( i = 0; i < num; i++ ) newargs[i] = args[i];
+ free(args);
+ args = newargs;
+ argsize = num+*num2;
+ }
+ for ( i = 0; i < *num2; i++ ) args[num+i] = extraargs[i];
+ free(extraargs);
+ }
+ return(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ReadArray :
+ #[ ReadTail :
+
+ Reads a command tail that consists of floating point numbers in the
+ notation xxx.yyy or just as integers without even the decimal point.
+ The output array is allocated and should be returned in a well behaved
+ program.
+*/
+
+double *ReadTail(char *buff,int *number)
+{
+ char *s;
+ int num = 1, i;
+ double *outargs;
+ s = buff;
+ while ( *s ) {
+ if ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '\n' ) {
+ num++; *s++ = 0;
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '\n' ) *s++ = 0;
+ }
+ else s++;
+ }
+ outargs = (double *)malloc(num*sizeof(double));
+ s = buff;
+ for ( i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
+ while ( *s == 0 ) s++;
+ s = ReadNumber(s,outargs+i);
+ if ( *s == 'p' && s[1] == 't' ) s += 2;
+ if ( *s != 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Illegal format for number in command %ld (%s) in file %s.\n"
+ ,axohelp,numobject,nameobject,inname);
+ free(outargs);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ }
+ *number = num;
+ return(outargs);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ReadTail :
+ #[ DoCurve :
+
+ Interpolation curve expressed as a Bezier curve.
+*/
+
+void DoCurve(double x0, double y0, double x1, double y1,
+ double x2, double y2, double x3, double y3)
+{
+ double xx1, yy1, xx2, yy2;
+ xx1 = (2*x1+x2)/3;
+ yy1 = ((y1-y0)/(x1-x0)*(x2-x0)+(y2-y0)/(x2-x0)*(x1-x0)+y1+2*y0)/3;
+ xx2 = (x1+2*x2)/3;
+ yy2 = ((y2-y3)/(x2-x3)*(x1-x3)+(y1-y3)/(x1-x3)*(x2-x3)+y2+2*y3)/3;
+
+ Bezier(xx1,yy1,xx2,yy2,x2,y2);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoCurve :
+ #[ LengthBezier :
+
+ Routine computes the length of a Bezier curve.
+ Method:
+ x = x0*(1-t)^3+3*x1*t*(1-t)^2+3*x2*t^2*(1-t)+x3*t^3
+ y = y0*(1-t)^3+3*y1*t*(1-t)^2+3*y2*t^2*(1-t)+y3*t^3
+ We assume that x0=y0=0. (Hence call with x1-x0 etc)
+ --> dx/dt = 3*x1*(1-t)*(1-3*t)+3*x2*t*(2-3*t)+3*x3*t^2
+ = 3*(x1+2*t*(x2-2*x1)+t^2*(x3-3*x2+3*x1))
+ --> L = int_0^1 dt * sqrt(dx^2+dy^2)
+ We use ordinary Gaussian quadratures over the domain -1,...,+1
+
+ We have here quadratures for 8, 16 or 32 points.
+ For the moment we use the 16 point quadrature. It seems to work well.
+ The numbers were taken from Abramowitz and Stegun.
+*/
+
+typedef struct quad {
+ double x;
+ double w;
+} QUAD;
+
+QUAD g8[4] = {
+ { 0.183434642495650, 0.362683783378362 }
+ ,{ 0.525532409916329, 0.313706645877887 }
+ ,{ 0.796666477413627, 0.222381034453374 }
+ ,{ 0.960289856497536, 0.101228536290376 }
+ };
+QUAD g16[8] = {
+ { 0.095012509837637440185, 0.189450610455068496285 }
+ ,{ 0.281603550779258913230, 0.182603415044923588867 }
+ ,{ 0.458016777657227386342, 0.169156519395002538189 }
+ ,{ 0.617876244402643748447, 0.149595988816576732081 }
+ ,{ 0.755404408355003033895, 0.124628971255533872052 }
+ ,{ 0.865631202387831743880, 0.095158511682492784810 }
+ ,{ 0.944575023073232576078, 0.062253523938647892863 }
+ ,{ 0.989400934991649932596, 0.027152459411754094852 }
+ };
+QUAD g32[16] = {
+ { 0.048307665687738316235, 0.096540088514727800567 }
+ ,{ 0.144471961582796493485, 0.095638720079274859419 }
+ ,{ 0.239287362252137074545, 0.093844399080804565639 }
+ ,{ 0.331868602282127649780, 0.091173878695763884713 }
+ ,{ 0.421351276130635345364, 0.087652093004403811143 }
+ ,{ 0.506899908932229390024, 0.083311924226946755222 }
+ ,{ 0.587715757240762329041, 0.078193895787070306472 }
+ ,{ 0.663044266930215200975, 0.072345794108848506225 }
+ ,{ 0.732182118740289680387, 0.065822222776361846838 }
+ ,{ 0.794483795967942406963, 0.058684093478535547145 }
+ ,{ 0.849367613732569970134, 0.050998059262376176196 }
+ ,{ 0.896321155766052123965, 0.042835898022226680657 }
+ ,{ 0.934906075937739689171, 0.034273862913021433103 }
+ ,{ 0.964762255587506430774, 0.025392065309262059456 }
+ ,{ 0.985611511545268335400, 0.016274394730905670605 }
+ ,{ 0.997263861849481563545, 0.007018610009470096600 }
+ };
+
+double LengthBezier(double x1,double y1,double x2,double y2,double x3,double y3,double tmax)
+{
+ double xa = 3*x1, xb = 6*(x2-2*x1), xc = 3*(x3-3*x2+3*x1);
+ double ya = 3*y1, yb = 6*(y2-2*y1), yc = 3*(y3-3*y2+3*y1);
+ double t, sum = 0, dx, dy;
+ int j;
+
+ for ( j = 0; j < 8; j++ ) {
+ t = 0.5*(1+g16[j].x)*tmax;
+ dx = xa+t*(xb+t*xc);
+ dy = ya+t*(yb+t*yc);
+ sum += 0.5*g16[j].w*sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ t = 0.5*(1-g16[j].x)*tmax;
+ dx = xa+t*(xb+t*xc);
+ dy = ya+t*(yb+t*yc);
+ sum += 0.5*g16[j].w*sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ }
+ return(sum*tmax);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] LengthBezier :
+ #] Service routines :
+ #[ ScanForObjects :
+
+ Routine reads the input buffer and sets up pointers to the commands.
+ Basically it is responsible for checking the input syntax and making
+ sure all commands will have the proper number of arguments.
+*/
+
+long ScanForObjects(char *buffer)
+{
+ char *s = buffer, *t;
+ if ( *s == COMMENTCHAR ) { while ( *s && *s != '\n' ) s++; }
+ while ( *s ) { /* here we are to look for a new command */
+ if ( *s != '[' ) { /* for the case of the very first character */
+ while ( *s && ( *s != '[' || ( *s == '[' && s[-1] == '\\' ) ) ) {
+ if ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\n' ) {
+ while ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\n' ) s++; /* Skip blank lines */
+ }
+ else if ( *s == COMMENTCHAR && s[-1] != '\\' ) {
+ while ( *s && *s != '\n' ) s++;
+ }
+ else s++;
+ }
+ }
+ if ( *s == 0 ) break;
+/*
+ if everything is correct we are now on a [
+ a: look for matching ] in the same line. This defines the label.
+*/
+ t = s+1;
+ while ( *t && *t != ']' && *t != '\n' && ( *t != COMMENTCHAR ||
+ ( *t == COMMENTCHAR && t[-1] != '\\' ) ) ) t++;
+ if ( *t == 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: irregular end of file %s.\n",axohelp,inname);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ else if ( *t == '\n' ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: a label in file %s should inside a single line.\n",axohelp,inname);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ else if ( *t == COMMENTCHAR ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: illegal comment character inside a label in file %s.\n",axohelp,inname);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ else if ( *t != ']' ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: internal error reading a label in file %s.\n",axohelp,inname);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+/*
+ Store the address of this command
+*/
+ if ( numinputs >= inputallocations ) { /* we need more space */
+ long newnum, i;
+ char **newadd;
+ if ( inputallocations == 0 ) { newnum = 100; }
+ else { newnum = 2*inputallocations; }
+ if ( ( newadd = (char **)malloc(newnum*sizeof(char *)) ) == 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: memory error reading file %s\n",axohelp,inname);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ for ( i = 0; i < inputallocations; i++ ) { newadd[i] = inputs[i]; }
+ if ( inputs != 0 ) free(inputs);
+ inputs = newadd;
+ inputallocations = newnum;
+ }
+ inputs[numinputs++] = s;
+/*
+ Now scan for the first comment character. That is the end of the object.
+*/
+ while ( *t && ( *t != TERMCHAR || ( *t == TERMCHAR && t[-1] == '\\' ) )
+ && *t != '[' ) t++;
+ if ( *t != '[' ) {
+ while ( t[-1] == ' ' || t[-1] == '\n' ) t--;
+ *t++ = 0;
+ }
+ s = t;
+ }
+ return(numinputs);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ScanForObjects :
+ #[ ReadInput :
+*/
+
+char *ReadInput(char *filename)
+{
+ FILE *finput;
+ long filesize, num;
+ char *buffer;
+ if ( ( finput = fopen(filename,"r") ) == 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Cannot open file %s\n",axohelp,filename);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ if ( ( fseek(finput,0,SEEK_END) != 0 )
+ || ( ( filesize = ftell(finput) ) < 0 )
+ || ( fseek(finput,0,SEEK_SET) != 0 ) ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: File error in file %s\n",axohelp,filename);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ if ( ( buffer = malloc((filesize+1)*sizeof(char)) ) == 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error allocating %ld bytes of memory",axohelp,filesize+1);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+/*
+ Assume character in file is 1 byte, which is true for all cases
+ we currently encounter.
+*/
+ num = fread( buffer, 1, filesize, finput );
+ if ( ferror(finput) ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Error reading file %s\n",axohelp,filename);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+/*
+ By definition, fread reads ALL the items specified, or it gets to
+ end-of-file, or there is an error.
+ It returns the actual number of items successfully read, which
+ is less than the number given in the 3rd argument ONLY if a
+ read error or end-of-file is encountered.
+ We have already tested for an error.
+ But num could legitimately be less than filesize, because of
+ translation of CRLF to LF (on MSWindows with MSWindows text file).
+*/
+ buffer[num] = 0;
+ fclose(finput);
+ return(buffer);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ReadInput :
+ #[ CleanupOutput :
+*/
+
+void CleanupOutput(char *str)
+{
+ char *s, *t;
+ int period = 0;
+ s = t = str;
+ while ( *s && *s != '}' ) {
+ if ( *s == '\n' ) *s = ' ';
+ if ( ( *s == ' ' || *s == '\n' ) && ( s[1] == ' ' || s[1] == '\n' ) ) s++;
+ else *t++ = *s++;
+ }
+ while ( *s ) *t++ = *s++;
+ *t = 0;
+ s = t = str;
+ while ( *s ) {
+ if ( *s == '.' ) { period = 1; *t++ = *s++; }
+ else if ( *s == '-' && s[1] == '0' && s[2] == ' ' ) { s++; }
+ else if ( *s <= '9' && *s >= '0' ) { *t++ = *s++; }
+ else if ( *s == '\n' && ( t > str && t[-1] == '\n' ) ) { s++; }
+ else if ( period ) {
+ while ( t > str && t[-1] == '0' ) t--;
+ if ( t > str && t[-1] == '.' ) t--;
+ while ( *s == ' ' && s[1] == ' ' ) s++;
+ period = 0; *t++ = *s++;
+ }
+ else if ( *s == ' ' && s[1] == ' ' ) s++;
+ else {
+ period = 0; *t++ = *s++;
+ }
+ }
+ *t = 0;
+ s = t = str;
+ while ( *s ) {
+ if ( *s == '-' && s[1] == '0' && s[2] == ' ' ) { s++; }
+ else *t++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *t = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] CleanupOutput :
+ #[ DoOneObject :
+*/
+
+int DoOneObject(char *cinput)
+{
+ int num, i, num1, num2;
+ char *s, *t, *StartClean;
+ double *argbuf = 0;
+ SetDefaults();
+ s = cinput; while ( *s != '[' ) s++;
+ s++; t = s; while ( *t != ']' ) t++;
+ *t++ = 0; while ( *t == ' ' || *t == '\t' || *t == '\n' ) t++;
+ outpos = outputbuffer;
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos,"\\axo at setObject{%s}%%\n{%s%c}%%\n{",s,t,TERMCHAR);
+ if ( *s == '0' && s[1] == ']' ) {
+/*
+ The identification line.
+ In due time we might add more options here.
+*/
+ if ( strcmp(nameobject,"AxodrawWantsPDF") == 0 ) {
+ identification = 1;
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos,"Axohelp version %d.%d. PDF output.}",VERSION,SUBVERSION);
+ fprintf(outfile,"%s",outputbuffer);
+ return(0);
+ }
+ else {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Illegal request in identification string [0]: %s\n"
+ ,axohelp,nameobject);
+ if ( argbuf ) free(argbuf);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ }
+/*
+ if ( identification == 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: No identification string. Check versions.\n",axohelp);
+ if ( argbuf ) free(argbuf);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+*/
+ StartClean = outpos;
+
+ nameobject = t; while ( *t != ' ' && *t != '\t' && *t != '\n' && *t ) t++;
+ *t++ = 0; while ( *t == ' ' || *t == '\t' || *t == '\n' ) t++;
+/*
+ Now nameobject is the name of the command and t points at the first parameter.
+*/
+ if ( ( strcmp(nameobject,"Curve") == 0 )
+ || ( strcmp(nameobject,"Polygon") == 0 )
+ || ( strcmp(nameobject,"FilledPolygon") == 0 ) ) {
+/*
+ #[ Curve,Polygons :
+*/
+ if ( ( argbuf = ReadArray(t,&num1,&num2) ) == 0 ) return(-1);
+ if ( num2-1 != 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Command %s should have no extra numbers in %s.\n",
+ axohelp,nameobject,inname);
+ free(argbuf);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ else {
+/*
+ First some 'fixed' operations to set the state right
+ 1: scale 2: linewidth 3: color
+ Then the function.
+ Finally the trailer and cleanup.
+*/
+ axolinewidth = argbuf[2*num1+num2-1];
+ SetLineWidth(axolinewidth);
+ if ( strcmp(nameobject,"Curve") == 0 ) {
+ Curve(argbuf,num1);
+ }
+ else if ( strcmp(nameobject,"Polygon") == 0 ) {
+ Polygon(argbuf,num1,0);
+ }
+ else if ( strcmp(nameobject,"FilledPolygon") == 0 ) {
+ Polygon(argbuf,num1,1);
+ }
+ free(argbuf);
+ }
+/*
+ #] Curve,Polygons :
+*/
+ }
+ else if ( strcmp(nameobject,"DashCurve") == 0 ) {
+/*
+ #[ DashCurve :
+*/
+ if ( ( argbuf = ReadArray(t,&num1,&num2) ) == 0 ) return(-1);
+ if ( num2 != 2 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Command %s does not have two numbers after the coordinates\n in file %s.\n",
+ axohelp,nameobject,inname);
+ free(argbuf);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ else {
+/*
+ First some 'fixed' operations to set the state right
+ 1: scale 2: linewidth 3: color
+ Then the function.
+ Finally the trailer and cleanup.
+*/
+ axolinewidth = argbuf[2*num1+num2-1];
+ SetLineWidth(axolinewidth);
+ DashCurve(argbuf,num1);
+ free(argbuf);
+ }
+/*
+ #] DashCurve :
+*/
+ }
+ else {
+/*
+ #[ Regular command :
+*/
+ if ( ( argbuf = ReadTail(t,&num) ) == 0 ) return(-1);
+ for ( i = 0; i < sizeof(commands)/sizeof(KEYWORD); i++ ) {
+ if ( strcmp(nameobject,commands[i].name) == 0 ) {
+ if ( num == commands[i].numargs+1 ) {
+/*
+ First some 'fixed' operations to set the state right
+ 1: scale 2: linewidth 3: color
+ Then the function.
+ Finally the trailer and cleanup.
+*/
+ axolinewidth = argbuf[num-1];
+ SetLineWidth(axolinewidth);
+ (*(commands[i].func))(argbuf);
+ free(argbuf);
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Command %s should have %d(+1) arguments in %s.\n"
+ ,axohelp,nameobject,commands[i].numargs,inname);
+ free(argbuf);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+/*
+ #] Regular command :
+*/
+ if ( i >= sizeof(commands)/sizeof(KEYWORD) ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Command %s not recognized in file %s.\n",
+ axohelp,nameobject,inname);
+ free(argbuf);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ }
+ outpos += sprintf(outpos,"}\n");
+ CleanupOutput(StartClean);
+ fprintf(outfile,"%s",outputbuffer);
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoOneObject :
+ #[ PrintHelp :
+*/
+
+void PrintHelp(char *name)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr,"This is %s v. %d.%d of %s\n", NAME, VERSION, SUBVERSION, VERSIONDATE);
+ fprintf(stderr,"Proper use is: %s [-h] [-v] filename\n",name);
+ fprintf(stderr,"Input will then be from filename.ax1, output to filename.ax2\n");
+ fprintf(stderr,"-h : prints this help information and terminates.\n");
+ fprintf(stderr,"-v : prints information about each function treated in stdout.\n");
+ exit(-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] PrintHelp :
+ #[ Inivars :
+*/
+
+void Inivars()
+{
+ M_pi = acos(-1.);
+ torad = M_pi/180.;
+ BzK = 4.*(sqrt(2.)-1.)/3.;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Inivars :
+ #[ main :
+*/
+
+int main(int argc,char **argv)
+{
+ char *s, *inbuffer;
+ int length, error = 0;
+ long num,i;
+
+ Inivars();
+ argc--;
+ axohelp = *argv++;
+ if ( argc <= 0 ) PrintHelp(axohelp);
+ s = *argv;
+ while ( *s == '-' ) { /* we have arguments */
+ if ( s[1] == 'h' && s[2] == 0 ) PrintHelp(axohelp);
+ else if ( s[1] == 'v' && s[2] == 0 ) {
+ VerboseFlag = 1;
+ }
+ else {
+ fprintf(stderr,"Illegal option %s in call to %s\n",s,axohelp);
+ PrintHelp(axohelp);
+ }
+ argc--; argv++;
+ if ( argc <= 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"Not enough arguments in call to %s\n",axohelp);
+ PrintHelp(axohelp);
+ }
+ s = *argv;
+ }
+ if ( argc != 1 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"Too many arguments in call to %s\n",axohelp);
+ PrintHelp(axohelp);
+ }
+/*
+ The filename is now in s. We should copy it to a separate string and
+ paste on the extension .ax1 (if needed). We should also construct the
+ name of the output file.
+*/
+ length = strlen(s);
+ inname = strcpy(malloc((length+5)*sizeof(char)),s);
+ outname = strcpy(malloc((length+5)*sizeof(char)),s);
+ s = inname + length;
+ if ( length > 4 && s[-4] == '.' && s[-3] == 'a' && s[-2] == 'x' && s[-1] == '1' ) {
+ outname[length-1] = '2';
+ }
+ else {
+ inname[length] = '.'; inname[length+1] = 'a';
+ inname[length+2] = 'x'; inname[length+3] = '1'; inname[length+4] = 0;
+ outname[length] = '.'; outname[length+1] = 'a';
+ outname[length+2] = 'x'; outname[length+3] = '2'; outname[length+4] = 0;
+ }
+ if ( ( inbuffer = ReadInput(inname) ) == 0 ) return(-1);
+ if ( ( outfile = fopen(outname,"w") ) == 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: Cannot create file %s\n",axohelp,outname);
+ exit(-1);
+ }
+ num = ScanForObjects(inbuffer);
+ for ( i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
+ numobject = i+1;
+ if ( DoOneObject(inputs[i]) < 0 ) { error++; }
+ }
+ fclose(outfile);
+ if ( error > 0 ) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"%s: %d objects in %s were not translated correctly.\n",
+ axohelp,error,inname);
+ return(-1);
+ }
+ return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] main :
+ #[ routines :
+ #[ Line routines :
+ #[ Line : *
+
+ Line(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+*/
+
+void Line(double *args)
+{
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ LineTo(args[2],args[3]);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Line :
+ #[ DoubleLine : *
+
+ DoubleLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}
+*/
+
+void DoubleLine(double *args)
+{
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ if ( args[4] > 0 ) {
+ SetLineWidth(args[4]+axolinewidth);
+ Line(args);
+ SetLineWidth(args[4]-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ }
+ Line(args);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoubleLine :
+ #[ DashLine : *
+
+ DashLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashLine(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2]-args[0], dy = args[3]-args[1], dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize = args[4];
+ int num;
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( ( num%2 ) == 1 ) num++;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ Line(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashLine :
+ #[ DashDoubleLine : *
+
+ DashDoubleLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}{dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashDoubleLine(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2]-args[0], dy = args[3]-args[1], dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize = args[5];
+ int num;
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( ( num%2 ) == 1 ) num++;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ DoubleLine(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoubleLine :
+ #[ ArrowLine : *
+
+ ArrowLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){size}{where}
+
+ where: x of arrowhead is x1+where*(x2-x1). Same for y.
+ serves both ArrowLine and LongArrowLine
+*/
+
+void ArrowLine(double *args)
+{
+ double dx, dy, dr, where;
+ Line(args);
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) where = args[5];
+ else where = arrow.where;
+ dx = args[2]-args[0];
+ dy = args[3]-args[1];
+ dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,dr*where,0);
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) arrow.width = args[4];
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArrowLine :
+ #[ ArrowDoubleLine : *
+
+ ArrowDoubleLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}{size}{where}
+
+ where: x of arrowhead is x1+where*(x2-x1). Same for y.
+ serves both ArrowLine and LongArrowLine
+*/
+
+void ArrowDoubleLine(double *args)
+{
+ double dx, dy, dr, where;
+ DoubleLine(args);
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) where = args[6];
+ else where = arrow.where;
+ dx = args[2]-args[0];
+ dy = args[3]-args[1];
+ dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,dr*where,0);
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) arrow.width = args[5]+args[4];
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArrowDoubleLine :
+ #[ DashArrowLine : *
+
+ DashArrowLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){dashsize}{amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: x of arrowhead is x1+where*(x2-x1). Same for y.
+ we re-adjust the position of the arrow to place it on a dash.
+*/
+
+void DashArrowLine(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2]-args[0], dy = args[3]-args[1], dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize = args[4], where;
+ int num, nw;
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) where = args[6];
+ else where = arrow.where;
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( ( num%2 ) == 1 ) num++;
+ if ( num%4 != 0 && where > 0.499 && where < 0.501 ) num += 2;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ Line(args);
+ nw = where*(num/2)+0.5;
+ where = (2.0*nw)/num;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,dr*where,0);
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) arrow.width = args[5];
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashArrowLine :
+ #[ DashArrowDoubleLine : *
+
+ DashArrowDoubleLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}{dashsize}{amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: x of arrowhead is x1+where*(x2-x1). Same for y.
+ we re-adjust the position of the arrow to place it on a dash.
+*/
+
+void DashArrowDoubleLine(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2]-args[0], dy = args[3]-args[1], dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize = args[5], where;
+ int num, nw;
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) where = args[7];
+ else where = arrow.where;
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( ( num%2 ) == 1 ) num++;
+ if ( num%4 != 0 && where > 0.499 && where < 0.501 ) num += 2;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ DoubleLine(args);
+ nw = where*(num/2)+0.5;
+ where = (2.0*nw)/num;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,dr*where,0);
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) arrow.width = args[6]+args[4];
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashArrowDoubleLine :
+ #] Line routines :
+ #[ Arc routines :
+ #[ CArc : *
+
+ CArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2)
+
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+
+ We divide the segment into a number of equal segments, each less
+ than 90 degrees. Then the control points are at distance
+ 4*tan(90/n)/3 from the endpoints, in which n=360/(phi2-phi1)
+ (note that if n=4 we get tan(22.5)=sqrt(2)-1).
+*/
+
+void CArc(double *args)
+{
+ double phi1 = args[3], phi2 = args[4], r = args[2];
+ double dphi;
+ while ( phi2 < phi1 ) phi2 += 360;
+ dphi = phi2-phi1;
+ if ( dphi <= 0 ) { return; }
+ if ( dphi >= 360 ) { ECirc(args); return; }
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] CArc :
+ #[ DoubleArc : *
+
+ DoubleArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){sep}
+
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+
+ We divide the segment into a number of equal segments, each less
+ than 90 degrees. Then the control points are at distance
+ 4*tan(90/n)/3 from the endpoints, in which n=360/(phi2-phi1)
+ (note that if n=4 we get tan(22.5)=sqrt(2)-1).
+*/
+
+void DoubleArc(double *args)
+{
+ double phi1 = args[3], phi2 = args[4], r = args[2];
+ double dphi, sep = args[5];
+ while ( phi2 < phi1 ) phi2 += 360;
+ dphi = phi2-phi1;
+ if ( dphi <= 0 ) { return; }
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ ArcSegment(r+sep/2,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+ ArcSegment(r-sep/2,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoubleArc :
+ #[ DashCArc : *
+
+ DashCArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){dashsize}
+
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+*/
+
+void DashCArc(double *args)
+{
+ double arcsize = args[4]-args[3];
+ double r = args[2], dr, dashsize = args[5];
+ int num;
+ if ( arcsize <= 0 ) arcsize += 360;
+ if ( arcsize > 360 ) arcsize = 360;
+ dr = 2*M_pi*r*(arcsize/360);
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( (num%2) == 1 ) num++;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ CArc(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashCArc :
+ #[ DashDoubleArc : *
+
+ DashDoubleArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){sep}{dashsize}
+
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+ The trouble here is to synchronize the two dash patterns.
+ This is done by a rescaling. We assume that the rescaling is
+ sufficiently small that the linewidth does not suffer from it.
+*/
+
+void DashDoubleArc(double *args)
+{
+ double phi1 = args[3], r = args[2];
+ double arcsize = args[4]-args[3];
+ double dr, dashsize = args[6], sep = args[5];
+ int num;
+ linesep = sep;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ if ( arcsize <= 0 ) arcsize += 360;
+ if ( arcsize > 360 ) arcsize = 360;
+ dr = 2*M_pi*r*(arcsize/360);
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( (num%2) == 1 ) num++;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1+0.5*sep/r,0,0,1+0.5*sep/r,0,0);
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,arcsize);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1-0.5*sep/r,0,0,1-0.5*sep/r,0,0);
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,arcsize);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoubleArc :
+ #[ ArrowArc : *
+
+ ArrowArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: phi of arrowhead is phi1+where*(phi2-phi1)
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+ serves both ArrowArc and LongArrowArc and ... (Jaxodraw addition)
+*/
+
+void ArrowArc(double *args)
+{
+ double phi1 = args[3], phi2 = args[4], r = args[2];
+ double dphi, x, y, phi;
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) {
+ arrow.width = args[5];
+ arrow.where = args[6];
+ }
+
+ while ( phi2 < phi1 ) phi2 += 360;
+ dphi = phi2-phi1;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+
+ if ( dphi <= 0 ) { return; }
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+/*
+ Now compute the position and angle of the arrowhead
+*/
+ phi = phi1 + arrow.where*dphi;
+ x = r*COS(phi); y = r*SIN(phi);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,x,y);
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(phi+90),SIN(phi+90),-SIN(phi+90),COS(phi+90),0,0);
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArrowArc :
+ #[ ArrowDoubleArc : *
+
+ ArrowDoubleArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){sep}{amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: phi of arrowhead is phi1+where*(phi2-phi1)
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+ serves both ArrowArc and LongArrowArc and ... (Jaxodraw addition)
+*/
+
+void ArrowDoubleArc(double *args)
+{
+ double phi1 = args[3], phi2 = args[4], r = args[2];
+ double dphi, x, y, phi;
+ linesep = args[5];
+ while ( phi2 < phi1 ) phi2 += 360;
+ dphi = phi2-phi1;
+ if ( dphi <= 0 ) { return; }
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ ArcSegment(r+linesep/2,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+ ArcSegment(r-linesep/2,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+/*
+ Now compute the position and angle of the arrowhead
+*/
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) {
+ arrow.width = args[6];
+ arrow.where = args[7];
+ }
+ phi = phi1 + arrow.where*dphi;
+ x = r*COS(phi); y = r*SIN(phi);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,x,y);
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(phi+90),SIN(phi+90),-SIN(phi+90),COS(phi+90),0,0);
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArrowDoubleArc :
+ #[ DashArrowArc : +
+
+ DashArrowArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){dashsize}{amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: phi of arrowhead is phi1+where*(phi2-phi1)
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+*/
+
+void DashArrowArc(double *args)
+{
+ double dphi, x, y, phi, phi1 = args[3], phi2 = args[4];
+ double r = args[2], dr, dashsize = args[5];
+ int num;
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) {
+ arrow.width = args[6];
+ arrow.where = args[7];
+ }
+
+ while ( phi2 < phi1 ) phi2 += 360;
+ dphi = phi2-phi1;
+ if ( dphi > 360 ) dphi = 360;
+ dr = 2*M_pi*r*(dphi/360);
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( (num%2) == 1 ) num++;
+ if ( num%4 != 0 && arrow.where > 0.499 && arrow.where < 0.501 ) num += 2;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ if ( dphi <= 0 ) { return; }
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+/*
+ Now compute the position and angle of the arrowhead
+*/
+ phi = phi1 + arrow.where*dphi;
+ x = r*COS(phi); y = r*SIN(phi);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,x,y);
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(phi+90),SIN(phi+90),-SIN(phi+90),COS(phi+90),0,0);
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashArrowArc :
+ #[ DashArrowDoubleArc : +
+
+ DashArrowDoubleArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){sep}{dashsize}{amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: phi of arrowhead is phi1+where*(phi2-phi1)
+ The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+*/
+
+void DashArrowDoubleArc(double *args)
+{
+ double dphi, x, y, phi, phi1 = args[3], phi2 = args[4];
+ double r = args[2], dr, dashsize = args[6];
+ int num;
+ linesep = args[5];
+ if ( arrow.type == 0 ) {
+ arrow.width = args[7];
+ arrow.where = args[8];
+ }
+
+ while ( phi2 < phi1 ) phi2 += 360;
+ dphi = phi2-phi1;
+ if ( dphi > 360 ) dphi = 360;
+ dr = 2*M_pi*r*(dphi/360);
+ num = dr/dashsize;
+ if ( (num%2) == 1 ) num++;
+ if ( num%4 != 0 && arrow.where > 0.499 && arrow.where < 0.501 ) num += 2;
+ dashsize = dr/num;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ if ( dphi <= 0 ) { return; }
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1+0.5*linesep/r,0,0,1+0.5*linesep/r,0,0);
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1-0.5*linesep/r,0,0,1-0.5*linesep/r,0,0);
+ ArcSegment(r,phi1,dphi);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+/*
+ Now compute the position and angle of the arrowhead
+*/
+ phi = phi1 + arrow.where*dphi;
+ x = r*COS(phi); y = r*SIN(phi);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,x,y);
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(phi+90),SIN(phi+90),-SIN(phi+90),COS(phi+90),0,0);
+ ArrowHead();
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashArrowDoubleArc :
+ #[ ArrowArcn : +
+
+ ArrowArcn(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{where}
+
+ where: phi of arrowhead is phi1+where*(phi2-phi1)
+ The arc segment runs clockwise
+*/
+
+void ArrowArcn(double *args)
+{
+ double newargs[7], a;
+ int i;
+ for ( i = 0; i < 7; i++ ) newargs[i] = args[i];
+ newargs[6] = 1-newargs[6];
+ a = newargs[3]; newargs[3] = newargs[4]; newargs[4] = a;
+ ArrowArc(newargs);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ArrowArcn :
+ #[ DashArrowArcn : +
+
+ DashArrowArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{where}{dashsize}
+
+ where: phi of arrowhead is phi1+where*(phi2-phi1)
+ The arc segment runs clockwise
+*/
+
+void DashArrowArcn(double *args)
+{
+ double newargs[8], a;
+ int i;
+ for ( i = 0; i < 8; i++ ) newargs[i] = args[i];
+ newargs[6] = 1-newargs[6];
+ a = newargs[3]; newargs[3] = newargs[4]; newargs[4] = a;
+ DashArrowArc(newargs);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashArrowArcn :
+ #] Arc routines :
+ #[ Circle routines :
+ #[ ECirc : +
+
+ ECirc(x,y){radius}
+ Draws a circle
+*/
+
+void ECirc(double *args)
+{
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ BezierCircle(args[2],"S");
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ECirc :
+ #[ FOval : +
+
+ FOval(x1,y1)(h,w) filled oval in default color
+
+*/
+
+void FOval(double *args)
+{
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of oval */
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(args[4]),SIN(args[4]),-SIN(args[4]),COS(args[4]),0,0);
+ BezierOval(args[3],args[2],"f");
+ BezierOval(args[3],args[2],"S");
+}
+
+/*
+ #] COval :
+ #[ Oval : +
+
+ Oval(x1,y1)(h,w)(phi)
+
+ One way would be with different scales in the x and y direction,
+ but that messes up the linewidth.
+ We need to describe quarter ovals with Bezier curves. The proper
+ parameters for the curves we can obtain from the circle with scaling.
+*/
+
+void Oval(double *args)
+{
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of oval */
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(args[4]),SIN(args[4]),-SIN(args[4]),COS(args[4]),0,0);
+ BezierOval(args[3],args[2],"S");
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Oval :
+ #] Circle routines :
+ #[ Box routines :
+ #[ EBox : *
+
+ \EBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)
+
+ Draws a box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) and the right top
+ at (x2,y2).
+ Transparent interior. Current color for edge.
+*/
+
+void EBox(double *args)
+{
+ Rectangle(args[0],args[1],args[2]-args[0],args[3]-args[1]);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] EBox :
+ #[ FBox : *
+
+ \FBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)
+
+ Draws a filled box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) and
+ the right top at (x2,y2).
+ Current color.
+*/
+
+void FBox(double *args)
+{
+ Rectangle(args[0],args[1],args[2]-args[0],args[3]-args[1]);
+ Fill;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] FBox :
+ #[ Boxc : *
+
+ \Boxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)
+
+ Draws a transparent box with the center at (x1,y1).
+ The width and height are (3,4). Uses current color.
+*/
+
+void Boxc(double *args)
+{
+ Rectangle(args[0]-args[2]/2,args[1]-args[3]/2,args[2],args[3]);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Boxc :
+ #[ FBoxc : *
+
+ \FBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)
+
+ Draws a filled box with the center at (x1,y1).
+ The width and height are (3,4). Uses current color.
+*/
+
+void FBoxc(double *args)
+{
+ Rectangle(args[0]-args[2]/2,args[1]-args[3]/2,args[2],args[3]);
+ Fill;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] FBoxc :
+ #] Box routines :
+ #[ Triangle routines :
+ #[ ETri : *
+
+ \ETri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)
+
+ Draws a triangle with the three corners.
+*/
+
+void ETri(double *args)
+{
+ Triangle(args[0],args[1],args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5]);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ETri :
+ #[ FTri : *
+
+ \FTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)
+
+ Draws a triangle with the three corners.
+*/
+
+void FTri(double *args)
+{
+ Triangle(args[0],args[1],args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5]);
+ Fill;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] FTri :
+ #] Triangle routines :
+ #[ Particle routines :
+ #[ Vertex : +
+
+ Vertex(x,y){radius}
+ Draws a filled circle
+*/
+
+void Vertex(double *args)
+{
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ BezierCircle(args[2],"f");
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Vertex :
+ #[ ComputeDash :
+*/
+
+double ComputeDash(double *args,double dr,double indash)
+{
+ int numwindings = args[5]+0.5, numdashes;
+ int numhalfwindings = 2*numwindings+2.1;
+ double onehalfwinding = dr/numhalfwindings;
+ double amp8 = fabs(args[4])*0.9;
+ double size = LengthBezier(-amp8,0, -amp8,2*args[4], onehalfwinding,2*args[4],1.0);
+
+ numdashes = size/(2*indash);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*indash*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*indash*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ return(size/(2*numdashes));
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ComputeDash :
+ #[ ComputeDashCirc :
+*/
+
+double ComputeDashCirc(double *args,double indash)
+{
+ int num = args[5]+0.5, numdashes;
+ double ampi = args[4], radius = args[2];
+ double darc;
+ double dr,conv,inc;
+ double amp1,amp2,amp4,amp5,amp8;
+ double x0,x1,x2,x3,y0,y1,y2,y3,xx,size;
+ darc = 360.;
+ dr = darc*torad*radius;
+ conv = 1.0/radius;
+ inc = dr/(2*num); /* increment per half winding */
+ amp8 = ampi*0.9;
+ amp1 = radius+ampi;
+ amp2 = radius-ampi;
+ amp4 = amp1/cos((inc+amp8)*conv);
+ amp5 = amp2/cos(amp8*conv);
+ if ( amp8 < 0 ) amp8 = -amp8;
+ xx = 2*inc;
+ x0 = amp1*cos(inc*conv);
+ y0 = amp1*sin(inc*conv);
+ x1 = amp4*cos((xx+amp8)*conv)-x0;
+ y1 = amp4*sin((xx+amp8)*conv)-y0;
+ x2 = amp5*cos((xx+amp8)*conv)-x0;
+ y2 = amp5*sin((xx+amp8)*conv)-y0;
+ x3 = amp2*cos(xx*conv)-x0;
+ y3 = amp2*sin(xx*conv)-y0;
+ size = LengthBezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,1.0);
+ numdashes = size/(2*indash);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*indash*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*indash*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ return(size/(2*numdashes));
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ComputeDashCirc :
+ #[ ComputeDashPhotonArc :
+*/
+
+double ComputeDashPhotonArc(double *args,double darc,double dashsize,double *dashstart)
+{
+ int numdashes, numd;
+ double len1, len2, size, size2, ampli = args[5], radius = args[2];
+ double cp = cos(darc);
+ double sp = sin(darc);
+ double cp2 = cos(darc/2.);
+ double sp2 = sin(darc/2.);
+ double beta = radius*darc/(M_pi*ampli);
+ double tt = (sp-cp*beta)/(cp+sp*beta);
+ double x2 = ((radius+ampli)*8*(beta*cp2-sp2)-(beta*(4+cp)
+ +(tt*cp*3.-sp*4.))*radius)/((beta-tt)*3.);
+ double x1 = ((radius+ampli)*8.*cp2-(1+cp)*radius)/3.-x2;
+ double y1 = (x1-radius)*beta;
+ double y2 = (x2-radius*cp)*tt+radius*sp;
+ double x3 = radius*cp;
+ double y3 = radius*sp;
+ len1 = LengthBezier(x1-radius,y1,x2-radius,y2,x3-radius,y3,1.0);
+ ampli = -ampli;
+ beta = radius*darc/(M_pi*ampli);
+ tt = (sp-cp*beta)/(cp+sp*beta);
+ x2 = ((radius+ampli)*8*(beta*cp2-sp2)-(beta*(4+cp)
+ +(tt*cp*3.-sp*4.))*radius)/((beta-tt)*3.);
+ x1 = ((radius+ampli)*8.*cp2-(1+cp)*radius)/3.-x2;
+ y1 = (x1-radius)*beta;
+ y2 = (x2-radius*cp)*tt+radius*sp;
+ x3 = radius*cp;
+ y3 = radius*sp;
+ len2 = LengthBezier(x1-radius,y1,x2-radius,y2,x3-radius,y3,1.0);
+ size = (len1+len2)/2;
+ size2 = len1/2;
+ numdashes = size/(2*dashsize);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*numdashes);
+ numd = size2/(2*dashsize);
+ *dashstart = -(size2 - 2*numd*dashsize) + dashsize/2;
+ if ( *dashstart < 0 ) *dashstart += 2*dashsize;
+ return(dashsize);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ComputeDashPhotonArc :
+ #[ ComputeDashGluonArc :
+*/
+
+double ComputeDashGluonArc(double *args,double darc,double dashsize)
+{
+ int numdashes, num = args[6];
+ double radius = args[2], ampi = args[5];
+ double dr,conv,inc, size;
+ double amp1,amp2,amp4,amp5,amp8;
+ double x1,x2,x3,y1,y2,y3,xx,x3p,y3p;
+ dr = darc*torad*radius;
+ conv = 1.0/radius;
+ inc = dr/(2*num+2); /* increment per half winding */
+ amp8 = ampi*0.9;
+ amp1 = radius+ampi;
+ amp2 = radius-ampi;
+ amp4 = amp1/cos((inc+amp8)*conv);
+ amp5 = amp2/cos(amp8*conv);
+ if ( amp8 < 0 ) amp8 = -amp8;
+
+ xx = 2*inc;
+ x3p = amp2*cos(xx*conv);
+ y3p = amp2*sin(xx*conv);
+ x1 = amp5*cos((xx-amp8)*conv)-x3p;
+ y1 = amp5*sin((xx-amp8)*conv)-y3p;
+ x2 = amp4*cos((xx-amp8)*conv)-x3p;
+ y2 = amp4*sin((xx-amp8)*conv)-y3p;
+ x3 = amp1*cos((xx+inc)*conv)-x3p;
+ y3 = amp1*sin((xx+inc)*conv)-y3p;
+ size = LengthBezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,1.0);
+
+ numdashes = size/(2*dashsize);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*numdashes);
+ return(dashsize);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ComputeDashGluonArc :
+ #[ GluonHelp :
+
+ We draw the gluon in two strokes. This is due to the possibility
+ of a dash pattern. We want the dashes to be nicely symmetric on
+ the central windings. That means that either the start and end need
+ a different size dashes, or we draw the start 'backwards'.
+ We have chosen for the last solution.
+*/
+
+void GluonHelp(double *args,double dr)
+{
+ int numwindings = args[5]+0.5;
+ int numhalfwindings = 2*numwindings+2.1;
+ double onehalfwinding = dr/numhalfwindings;
+ double amp8 = fabs(args[4])*0.9;
+ double xx = 2*onehalfwinding;
+ int i;
+ MoveTo(xx,-args[4]);
+ Bezier(xx+amp8,-args[4],xx+amp8,args[4],1.4*onehalfwinding,args[4]);
+ Bezier(0.5*onehalfwinding,args[4],
+ 0.1*onehalfwinding,args[4]*0.5,0,0);
+ Stroke;
+ MoveTo(xx,-args[4]);
+ for ( i = 0; i < numwindings-1; i++ ) {
+ Bezier(xx-amp8,-args[4], xx-amp8,args[4], xx+onehalfwinding,args[4]);
+ xx += 2*onehalfwinding;
+ Bezier(xx+amp8,args[4], xx+amp8,-args[4], xx,-args[4]);
+ }
+ Bezier(xx-amp8,-args[4], xx-amp8,args[4], xx+onehalfwinding*0.6,args[4]);
+ Bezier(dr-onehalfwinding*0.5,args[4],
+ dr-onehalfwinding*0.1,args[4]*0.5,
+ dr,0);
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] GluonHelp :
+ #[ GluonCircHelp :
+*/
+
+void GluonCircHelp(double *args)
+{
+ int num = args[5], i;
+ double ampi = args[4], radius = args[2];
+ double darc;
+ double dr,conv,inc;
+ double amp1,amp2,amp4,amp5,amp8;
+ double x1,x2,x3,y1,y2,y3,xx;
+ darc = 360.;
+ dr = darc*torad*radius;
+ conv = 1.0/radius;
+ inc = dr/(2*num); /* increment per half winding */
+ amp8 = ampi*0.9;
+ amp1 = radius+ampi;
+ amp2 = radius-ampi;
+ amp4 = amp1/cos((inc+amp8)*conv);
+ amp5 = amp2/cos(amp8*conv);
+ if ( amp8 < 0 ) amp8 = -amp8;
+ xx = 2*inc;
+ x3 = amp1*cos(inc*conv);
+ y3 = amp1*sin(inc*conv);
+ MoveTo(x3,y3);
+/*
+ Now the loop
+*/
+ for ( i = 0; i < num; i++ ) {
+ x1 = amp4*cos((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ y1 = amp4*sin((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ x2 = amp5*cos((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ y2 = amp5*sin((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ x3 = amp2*cos(xx*conv);
+ y3 = amp2*sin(xx*conv);
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+ x1 = amp5*cos((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ y1 = amp5*sin((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ x2 = amp4*cos((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ y2 = amp4*sin((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ x3 = amp1*cos((xx+inc)*conv);
+ y3 = amp1*sin((xx+inc)*conv);
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+ xx += 2*inc;
+ }
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] GluonCircHelp :
+ #[ GluonArcHelp :
+*/
+
+void GluonArcHelp(double *args, double darc, double ampi)
+{
+ int num = args[6], i;
+ double radius = args[2];
+ double dr,conv,inc;
+ double amp1,amp2,amp3,amp4,amp5,amp6,amp7,amp8;
+ double x1,x2,x3,y1,y2,y3,xx,x1p,y1p,x2p,y2p,x3p,y3p;
+ dr = darc*torad*radius;
+ conv = 1.0/radius;
+ inc = dr/(2*num+2); /* increment per half winding */
+ amp8 = ampi*0.9;
+ amp1 = radius+ampi;
+ amp2 = radius-ampi;
+ amp3 = radius+ampi/2;
+ amp4 = amp1/cos((inc+amp8)*conv);
+ amp5 = amp2/cos(amp8*conv);
+ amp6 = amp1/cos((inc*0.6+amp8)*conv);
+ amp7 = amp1/cos(inc*0.9*conv);
+ if ( amp8 < 0 ) amp8 = -amp8;
+ xx = 2*inc;
+/*
+ First the starting part. We draw it separately because there could
+ be a dashing pattern. This way the windings come out best.
+*/
+ x1 = amp3*cos(inc*0.1*conv);
+ y1 = amp3*sin(inc*0.1*conv);
+ x2 = amp7*cos(inc*0.5*conv);
+ y2 = amp7*sin(inc*0.5*conv);
+ x3 = amp1*cos(inc*1.4*conv);
+ y3 = amp1*sin(inc*1.4*conv);
+ x1p = amp6*cos((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ y1p = amp6*sin((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ x2p = amp5*cos((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ y2p = amp5*sin((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ x3p = amp2*cos(xx*conv);
+ y3p = amp2*sin(xx*conv);
+ MoveTo(x3p,y3p);
+ Bezier(x2p,y2p,x1p,y1p,x3,y3);
+ Bezier(x2,y2,x1,y1,radius,0);
+ Stroke;
+/*
+ Now the loop
+*/
+ MoveTo(x3p,y3p);
+ for ( i = 1; i < num; i++ ) {
+ x1 = amp5*cos((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ y1 = amp5*sin((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ x2 = amp4*cos((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ y2 = amp4*sin((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ x3 = amp1*cos((xx+inc)*conv);
+ y3 = amp1*sin((xx+inc)*conv);
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+ xx += 2*inc;
+ x1 = amp4*cos((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ y1 = amp4*sin((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ x2 = amp5*cos((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ y2 = amp5*sin((xx+amp8)*conv);
+ x3 = amp2*cos(xx*conv);
+ y3 = amp2*sin(xx*conv);
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+ }
+/*
+ And now the end point
+*/
+ x1 = amp5*cos((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ y1 = amp5*sin((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ x2 = amp6*cos((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ y2 = amp6*sin((xx-amp8)*conv);
+ x3 = amp1*cos((xx+inc*0.6)*conv);
+ y3 = amp1*sin((xx+inc*0.6)*conv);
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+ x1 = amp7*cos((xx+inc*1.5)*conv);
+ y1 = amp7*sin((xx+inc*1.5)*conv);
+ x2 = amp3*cos((dr-inc*0.1)*conv);
+ y2 = amp3*sin((dr-inc*0.1)*conv);
+ x3 = radius*cos(dr*conv);
+ y3 = radius*sin(dr*conv);
+
+ Bezier(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] GluonArcHelp :
+ #[ PhotonHelp :
+*/
+
+void PhotonHelp(double *args, double dr)
+{
+ int numhalfwindings = args[5]*2+0.5;
+ double onehalfwinding = dr/numhalfwindings;
+ double y = 4.*args[4]/3;
+ double x, xx;
+ int i;
+ MoveTo(0,0);
+/*
+ Now loop over the half windings, alternating the sign of the y's
+*/
+ x = (4*onehalfwinding)/3/M_pi; xx = 0;
+ for ( i = 0; i < numhalfwindings; i++, y = -y ) {
+ Bezier(xx+x,y, xx+onehalfwinding-x,y, xx+onehalfwinding,0);
+ xx += onehalfwinding;
+ }
+ Stroke;
+}
+/*
+ #] PhotonHelp :
+ #[ PhotonArcHelp :
+*/
+
+void PhotonArcHelp(double *args,double arcend,int num)
+{
+ int i;
+ double ampli = args[5], radius = args[2];
+ double cp,sp,cp2,sp2,cpi,spi;
+ double x1,x2,x3,y1,y2,y3,beta,tt;
+
+ cp = cos(arcend);
+ sp = sin(arcend);
+ cp2 = cos(arcend/2.);
+ sp2 = sin(arcend/2.);
+
+ MoveTo(radius,0);
+ for ( i = 0; i < num; i++, ampli = -ampli ) {
+ cpi = cos(i*arcend);
+ spi = sin(i*arcend);
+ beta = radius*arcend/(M_pi*ampli);
+ tt = (sp-cp*beta)/(cp+sp*beta);
+ x2 = ((radius+ampli)*8*(beta*cp2-sp2)-(beta*(4+cp)
+ +(tt*cp*3.-sp*4.))*radius)/((beta-tt)*3.);
+ x1 = ((radius+ampli)*8.*cp2-(1+cp)*radius)/3.-x2;
+ y1 = (x1-radius)*beta;
+ y2 = (x2-radius*cp)*tt+radius*sp;
+ x3 = radius*cp;
+ y3 = radius*sp;
+ Bezier(cpi*x1-spi*y1,cpi*y1+spi*x1,
+ cpi*x2-spi*y2,cpi*y2+spi*x2,
+ cpi*x3-spi*y3,cpi*y3+spi*x3);
+ }
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] PhotonArcHelp :
+ #[ ZigZagHelp :
+*/
+
+void ZigZagHelp(double *args, double dr)
+{
+ int numhalfwindings = args[5]*2+0.5;
+ double onehalfwinding = dr/numhalfwindings;
+ double x = onehalfwinding, y = args[4];
+ int i;
+ MoveTo(0,0);
+/*
+ Now loop over the half windings, alternating the sign of the y's
+*/
+ for ( i = 0; i < numhalfwindings; i++, y = -y ) {
+ LineTo(x-onehalfwinding/2.,y); LineTo(x,0);
+ x += onehalfwinding;
+ }
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ZigZagHelp :
+ #[ ZigZagArcHelp :
+*/
+
+void ZigZagArcHelp(double *args)
+{
+ int num = 2*args[6]-0.5, i;
+ double amp = args[5], r = args[2];
+ double arcstart = args[3], arcend = args[4], darc;
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+ darc = (arcend-arcstart)/(num+1);
+ MoveTo(r*COS(arcstart),r*SIN(arcstart));
+ arcstart += darc/2;
+ for ( i = 0; i <= num; i++, amp = -amp ) {
+ LineTo((r+amp)*COS(arcstart+darc*i),(r+amp)*SIN(arcstart+darc*i));
+ }
+ LineTo(r*COS(arcend),r*SIN(arcend));
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ZigZagArcHelp :
+ #[ Gluon : *
+
+ Gluon(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}
+
+ Each half winding is one cubic Bezier curve.
+ In addition the end points are different Bezier curves.
+*/
+
+void Gluon(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ GluonHelp(args,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Gluon :
+ #[ DashGluon : *
+
+ DashGluon(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+
+ Each half winding is one cubic Bezier curve.
+ In addition the end points are different Bezier curves.
+*/
+
+void DashGluon(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ dashsize = ComputeDash(args,dr,args[6]);
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ GluonHelp(args,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashGluon :
+ #[ GluonCirc : *
+
+ GluonCirc(x1,y1)(r,phi){amplitude}{windings}
+
+ Draws a gluon on a circle
+ x_center,y_center,radius,phase_angle,gluon_radius,num
+ in which num is the number of windings of the gluon.
+ Method: Same as GluonArc, but without special start and end
+*/
+
+void GluonCirc(double *args)
+{
+ int num = args[5];
+ double arcstart = args[3];
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ arcstart += 360./(2*num); /* extra phase to make 0 angle more accessible */
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+
+ GluonCircHelp(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] GluonCirc :
+ #[ DashGluonCirc : *
+
+ DashGluonCirc(x1,y1)(r,phi){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+
+ Draws a gluon on a circle
+ x_center,y_center,radius,phase_angle,gluon_radius,num
+ in which num is the number of windings of the gluon.
+ Method: Same as GluonArc, but without special start and end
+*/
+
+void DashGluonCirc(double *args)
+{
+ int num = args[5];
+ double arcstart = args[3], dashsize;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ arcstart += 360./(2*num); /* extra phase to make 0 angle more accessible */
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+
+ dashsize = ComputeDashCirc(args,args[6]);
+
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ GluonCircHelp(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashGluonCirc :
+ #[ GluonArc : *
+
+ GluonArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}
+
+ Draws a gluon on an arcsegment
+ x_center,y_center,radius,stat_angle,end_angle,gluon_radius,num
+ in which num is the number of windings of the gluon.
+ Method:
+ 1: compute length of arc.
+ 2: generate gluon in x and y as if the arc is a straight line
+ 3: x' = (radius+y)*cos(x*const)
+ y' = (radius+y)*sin(x*const)
+*/
+
+void GluonArc(double *args)
+{
+ double darc, arcstart = args[3],arcend = args[4], ampi = args[5];
+/*
+ When arcend comes before arcstart we have a problem. The solution is
+ to flip the order and change the sign on ampi
+*/
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) {
+ darc = arcstart; arcstart = arcend; arcend = darc; ampi = -ampi;
+ }
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+ darc = arcend-arcstart;
+ GluonArcHelp(args,darc,ampi);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] GluonArc :
+ #[ DashGluonArc : *
+
+ DashGluonArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+
+ Draws a gluon on an arcsegment
+ x_center,y_center,radius,stat_angle,end_angle,gluon_radius,num
+ in which num is the number of windings of the gluon.
+ Method:
+ 1: compute length of arc.
+ 2: generate gluon in x and y as if the arc is a straight line
+ 3: x' = (radius+y)*cos(x*const)
+ y' = (radius+y)*sin(x*const)
+*/
+
+void DashGluonArc(double *args)
+{
+ double darc, arcstart = args[3],arcend = args[4], ampi = args[5];
+ double dashsize = args[7];
+/*
+ When arcend comes before arcstart we have a problem. The solution is
+ to flip the order and change the sign on ampi
+*/
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) {
+ darc = arcstart; arcstart = arcend; arcend = darc; ampi = -ampi;
+ }
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+ darc = arcend-arcstart;
+ dashsize = ComputeDashGluonArc(args,darc,dashsize);
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ GluonArcHelp(args,darc,ampi);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashGluonArc :
+ #[ Photon : *
+
+ Photon(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}
+
+ Each half winding is one cubic Bezier curve.
+*/
+
+void Photon(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ PhotonHelp(args,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Photon :
+ #[ DoublePhoton : *
+
+ DoublePhoton(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}
+
+ Each half winding is one cubic Bezier curve.
+*/
+
+void DoublePhoton(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ linesep = args[6];
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ PhotonHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ PhotonHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoublePhoton :
+ #[ DashPhoton : *
+
+ DashPhoton(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+
+ Each half winding is one cubic Bezier curve.
+*/
+
+void DashPhoton(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ int numdashes, numhalfwindings = args[5]*2+0.5;
+ double x, y, size;
+ double dashsize = args[6], onehalfwinding = dr/numhalfwindings;
+ x = (4*onehalfwinding)/3/M_pi; y = 4.*args[4]/3;
+ size = 0.5*LengthBezier(x,y, onehalfwinding-x,y, onehalfwinding,0,1.0);
+ numdashes = size/(2*args[6]);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*numdashes);
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ PhotonHelp(args,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashPhoton :
+ #[ DashDoublePhoton : *
+
+ DashDoublePhoton(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}{dashsize}
+
+ Each half winding is one cubic Bezier curve.
+*/
+
+void DashDoublePhoton(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ int numdashes, numhalfwindings = args[5]*2+0.5;
+ double x, y, size;
+ double dashsize = args[7], onehalfwinding = dr/numhalfwindings;
+ x = (4*onehalfwinding)/3/M_pi; y = 4.*args[4]/3;
+ size = 0.5*LengthBezier(x,y, onehalfwinding-x,y, onehalfwinding,0,1.0);
+ numdashes = size/(2*args[6]);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*numdashes);
+
+ linesep = args[6];
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ PhotonHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+/* SetDashSize(0,0); */
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ PhotonHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoublePhoton :
+ #[ PhotonArc : *
+
+ PhotonArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}
+
+ This routine follows the Postscript routine closely, except for that
+ we do not put a transfer matrix inside the loop. The corresponding
+ moveto messes up the path. One would have to put stroking operations
+ in there each time.
+*/
+
+void PhotonArc(double *args)
+{
+ double arcstart = args[3],arcend = args[4];
+ int num = 2*args[6]+0.5;
+
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ arcend = torad*(arcend-arcstart)/num;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+
+ PhotonArcHelp(args,arcend,num);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] PhotonArc :
+ #[ DoublePhotonArc : *
+
+ DoublePhotonArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}
+*/
+
+void DoublePhotonArc(double *args)
+{
+ double arcstart = args[3],arcend = args[4];
+ int num = 2*args[6]+0.5;
+ linesep = args[7];
+
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ arcend = torad*(arcend-arcstart)/num;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ PhotonArcHelp(args,arcend,num);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ PhotonArcHelp(args,arcend,num);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoublePhotonArc :
+ #[ DashPhotonArc : *
+
+ DashPhotonArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashPhotonArc(double *args)
+{
+ double arcstart = args[3],arcend = args[4];
+ double dashsize = args[7], dashstart;
+ int num = 2*args[6]+0.5;
+
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ arcend = torad*(arcend-arcstart)/num;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+
+ dashsize = ComputeDashPhotonArc(args,arcend,dashsize,&dashstart);
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashstart);
+ PhotonArcHelp(args,arcend,num);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashPhotonArc :
+ #[ DashDoublePhotonArc : *
+
+ DashDoublePhotonArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}{dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashDoublePhotonArc(double *args)
+{
+ double arcstart = args[3],arcend = args[4];
+ double dashsize = args[8], dashstart;
+ int num = 2*args[6]+0.5;
+ linesep = args[7];
+
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+
+ arcend = torad*(arcend-arcstart)/num;
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(arcstart),SIN(arcstart)
+ ,-SIN(arcstart),COS(arcstart),0,0);
+ dashsize = ComputeDashPhotonArc(args,arcend,dashsize,&dashstart);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashstart);
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ PhotonArcHelp(args,arcend,num);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetDashSize(0,0);
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ PhotonArcHelp(args,arcend,num);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoublePhotonArc :
+ #[ ZigZag : *
+
+ ZigZag(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}
+
+ We draw each half winding as two straight lines.
+ This can be done better!
+*/
+
+void ZigZag(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ ZigZagHelp(args,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ZigZag :
+ #[ DoubleZigZag : *
+
+ DoubleZigZag(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}
+
+ We draw each half winding as two straight lines.
+ This can be done better!
+*/
+
+void DoubleZigZag(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ linesep = args[6];
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ ZigZagHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ ZigZagHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoubleZigZag :
+ #[ DashZigZag : *
+
+ DashZigZag(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+
+ We should recalculate the size of the dashes. Otherwise the points
+ of the teeth can become messy.
+*/
+
+void DashZigZag(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize = args[6];
+ int n = args[5]*2+0.5;
+ double size = dr/(n*2);
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ size = sqrt(size*size+args[4]*args[4]);
+ n = size/(2*dashsize); /* number of complete dash patterns rounded down */
+/*
+ Now test what is closer to dash: size/n or size/(n+1)
+*/
+ if ( n == 0 ) n = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*n) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(n+1)) ) n++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*n);
+
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ ZigZagHelp(args,dr);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashZigZag :
+ #[ DashDoubleZigZag : *
+
+ DashDoubleZigZag(x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}{dashsize}
+
+ We draw each half winding as two straight lines.
+ This can be done better!
+*/
+
+void DashDoubleZigZag(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2] - args[0];
+ double dy = args[3] - args[1];
+ double dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double dashsize = args[7];
+ int n = args[5]*2+0.5;
+ double size = dr/(n*2);
+ linesep = args[6];
+
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+
+ size = sqrt(size*size+args[4]*args[4]);
+ n = size/(2*dashsize); /* number of complete dash patterns rounded down */
+/*
+ Now test what is closer to dash: size/n or size/(n+1)
+*/
+ if ( n == 0 ) n = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*n) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(n+1)) ) n++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*n);
+
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ ZigZagHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SetDashSize(0,0);
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ ZigZagHelp(args,dr);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoubleZigZag :
+ #[ ZigZagArc : *
+
+ ZigZagArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}
+*/
+
+void ZigZagArc(double *args)
+{
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+ ZigZagArcHelp(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] ZigZagArc :
+ #[ DoubleZigZagArc : *
+
+ DoubleZigZagArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}
+*/
+
+void DoubleZigZagArc(double *args)
+{
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+ linesep = args[7];
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ ZigZagArcHelp(args);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ ZigZagArcHelp(args);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoubleZigZagArc :
+ #[ DashZigZagArc : *
+
+ DashZigZagArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashZigZagArc(double *args)
+{
+ double dashsize = args[7], dashstart;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+ {
+ int num = 2*args[6]-0.5, numdashes;
+ double amp = args[5], r = args[2], size, size2;
+ double arcstart = args[3], arcend = args[4], darc;
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+ darc = (arcend-arcstart)/(num+1);
+ size = sqrt(0.5*(amp*amp+r*r-(r*r-amp*amp)*COS(darc)));
+ size2 = sqrt(amp*amp+2*(amp+r)*r*(1-COS(darc/2)));
+ numdashes = size/(2*dashsize);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*numdashes);
+ num = size2/(2*dashsize);
+ dashstart = -(size2 - 2*num*dashsize) + dashsize/2;
+ if ( dashstart < 0 ) dashstart += 2*dashsize;
+ }
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashstart);
+ ZigZagArcHelp(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashZigZagArc :
+ #[ DashDoubleZigZagArc : *
+
+ DashDoubleZigZagArc(x1,y1)(r,phi1,phi2){amplitude}{windings}{sep}{dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashDoubleZigZagArc(double *args)
+{
+ double dashsize = args[8], dashstart;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]); /* Move to center of circle */
+ linesep = args[7];
+ {
+ int num = 2*args[6]-0.5, numdashes;
+ double amp = args[5], r = args[2], size, size2;
+ double arcstart = args[3], arcend = args[4], darc;
+ if ( arcend < arcstart ) arcend += 360.;
+ darc = (arcend-arcstart)/(num+1);
+ size = sqrt(0.5*(amp*amp+r*r-(r*r-amp*amp)*COS(darc)));
+ size2 = sqrt(amp*amp+2*(amp+r)*r*(1-COS(darc/2)));
+ numdashes = size/(2*dashsize);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = size/(2*numdashes);
+ num = size2/(2*dashsize);
+ dashstart = -(size2 - 2*num*dashsize) + dashsize/2;
+ if ( dashstart < 0 ) dashstart += 2*dashsize;
+ }
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashstart);
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ ZigZagArcHelp(args);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetDashSize(0,0);
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ ZigZagArcHelp(args);
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoubleZigZagArc :
+ #] Particle routines :
+ #[ Drawing routines :
+ #[ Polygon :
+*/
+
+void Polygon(double *args,int num,int type)
+{
+ int i;
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ args += 2;
+ for ( i = 1; i < num; i++, args += 2 ) {
+ LineTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ }
+ if ( type == 0 ) { CloseAndStroke; }
+ else if ( type == 1 ) { CloseAndFill; }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Polygon :
+ #[ Curve : +
+
+ Curve{(x1,y1),...,(xn,yn)}
+
+ num is the number of pairs in points.
+*/
+
+void Curve(double *points,int num)
+{
+ int i, ss;
+ double x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3;
+
+ if ( num < 2 ) return;
+ if ( num == 2 ) { Line(points); return; }
+
+ ss = 2*num;
+
+ x1 = points[0]; y1 = points[1];
+ x2 = points[2]; y2 = points[3];
+ x3 = points[4]; y3 = points[5];
+ x0 = 2*x1-x2;
+ y0 = 2*((y3-y2)/(x3-x2)-(y2-y1)/(x2-x1))*((x2-x1)*(x2-x1)/(x3-x1))+2*y1-y2;
+
+ MoveTo(x1,y1);
+ DoCurve(x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+
+ for ( i = 0; i < ss-6; i += 2 ) {
+ DoCurve(points[i ],points[i+1],points[i+2],points[i+3],
+ points[i+4],points[i+5],points[i+6],points[i+7]);
+ }
+ if ( ss > 6 ) {
+ x0 = points[ss-6]; y0 = points[ss-5];
+ x1 = points[ss-4]; y1 = points[ss-3];
+ x2 = points[ss-2]; y2 = points[ss-1];
+ x3 = 2*x2-x1;
+ y3 = 2*((y2-y1)/(x2-x1)-(y1-y0)/(x1-x0))*((x2-x1)*(x2-x1)/(x2-x0))+2*y2-y1;
+
+ DoCurve(x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3);
+ }
+ Stroke;
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Curve :
+ #[ DashCurve : +
+
+ DashCurve{(x1,y1),...,(xn,yn)}{dashsize}
+*/
+
+void DashCurve(double *args,int num1)
+{
+ double dashsize = args[2*num1];
+ if ( num1 == 2 ) {
+ DashLine(args);
+ }
+ else if ( num1 > 2 ) {
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ Curve(args,num1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashCurve :
+ #[ LogAxis :
+
+ Draws a line with logarithmic hash marks along it.
+ LogAxis(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(num_logs,hashsize,offset,width)
+ The line is from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) and the marks are on the left side
+ when hashsize is positive, and right when it is negative.
+ num_logs is the number of orders of magnitude and offset is the number
+ at which one starts at (x1,y1) (like if offset=2 we start at 2)
+ When offset is 0 we start at 1. Width is the linewidth.
+*/
+
+void LogAxis(double *args)
+{
+ double dx = args[2]-args[0], dy = args[3]-args[1], dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double width = args[7], size, nlogs = args[4], hashsize = args[5];
+ double offset = args[6], x;
+ int i, j;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ MoveTo(0,0); LineTo(dr,0); Stroke;
+/*
+ Now compute the hash marks.
+*/
+ size = dr/nlogs;
+ if ( offset <= 0 ) { offset = 0; }
+ else { offset = log10(offset); }
+/*
+ Big hash marks
+*/
+ for ( i = 1; i <= nlogs; i++ ) {
+ MoveTo((i-offset)*size,0);
+ LineTo((i-offset)*size,hashsize*1.2);
+ Stroke;
+ }
+/*
+ Little hash marks
+*/
+ SetLineWidth(0.6*width);
+ for ( i = 0; i <= nlogs; i++ ) {
+ for ( j = 2; j < 10; j++ ) {
+ x = (i-offset+log10(j))*size;
+ if ( x >= 0 && x <= dr ) {
+ MoveTo(x,0); LineTo(x,hashsize*0.8); Stroke;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] LogAxis :
+ #[ LinAxis :
+
+ Draws a line with linear hash marks along it.
+ LinAxis(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(num_decs,per_dec,hashsize,offset,width)
+ The line is from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) and the marks are on the left side
+ when hashsize is positive, and right when it is negative.
+ num_decs is the number of accented marks, per_dec the number of
+ divisions between them and offset is the number
+ at which one starts at (x1,y1) (like if offset=2 we start at the second
+ small mark) Width is the linewidth.
+*/
+
+void LinAxis(double *args)
+{
+ double width = args[8], hashsize = args[6], x;
+ double dx = args[2]-args[0], dy = args[3]-args[1], dr = sqrt(dx*dx+dy*dy);
+ double num_decs = args[4], per_dec = args[5], size, size2;
+ int i, j, numperdec = per_dec+0.5, offset = args[7];
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(dx/dr,dy/dr,-dy/dr,dx/dr,0,0);
+ MoveTo(0,0); LineTo(dr,0); Stroke;
+ size = dr/num_decs;
+ if ( numperdec > 1 ) size2 = size / numperdec;
+ else { size2 = size; numperdec = 1; }
+ if ( offset > numperdec ) offset = numperdec;
+ else if ( offset <= 0 ) offset = 0;
+/*
+ Big hashes
+*/
+ for ( i = 0; i <= num_decs; i++ ) {
+ x = i*size-offset*size2;
+ if ( x >= 0 && x <= dr ) {
+ MoveTo(x,0); LineTo(x,hashsize*1.2); Stroke;
+ }
+ }
+/*
+ Little hash marks.
+*/
+ j = num_decs*numperdec+0.5;
+ SetLineWidth(0.6*width);
+ for ( i = 0; i <= j; i++ ) {
+ if ( (i+offset)%numperdec != 0 ) {
+ x = i*size2;
+ if ( x >= 0 && x <= dr ) {
+ MoveTo(x,0); LineTo(x,hashsize*0.8); Stroke;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] LinAxis :
+ #[ BezierCurve :
+
+ Draws a Bezier curve. Starts at (x1,y1).
+ The control points are (x2,y2),(x3,y3),(x4,y4)
+*/
+
+void BezierCurve(double *args)
+{
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ Bezier(args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5],args[6],args[7]);
+ Stroke;
+ if ( witharrow ) BezierArrow(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] BezierCurve :
+ #[ DoubleBezier :
+
+ Draws a Bezier curve. Starts at (x1,y1).
+ The control points are (x2,y2),(x3,y3),(x4,y4)
+*/
+
+void DoubleBezier(double *args)
+{
+ linesep = args[8];
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ Bezier(args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5],args[6],args[7]);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ Bezier(args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5],args[6],args[7]);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ if ( witharrow ) BezierArrow(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DoubleBezier :
+ #[ DashBezier :
+
+ Draws a Bezier curve. Starts at (x1,y1).
+ The control points are (x2,y2),(x3,y3),(x4,y4)
+*/
+
+void DashBezier(double *args)
+{
+ int numdashes;
+ double size, dashsize = args[8];
+ size = LengthBezier(args[2]-args[0],args[3]-args[1]
+ ,args[4]-args[0],args[5]-args[1],args[6]-args[0],args[7]-args[1],1.0);
+
+ numdashes = size/(2*dashsize);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = (size/(2*numdashes));
+
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ Bezier(args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5],args[6],args[7]);
+ Stroke;
+ if ( witharrow ) BezierArrow(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashBezier :
+ #[ DashDoubleBezier :
+
+ Draws a Bezier curve. Starts at (x1,y1).
+ The control points are (x2,y2),(x3,y3),(x4,y4)
+*/
+
+void DashDoubleBezier(double *args)
+{
+ int numdashes;
+ double size, dashsize = args[9];
+ size = LengthBezier(args[2]-args[0],args[3]-args[1]
+ ,args[4]-args[0],args[5]-args[1],args[6]-args[0],args[7]-args[1],1.0);
+
+ numdashes = size/(2*dashsize);
+ if ( numdashes == 0 ) numdashes = 1;
+ if ( fabs(size-2*dashsize*numdashes) > fabs(size-2*dashsize*(numdashes+1)) )
+ numdashes++;
+ dashsize = (size/(2*numdashes));
+
+ SetDashSize(dashsize,dashsize/2);
+ linesep = args[8];
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep+axolinewidth);
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ Bezier(args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5],args[6],args[7]);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ SaveGraphicsState;
+ SetLineWidth(linesep-axolinewidth);
+ SetBackgroundColor(STROKING);
+ MoveTo(args[0],args[1]);
+ Bezier(args[2],args[3],args[4],args[5],args[6],args[7]);
+ Stroke;
+ RestoreGraphicsState;
+ if ( witharrow ) BezierArrow(args);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] DashDoubleBezier :
+ #] Drawing routines :
+ #[ Wrapper routines :
+ #[ AxoArc :
+
+ Draws arc centered at (#1,#2), radius #3, starting and ending
+ angles #4, #5.
+ Double, dashing, arrow, flip, clockwise
+*/
+
+void AxoArc(double *args)
+{
+ double dashsize = args[6];
+ linesep = args[5];
+ GetArrow(args+7);
+ if ( args[16] ) { /* If clockwise: reverse the angles and the arrow */
+ double e;
+ clockwise = 1; /* In principle not needed */
+ flip = 1-flip;
+ arrow.where = 1-arrow.where;
+ e = args[3]; args[3] = args[4]; args[4] = e;
+ }
+
+ if ( witharrow ) {
+ if ( arrow.where > 1 ) arrow.where = 1;
+ if ( arrow.where < 0 ) arrow.where = 0;
+ if ( dashsize > 0 ) {
+ if ( linesep > 0 ) {
+ DashArrowDoubleArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[5] = args[6];
+ DashArrowArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( linesep > 0 ) {
+ ArrowDoubleArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ ArrowArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( dashsize > 0 ) {
+ if ( linesep > 0 ) {
+ DashDoubleArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[5] = args[6];
+ DashCArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( linesep > 0 ) {
+ DoubleArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ CArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoArc :
+ #[ AxoBezier :
+*/
+
+void AxoBezier(double *args)
+{
+ linesep = args[8];
+ GetArrow(args+10);
+ if ( witharrow ) {
+ if ( arrow.where > 1 ) arrow.where = 1;
+ if ( arrow.where < 0 ) arrow.where = 0;
+ }
+ if ( args[9] ) { /* dashes */
+ if ( args[8] ) { /* double */
+ DashDoubleBezier(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[8] = args[9];
+ DashBezier(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( args[8] ) { /* double */
+ DoubleBezier(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ BezierCurve(args); /* The name Bezier was already taken */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoBezier :
+ #[ AxoGluon :
+*/
+
+void AxoGluon(double *args)
+{
+ SetLineWidth(axolinewidth + args[6]);
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* dashes */
+ args[6] = args[7];
+ DashGluon(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ Gluon(args);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoGluon :
+ #[ AxoGluonArc :
+*/
+
+void AxoGluonArc(double *args)
+{
+ SetLineWidth(axolinewidth + args[7]);
+ if ( args[9] ) { /* Clockwise */
+ double a = args[3]; args[3] = args[4]; args[4] = a;
+ }
+ if ( args[8] ) { /* Dashes */
+ args[7] = args[8];
+ DashGluonArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ GluonArc(args);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoGluonArc :
+ #[ AxoGluonCirc :
+*/
+
+void AxoGluonCirc(double *args)
+{
+ SetLineWidth(axolinewidth + args[6]);
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* dashes */
+ args[6] = args[7];
+ DashGluonCirc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ GluonCirc(args);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoGluonCirc :
+ #[ AxoLine :
+
+ AxoLine(x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}{dashsize}{stroke width length inset}{where}
+
+ Generic switchyard to the various routines for compatibility
+ with Jaxodraw and axodraw4j
+
+ Note: because the specific routines can be called either in the
+ direct way or by means of the generic routine, they have to know
+ what arrow to use. This is regulated by arrow.type. 0=old arrows.
+*/
+
+void AxoLine(double *args)
+{
+ linesep = args[4];
+ GetArrow(args+6);
+ if ( witharrow ) {
+ if ( arrow.where > 1 ) arrow.where = 1;
+ if ( arrow.where < 0 ) arrow.where = 0;
+ if ( args[5] == 0 ) {
+ if ( linesep == 0 ) ArrowLine(args);
+ else { ArrowDoubleLine(args); }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( linesep == 0 ) {
+ args[4] = args[5];
+ DashArrowLine(args);
+ }
+ else { DashArrowDoubleLine(args); }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( args[5] == 0 ) { /* No dashing */
+ if ( linesep == 0 ) Line(args);
+ else DoubleLine(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( linesep == 0 ) {
+ args[4] = args[5]; DashLine(args);
+ }
+ else DashDoubleLine(args);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoLine :
+ #[ AxoPhoton :
+*/
+
+void AxoPhoton(double *args)
+{
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* dashes */
+ if ( args[6] ) { /* double */
+ DashDoublePhoton(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[6] = args[7];
+ DashPhoton(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( args[6] ) { /* double */
+ DoublePhoton(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ Photon(args);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoPhoton :
+ #[ AxoPhotonArc :
+*/
+
+void AxoPhotonArc(double *args)
+{
+ if ( args[9] ) { /* Clockwise */
+ int num = 2*args[6]+0.5;
+ double a = args[3]; args[3] = args[4]; args[4] = a;
+ if ( ( num & 1 ) == 0 ) args[5] = -args[5];
+ }
+ if ( args[8] ) { /* dash */
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* double */
+ DashDoublePhotonArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[7] = args[8];
+ DashPhotonArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* double */
+ DoublePhotonArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ PhotonArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoPhotonArc :
+ #[ AxoZigZag :
+*/
+
+void AxoZigZag(double *args)
+{
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* dashes */
+ if ( args[6] ) { /* double */
+ DashDoubleZigZag(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[6] = args[7];
+ DashZigZag(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( args[6] ) { /* double */
+ DoubleZigZag(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ ZigZag(args);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoZigZag :
+ #[ AxoZigZagArc :
+*/
+
+void AxoZigZagArc(double *args)
+{
+ if ( args[9] ) { /* Clockwise */
+ int num = 2*args[6]+0.5;
+ double a = args[3]; args[3] = args[4]; args[4] = a;
+ if ( ( num & 1 ) == 0 ) args[5] = -args[5];
+ }
+ if ( args[8] ) { /* dash */
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* double */
+ DashDoubleZigZagArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ args[7] = args[8];
+ DashZigZagArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ if ( args[7] ) { /* double */
+ DoubleZigZagArc(args);
+ }
+ else {
+ ZigZagArc(args);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] AxoZigZagArc :
+ #] Wrapper routines :
+ #[ Various routines :
+ #[ Rotate : +
+
+ Rotate: x y angle hmode vmode textwidth textheight
+ Note, the textwidth/textheight have been scaled already;
+*/
+
+void Rotate(double *args)
+{
+ double textheight = args[6]*args[4]/2/65536.;
+ double textwidth = args[5]*args[3]/2/65536.;
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ SetTransferMatrix(COS(args[2]),SIN(args[2]),-SIN(args[2]),COS(args[2]),0,0);
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,-textwidth,textheight);
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Rotate :
+ #[ Grid :
+
+ Makes a coordinate grid in the indicated color.
+ (x0,y0)(incx,incy)(nx,ny){color}{linewidth}
+*/
+
+void Grid(double *args)
+{
+ int i, nx = args[4]+0.01, ny = args[5]+0.01;
+ double maxx = args[2]*args[4];
+ double maxy = args[3]*args[5];
+ SetTransferMatrix(1,0,0,1,args[0],args[1]);
+ for ( i = 0; i <= nx; i++ ) {
+ MoveTo(i*args[2],0);
+ LineTo(i*args[2],maxy);
+ Stroke;
+ }
+ for ( i = 0; i <= ny; i++ ) {
+ MoveTo(0,i*args[3]);
+ LineTo(maxx,i*args[3]);
+ Stroke;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ #] Grid :
+ #] Various routines :
+ #] routines :
+*/
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/axodraw2/axohelp.c
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2.sty 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -0,0 +1,4728 @@
+% This is axodraw2.sty
+%
+% (C) 1994-2016 by authors:
+% John Collins (jcc8 at psu dot edu)
+% Jos Vermaseren (t68 at nikhef dot nl)
+%
+%
+% Conditions of use:
+%
+% axodraw is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+% the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+% Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option)
+% any later version.
+%
+% axodraw is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+% WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+% FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
+% details.
+%
+% For the GNU General Public License see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+%
+% Code necessities:
+%
+% 1. \ignorespaces at end of commands that draw things. Often it won't
+% matter, but occasionally a command in a picture environment
+% will set material and a following uncommented end-of-line in
+% the user's code will shift the insertion point.
+% 2. Use end-of-line comments whereever TeX might use the end-of-line as
+% a space to be typeset.
+%
+% Conventions
+%
+% 1. Any font and color changes that are supposed to be local should
+% be made local, either by explicit TeX grouping or by being
+% inside commands (e.g., box-making commands) that enforce groups.
+% Braces work, but \begingroup and \endgroup are easier to see in
+% multiline groups.
+% 2. Scaling:
+% \unitlength is the unit for the canvas (as in picture environment).
+% \axoscale is for the unit for coordinates, widths, etc
+% \axotextscale is for all text objects, BUT only when
+% PSText is NOT set to scale as graphics objects
+% When PSText is set to scale as graphics objects, PSText
+% scales by \axoscale, but TeX-text has unit scaling.
+% Given a specification of a position (x,y) as in a call to \Line,
+% the position of the point relative to the origin is
+% x_act = (x + \axoxo ) \axoscale pt + \axoxoffset \unitlength
+% y_act = (y + \axoyo ) \axoscale pt + \axoyoffset \unitlength
+% Widths and the like for lines are in units of \axoscale pt
+%
+% #[ About folds : (this line starts with one % and two tabs)
+%
+% The internals of the file have been organized in folds.
+% These are defined as a range of lines if which the first and last
+% lines have a special format. Each starts with any three characters
+% (may include tabs), then #[ for the start line and #] for the closing
+% line, then both lines need identical name fields, closed by a colon.
+% After the colon can be anything. When a fold is closed one should see
+% only the first line but with the #[ replaced by ## as in
+% ## About folds : (this line starts with one % and two tabs)
+% Folds can be nested.
+% This fold concept comes originally from the occam compiler for the
+% transputer in the second half of the 1980's although there it was
+% implemented differently. It was taken over by the STedi editor in its
+% current form. The sources of this editor are available from the form
+% home site: http://www.nikhef.nl/~form
+% Some people have managed to emulate these folds in editors like emacs
+% and vim.
+%
+% #] About folds :
+%
+\ProvidesPackage{axodraw2}[2016/06/02 v2.1.0b]
+%
+% axodraw.sty file, both for .tex -> .dvi -> .ps and for .tex -> .pdf
+%
+% #[ Common LaTeX code :
+% #[ Variables :
+%
+%
+\RequirePackage{keyval}
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\RequirePackage{ifxetex}
+%
+%
+\DeclareOption{v1compatible}{
+ \def\B2Text{\BTwoText}
+ \def\G2Text{\GTwoText}
+ \def\C2Text{\CTwoText}
+}
+\DeclareOption{canvasScaleIs1pt}{\canvasScaleOnept}
+\DeclareOption{canvasScaleIsObjectScale}{\canvasScaleObjectScale}
+\DeclareOption{canvasScaleIsUnitLength}{\canvasScaleUnitLength}
+\DeclareOption{PSTextScalesIndependently}{\PSTextScalesLikeGraphicsfalse}
+\DeclareOption{PSTextScalesLikeGraphics}{\PSTextScalesLikeGraphicstrue}
+
+% N.B. Option processing is deferred to end of this file, so that all
+% definitions and initializations have been done first.
+
+% Settings for pdf v. dvi/ps output:
+% We need to be able to run under latex, pdflatex, lualatex, and
+% xelatex, and use (if possible) \pdfoutput and \pdfliteral
+%
+% latex: Initially \pdfoutput is 0, and \pdfliteral is defined but
+% not usable.
+% pdflatex: Initially \pdfoutput is 1, and \pdfliteral is defined and
+% usable.
+% lualatex: same as pdflatex in versions up to 0.80
+% But in versions from 0.85, pdfouput and pdfliteral aren't
+% defined; instead \outputmode, \pdfextension literal{...}
+% are available instead.
+% xelatex: Both \pdfoutput and \pdfliteral are undefined
+% but special{pdf:literal ...} gives same effect as
+% \pdfliteral would, and we can assume pdf mode always.
+% When \pdfoutput is defined, the user can change its value to change
+% the type of output. This must be done before the first page is
+% created. But various packages (including graphics and ifpdf, as
+% well as axodraw) take actions when the package is loaded that depend
+% on current state of \pdfoutput (or its equivalent). So it is
+% reasonable to require that \pdfoutput be set only before packages
+% are loaded and not set later.
+%
+% We define \axo at pdfoutput and \axo at pdfliteral for our uses to have
+% function of \pdfoutput and \pdfliteral, but to be defined always.
+% We initialize them to a default suitable for dvi mode, and override
+% these definitions to cover the situations listed above. This needs
+% tests for whether \pdfoutput, \outputmode, etc are undefined of
+% defined. We put these inside a group, to evade the side effect that
+% \@ifundefined defines the object being tested.
+%
+% Default values:
+\newcount\axo at pdfoutput
+\axo at pdfoutput=0
+\def\axo at pdfliteral#1%
+ {\PackageWarning{axo}{Bug: pdfliteral accessed but not available}}
+\bgroup
+ \@ifundefined{pdfoutput}%
+ {}%
+ {\global\axo at pdfoutput=\pdfoutput}%
+ %
+ \@ifundefined{pdfliteral}%
+ {}%
+ {% Define \axo at pdfliteral to call \pdfliteral, so that if the
+ % definition of \pdfliteral were to be overridden, we get to
+ % use the changed definition
+ \gdef\axo at pdfliteral#1{\pdfliteral{#1}}}%
+ \@ifundefined{outputmode}%
+ {}%
+ {\global\axo at pdfoutput=\outputmode}
+ \@ifundefined{pdfextension}%
+ {}%
+ {\gdef\axo at pdfliteral#1{\pdfextension literal{#1}}}
+\egroup
+\ifxetex
+ \axo at pdfoutput=1
+ \def\axo at pdfliteral#1{\special{pdf:literal #1}}
+\fi
+
+%
+% For communicating with axohelp with global file
+%
+\newif\ifaxo at axohelpRerun
+\axo at axohelpRerunfalse
+%
+\newcounter{axo at objectIndex}
+\setcounter{axo at objectIndex}{0}
+\newwrite\axo at spec
+\newread\axo at axohelpFile
+%
+\newcommand\axo at setObject[3]{
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname axo at input@#1\endcsname{#2}
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname axo at output@#1\endcsname{#3}
+}
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+\else
+ \IfFileExists{\jobname.ax2}%
+ {{% For comparisons between current definition of object
+ % and previously processed definition, spaces must be preserved.
+ \obeyspaces
+ \openin\axo at axohelpFile=\jobname.ax2
+ }}%
+ {%
+ \PackageWarning{axo}{File `\jobname.ax2' not found.}
+ \axo at axohelpReruntrue
+ }
+ \AtBeginDocument{\immediate\openout\axo at spec\jobname.ax1}
+ \AtEndDocument{\immediate\closeout\axo at spec
+ \ifaxo at axohelpRerun
+ \PackageWarning{axodraw2}{Run `axohelp \jobname'
+ and then rerun pdflatex.}
+ \fi
+ }
+\fi
+
+% Commands to set parameters
+%
+% Arrow scale:
+\newcommand{\AXO at DefaultArrowScale}{1}
+\newcommand\SetArrowScale[1]{%
+ \renewcommand\AXO at DefaultArrowScale{#1}%
+}
+% Alternative name
+\newcommand\DefaultArrowScale[1]{\SetArrowScale{#1}}
+\SetArrowScale{1}
+
+% Arrow inset:
+\newcommand\AXO at ArrowInset{0.2}
+%\renewcommand\AXO at ArrowInset{-1 }
+\newcommand\SetArrowInset[1]{%
+ \renewcommand\AXO at ArrowInset{#1}%
+}
+
+% Arrow aspect:
+\newcommand\AXO at DefaultArrowAspect{1.25}
+\newcommand\SetArrowAspect[1]{%
+ \renewcommand\AXO at DefaultArrowAspect{#1}%
+}
+
+% Arrow position (fractional position along line):
+\newcommand\AXO at ArrowPos{0.5}
+\newcommand\SetArrowPosition[1]{%
+ \renewcommand\AXO at ArrowPos{#1}%
+}
+
+% Arrow stroke width
+\newcommand{\AXO at DefaultArrowStroke}{0 }
+\newcommand\SetArrowStroke[1]{%
+ \renewcommand\AXO at DefaultArrowStroke{#1}%
+}
+
+\newlength{\axounitlength}
+% The next two are scratch registers
+\newlength\axo at x
+\newlength\axo at y
+% Initializations
+\axounitlength=\unitlength
+\def\axocanvas{1} % How unitlength is set in axopicture environment
+ % 0 => 1 pt
+ % 1 => \axoscale pt
+ % 2 => Don't set it
+\def\axominusone{-1}
+\def\axoone{1}
+\def\axozero{0}
+\def\axowidth{0.5}
+\def\axoscale{1.0}
+\def\axotextscale{1.0}
+\newif\ifPSTextScalesLikeGraphics
+\PSTextScalesLikeGraphicstrue
+\def\axoxoff{0}
+\def\axoyoff{0}
+\def\axoxo{0}
+\def\axoyo{0}
+\def\axoarrowsize{2}
+%
+%
+% Now the user callable routines, and their immediate helpers
+%
+% Commands for setting parameters applicable to subsequent graphical objects:
+%
+\def\SetLineSep#1{\def\AXO at Sep{#1}\ignorespaces}\relax
+\let\SetSep=\SetLineSep\relax
+\def\SetDashSize#1{\def\AXO at DashSize{#1}\ignorespaces}\relax
+\def\SetWidth#1{\def\axowidth{#1}\ignorespaces}
+\def\SetArrowSize#1{\def\axoarrowsize{#1}}
+
+\def\SetObjectScale#1{\def\axoscale{#1}\ignorespaces}
+\def\SetCanvasScale#1{\unitlength = #1 pt\ignorespaces}
+\def\SetTextScale#1{\def\axotextscale{#1}\ignorespaces}
+\let\SetScale = \SetObjectScale
+
+\def\SetOffset(#1,#2){\def\axoxoff{#1}\def\axoyoff{#2}\ignorespaces}
+\def\SetScaledOffset(#1,#2){\def\axoxo{#1}\def\axoyo{#2}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\canvasScaleOnept{\def\axocanvas{0}}
+\def\canvasScaleObjectScale{\def\axocanvas{1}}
+\def\canvasScaleUnitLength{\def\axocanvas{2}}
+
+%
+%
+% #] Variables :
+% #[ Defining commands with optional arguments :
+%
+\def\defWithOption#1#2#3{%
+ \@namedef{#1}%
+ {%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\@nameuse{#1 at A}}%
+ {\@nameuse{#1 at A}[]}%
+ }%
+ \@namedef{#1 at A}[##1]#2%
+ {#3}%
+}
+%
+% #] Defining commands with optional arguments :
+% #[ axopicture :
+%
+% Version of picture environment with unitlength set to 1pt
+% as assumed by axodraw. We also store some variables and reset them
+% afterwards. This makes the picture environment also local from the
+% axodraw viewpoint. To change the global settings one should issue
+% the corresponding command from outside the axopicture environment.
+% Use: \begin{axopicture}(width,height)(xshift,yshift)
+% \end{axopicture}
+% The old use with the regular picture environment will still work,
+% but it will have the old shortcomings connected to it.
+%
+\let\OLDpicture=\picture
+\let\endOLDpicture=\endpicture
+\newenvironment{axopicture}
+{%
+ \ifcase \axocanvas
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1 pt}%
+ \or
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{\axoscale\space pt}%
+ \else
+ % Leave \unitlength as whatever the user set
+ \fi
+ \begin{OLDpicture}%
+}
+{%
+ \end{OLDpicture}%
+ \ignorespacesafterend
+}
+%
+% #] axopicture :
+% #[ AXO at keys :
+%
+
+% Diagnostics for unimplemented features:
+\newif\ifAXONotImplemented
+\AXONotImplementedfalse
+\def\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED#1{%
+ \global\AXONotImplementedtrue
+ \PackageWarning{axodraw2}{#1}%
+}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \ifAXONotImplemented
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{axodraw2}{unimplemented features used
+ somewhere in document}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+% The next is used temporarily, it gives the result of parsing an
+% arrow-using command to give the Postscript code for setting the
+% arrow.
+%
+% Keys for optional arguments:
+% First the variables used, with some defaults.
+\newif\ifAXO at arrow
+\AXO at arrowfalse
+\newif\ifAXO at clock
+\AXO at clockfalse
+\newif\ifAXO at dash
+\AXO at dashfalse
+\newif\ifAXO at double
+\AXO at doublefalse
+\newif\ifAXO at flip % Flip arrow orientation, as in JaxoDraw
+\AXO at flipfalse
+\newif\ifAXO at linecolor % Option sets color for current line
+\AXO at linecolorfalse
+
+\def\AXO at Sep{2} % Double line separation
+\def\AXO at DashSize{3}
+
+% Then the definitions of the keys
+\define at key{axo}{arrowscale}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowScale{#1}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{arrowwidth}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowWidth{#1}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{arrowlength}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowLength{#1}%
+}
+% Make arrowheight a synonym for arrowlength
+\let\KV at axo@arrowheight=\KV at axo@arrowlength
+%
+\define at key{axo}{arrowpos}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowPos{#1 }
+}
+%
+\define at key{axo}{arrowaspect}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowAspect{#1 }
+}
+%
+\define at key{axo}{arrowinset}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowInset{#1 }
+}
+% Make inset a synonym for arrowinset
+\let\KV at axo@inset=\KV at axo@arrowinset
+%
+\define at key{axo}{arrowstroke}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowStroke{#1 }
+}
+%
+\define at key{axo}{arrow}[true]{%
+ \AXO at boolkey{#1}{arrow}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{clock}[true]{%
+ \AXO at boolkey{#1}{clock}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{clockwise}[true]{%
+ \AXO at boolkey{#1}{clock}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{color}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentColor{#1}%
+ \AXO at linecolortrue
+}
+% Make colour a synonym for color
+\let\KV at axo@colour=\KV at axo@color
+%
+\define at key{axo}{dash}[true]{%
+ \AXO at boolkey{#1}{dash}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{dashsize}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentDashSize{#1 }
+}
+\define at key{axo}{dsize}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentDashSize{#1 }
+}
+\define at key{axo}{double}[true]{%
+ \AXO at boolkey{#1}{double}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{flip}[true]{%
+ \AXO at boolkey{#1}{flip}%
+}
+\define at key{axo}{linesep}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentSep{#1}
+}
+\define at key{axo}{sep}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentSep{#1}
+}
+\define at key{axo}{width}{%
+ \def\AXO at CurrentWidth{#1}%
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at keys :
+% #[ AXO at Parse :
+%
+% Parsing of optional arguments, etc
+%
+\def\AXO at Parse#1#2{%
+ % Usage: \AXO at Parse#1#2 or \AXO at Parse#1#2[#3]
+ % #1 is a command for setting an object, that takes no optional argument
+ % #2 and the optional #3 are keyword settings.
+ % There then follow the compulsory arguments for the command in #1.
+ %
+ % E.g., \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Line}{double}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+ % \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Line}{double}[arrow](x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+ %
+ % I will
+ % (a) Set standard initial settings (arrows, etc)
+ % (b) Parse the keyword settings in #2 and #3, e.g., scale = 3,
+ % (c) Call #1 to make the object
+ \AXO at arrowfalse
+ \AXO at clockfalse
+ \AXO at dashfalse
+ \AXO at doublefalse
+ \AXO at flipfalse
+ \AXO at linecolorfalse
+ \let\AXO at CurrentWidth\axowidth
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowPos\AXO at ArrowPos
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowWidth\relax
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowLength\relax
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowInset\AXO at ArrowInset
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowScale\AXO at DefaultArrowScale
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowStroke\AXO at DefaultArrowStroke
+ \let\AXO at CurrentArrowAspect\AXO at DefaultArrowAspect
+ \let\AXO at CurrentDashSize\AXO at DashSize
+ \let\AXO at CurrentSep=\AXO at Sep
+ \@ifnextchar[{\AXO at Options{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\AXO at Options{#1}{#2}[]}%
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at Parse :
+% #[ AXO at Options :
+%
+\def\AXO at Options#1#2[#3]{%
+ % #1 is command to execute, #2 and #3 are options.
+ \setkeys{axo}{#2}%
+ \setkeys{axo}{#3}%
+ \ifx\AXO at CurrentArrowLength\relax
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowLength{0 }%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\AXO at CurrentArrowWidth\relax
+ \def\AXO at CurrentArrowWidth{0 }%
+ \fi
+ \ifAXO at arrow
+ \def\AXO at ArrowArg{
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowStroke \space %
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowWidth \space %
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowLength \space %
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowInset \space %
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowScale \space %
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowAspect \space %
+ \AXO at CurrentArrowPos \space %
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ true \space % Indicates that an arrow should be drawn.
+ \else
+ 1 \space % Indicates that an arrow should be drawn.
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \else
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \def\AXO at ArrowArg{ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 false }%
+ \else
+ \def\AXO at ArrowArg{ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 }%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ #1%
+}
+%
+\def\AXO at useopts{%
+ % Override global settings by those from options
+ % HACK: The \@killglue solves problem that setting color
+ % causes a shift in horizontal position.
+ % Motivation: From definition of \put.
+ \@killglue
+ \ifAXO at linecolor \SetColor{\AXO at CurrentColor}\fi
+}
+%
+% Now ensure there is a setting for the current arrow
+\AXO at Parse{}{}
+%
+% #] AXO at Options :
+% #[ AXO at varia :
+%
+% Now ensure there is a setting for the current arrow
+\AXO at Parse{}{}
+
+\def\AXO at PrependOption#1#2{%
+ % Run command #1, which has an optional argument, with #2 prepended
+ % to the command's optional arguments. If there are no optional
+ % arguments, just run the command with #2 as the optional arguments
+ \@ifnextchar[{\AXO at TwoOption{#1}{#2}}%
+ {#1[#2]}%
+}
+\def\AXO at TwoOption#1#2[#3]{%
+ #1[#2,#3]%
+}
+%
+% Copied from graphicx.sty, for use with boolean keys
+% Modified to do lower casing here
+\def\AXO at boolkey#1#2{%
+ \lowercase{\AXO at boolkeyA{#1}}{#2}%
+}
+\def\AXO at boolkeyA#1#2{%
+ \csname AXO@#2\ifx\relax#1\relax true\else#1\fi\endcsname
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at varia :
+% #[ Colors :
+%
+% Here we make an interface, compatible with both: color.sty,
+% with the commands of axodraw v. 1, and with the commands of
+% colordvi.sty (used by axodraw v. 1).
+%
+% 1. We make a set of named colors suitable for use with both
+% axodraw's commands that take color arguments and with
+% color.sty's \color command.
+% 2. We define a command \SetColor to set a named color as the
+% current color. It is now identical to \color.
+% 3. For each of the colors that we define here, we make
+% named color setting commands, e.g., \Red
+% \textRed. \Red sets its (one) argument in Red, \textRed
+% is a "declaration" that changes the current color.
+% All the commands for setting color apply to both regular LaTeX
+% material and to axodraw objects. Their setting of color
+% respects LaTeX environments and TeX groups.
+%
+% We also define
+% a. Named-color commands like \textRed and \Red for named
+% colors to give the same interface as the colordvi
+% package (and hence axodraw v. 1).
+% b. \SetColor command to set a named color.
+
+
+\let\SetColor=\color
+
+% For v. 1 compatibility:
+\def\IfColor#1#2{#1}
+
+\newcommand\newcolor[2]{%
+ % Define a named color both in the color.sty style
+ % and in the colordvi.sty, with also a command giving the CMYK value.
+ % #1 is the color's name, #2 is its CMYK definition, space
+ % separated.
+ %
+ % Invoke color.sty's \definecolor after change of argument format:
+ \axo at new@color #1 #2\@%
+ % Define commands to use this color,
+ % E.g., if #1 is Red, then define \Red and \textRed:
+ \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname##1{{\SetColor{#1}##1}\ignorespaces}
+ \expandafter\def\csname text#1\endcsname{\SetColor{#1}\ignorespaces}
+ % The following to give the cmyk value of a color, e.g., \cmykRed,
+ % is no longer needed, since we no longer do color setting in
+ % postscript and pdf code:
+%% \expandafter\def\csname cmyk#1\endcsname{#2}
+}
+
+% Command to invoke color.sty's \definecolor, which needs a translation
+% of our space-separated CMYK vector to a comma-separated vector:
+\def\axo at new@color #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\@{\definecolor{#1}{cmyk}{#2,#3,#4,#5}}
+
+
+% For consistency we define our named colors here, rather than
+% using color.sty's mechanisms. The
+% first 68 are standard colors, as defined by dvips, and
+% implemented in both colordvi.ps, and in color.sty with its
+% usenames and dvipsnames options (in the file dvipsnam.def
+% provided by the LaTeX graphics package).
+%
+% We define an extra 5 colors at the end
+%
+% The 68 dvips-defined colors are:
+%
+\newcolor{GreenYellow}{0.15 0 0.69 0}
+\newcolor{Yellow}{0 0 1 0}
+\newcolor{Goldenrod}{0 0.10 0.84 0}
+\newcolor{Dandelion}{0 0.29 0.84 0}
+\newcolor{Apricot}{0 0.32 0.52 0}
+\newcolor{Peach}{0 0.50 0.70 0}
+\newcolor{Melon}{0 0.46 0.50 0}
+\newcolor{YellowOrange}{0 0.42 1 0}
+\newcolor{Orange}{0 0.61 0.87 0}
+\newcolor{BurntOrange}{0 0.51 1 0}
+\newcolor{Bittersweet}{0 0.75 1 0.24}
+\newcolor{RedOrange}{0 0.77 0.87 0}
+\newcolor{Mahogany}{0 0.85 0.87 0.35}
+\newcolor{Maroon}{0 0.87 0.68 0.32}
+\newcolor{BrickRed}{0 0.89 0.94 0.28}
+\newcolor{Red}{0 1 1 0}
+\newcolor{OrangeRed}{0 1 0.50 0}
+\newcolor{RubineRed}{0 1 0.13 0}
+\newcolor{WildStrawberry}{0 0.96 0.39 0}
+\newcolor{Salmon}{0 0.53 0.38 0}
+\newcolor{CarnationPink}{0 0.63 0 0}
+\newcolor{Magenta}{0 1 0 0}
+\newcolor{VioletRed}{0 0.81 0 0}
+\newcolor{Rhodamine}{0 0.82 0 0}
+\newcolor{Mulberry}{0.34 0.90 0 0.02}
+\newcolor{RedViolet}{0.07 0.90 0 0.34}
+\newcolor{Fuchsia}{0.47 0.91 0 0.08}
+\newcolor{Lavender}{0 0.48 0 0}
+\newcolor{Thistle}{0.12 0.59 0 0}
+\newcolor{Orchid}{0.32 0.64 0 0}
+\newcolor{DarkOrchid}{0.40 0.80 0.20 0}
+\newcolor{Purple}{0.45 0.86 0 0}
+\newcolor{Plum}{0.50 1 0 0}
+\newcolor{Violet}{0.79 0.88 0 0}
+\newcolor{RoyalPurple}{0.75 0.90 0 0}
+\newcolor{BlueViolet}{0.86 0.91 0 0.04}
+\newcolor{Periwinkle}{0.57 0.55 0 0}
+\newcolor{CadetBlue}{0.62 0.57 0.23 0}
+\newcolor{CornflowerBlue}{0.65 0.13 0 0}
+\newcolor{MidnightBlue}{0.98 0.13 0 0.43}
+\newcolor{NavyBlue}{0.94 0.54 0 0}
+\newcolor{RoyalBlue}{1 0.50 0 0}
+\newcolor{Blue}{1 1 0 0}
+\newcolor{Cerulean}{0.94 0.11 0 0}
+\newcolor{Cyan}{1 0 0 0}
+\newcolor{ProcessBlue}{0.96 0 0 0}
+\newcolor{SkyBlue}{0.62 0 0.12 0}
+\newcolor{Turquoise}{0.85 0 0.20 0}
+\newcolor{TealBlue}{0.86 0 0.34 0.02}
+\newcolor{Aquamarine}{0.82 0 0.30 0}
+\newcolor{BlueGreen}{0.85 0 0.33 0}
+\newcolor{Emerald}{1 0 0.50 0}
+\newcolor{JungleGreen}{0.99 0 0.52 0}
+\newcolor{SeaGreen}{0.69 0 0.50 0}
+\newcolor{Green}{1 0 1 0}
+\newcolor{ForestGreen}{0.91 0 0.88 0.12}
+\newcolor{PineGreen}{0.92 0 0.59 0.25}
+\newcolor{LimeGreen}{0.50 0 1 0}
+\newcolor{YellowGreen}{0.44 0 0.74 0}
+\newcolor{SpringGreen}{0.26 0 0.76 0}
+\newcolor{OliveGreen}{0.64 0 0.95 0.40}
+\newcolor{RawSienna}{0 0.72 1 0.45}
+\newcolor{Sepia}{0 0.83 1 0.70}
+\newcolor{Brown}{0 0.81 1 0.60}
+\newcolor{Tan}{0.14 0.42 0.56 0}
+\newcolor{Gray}{0 0 0 0.50}
+\newcolor{Black}{0 0 0 1}
+\newcolor{White}{0 0 0 0}
+%
+% Our extra colors
+%
+\newcolor{LightYellow}{0 0 0.7 0}
+\newcolor{LightRed}{0 0.75 0.7 0}
+\newcolor{LightBlue}{0.7 0.5 0 0}
+\newcolor{LightGray}{0 0 0 0.1}
+\newcolor{VeryLightBlue}{0.15 0.07 0 0}
+%
+\SetColor{Black}
+%
+% #] Colors :
+% #] Common LaTeX code :
+% #[ LaTeX primitives :
+%
+% #[ Putting material
+%
+
+% Some utilities that remove extra space that creeps in, particularly
+% when extra groups are inserted before the use of \put.
+% Use the definition of \@killglue used in latex.ltx for \put,
+% but copy it here, since \@killglue is internal and not documented.
+\gdef\AXO at killglue{\unskip\@whiledim \lastskip >\z@\do{\unskip}}
+
+% Special purpose versions of \put and \special
+\long\gdef\putLen(#1,#2)#3{%
+ % Like LaTeX's \put, except that #1 and #2 are lengths instead of numbers
+ % giving lengths in units of \unitlength.
+ \AXO at killglue\raise#2\relax
+ \hbox to 0pt{\kern#1\relax #3\hss}%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+\def\AxoPut(#1,#2)#3{%
+ % Like \put, but shifted by axodraw's offsets.
+ % This provides a way of coding the offsets in one place.
+ % But we are only using it in a limited set of cases so far.
+ \AXO at killglue
+ \bgroup
+ \axounitlength = \axoscale pt
+ \axo at x = \axoxoff \unitlength
+ \advance\axo at x by \axoxo \axounitlength
+ \advance\axo at x by #1 \axounitlength
+ \axo at y = \axoyoff \unitlength
+ \advance\axo at y by \axoyo \axounitlength
+ \advance\axo at y by #2 \axounitlength
+ \putLen(\axo at x,\axo at y){%
+ % If there are axodraw objects in #3, they should not also
+ % apply shifts, that would be double
+ % counting! Hence:
+ \SetOffset(0,0)%
+ \SetScaledOffset(0,0)%
+ #3%
+ }%
+ \egroup
+\ignorespaces
+}
+
+\def\AXOspecial#1{%
+ % Insertion of postscript code:
+ % Replacement for \special{" ...}, with the color initialized
+ % to the color befor the \special. (Ordinary \special{"...}
+ % initializes color to black.)
+ % Definitions made by \special{!...} are in dictionary SDict
+ % (as stated in dvips documentation), and we save color there.
+ \special{ps:: SDict begin savecolor end }%
+ \special{" restorecolor #1 }%
+}
+
+\def\AXOputPS#1{%
+ % Insert postscript code after allowing for offsets.
+ \AxoPut(0,0){\AXOspecial{#1}}%
+}
+
+\def\AXOputPDF#1{
+ % Insert pdf code after allowing for offsets.
+ \AxoPut(0,0){\axo at pdfliteral{#1}}%
+}
+
+%
+% Now variables and routines for setting material in boxes (used by
+% the BText etc commands.
+%
+\newdimen\tmpX
+\newdimen\tmpY
+\newsavebox{\tmpBox}
+\newsavebox{\tmpBoxA}
+%
+\newcount\axo at tmp
+\newcount\axo at tmpA
+\newcount\axo at tmpB
+
+\newcount\bpinsp
+\bpinsp = 65782
+\newcount\ptinsp
+\ptinsp = 65536
+
+\def\AssignDecDiv#1#2#3{%
+ % Assign the variable of name #1 to the result of dividing integer
+ % #2 by integer #3, with result as a textual decimal. Absolute
+ % accuracy: 0.001.
+ % Typical use: conversion of lengths to points and big points.
+ % \AssignDecDiv{cachedscale}{\unitlength}{65536}
+ % \AssignDecDiv{cachedscale}{\unitlength}{\ptinsp}
+ % to get length in points.
+ % Notes on conversion
+ % 1 sp = 2^{-16} pt = (1/65536) pt
+ % 1 pt = (1/72.27) in
+ % 1 bp = (1/72) in
+ % 1 sp = (1/65781.76) bp
+ % Use \relax at end of lines setting count registers.
+ % This ensures that the code works both when the arguments are
+ % given as numbers, e.g., \AxoDecDiv{100}{3}, as well as when they are
+ % given as lengths, etc, e.g., \AxoDecDiv{\unitlength}{256}
+ %
+ \axo at tmp = #2\relax
+ \axo at tmpA = \axo at tmp
+ \divide \axo at tmpA by #3\relax
+ \axo at tmpB=\axo at tmpA
+ \multiply \axo at tmpA by #3\relax
+ \advance \axo at tmp by -\axo at tmpA
+ \multiply \axo at tmp by 1000
+ \divide \axo at tmp by #3\relax
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname{\the\axo at tmpB.\the\axo at tmp}%
+}
+
+\def\SetTmpBox#1{%
+ % Sets the box \tmpBox to the contents of #1 set with current PS
+ % font and size. Sets \tmpX and \tmpY to the dimensions of the box
+ % plus some space around it, suitable for drawing an enclosing box.
+ %
+ % The vertical box setting numbers agree with those in axodraw's
+ % postscript code, but not (28 July 2014) with the axohelp pdf code.
+ % The reverse is true for the horizontal box settings.
+ % We can tweak them further.
+ % This is a standardized routine for use in all versions of postscript
+ % textbox routines.
+ % N.B. Use LaTeX's \sbox at first step, not TeX primitives to set
+ % box contents; it works properly with color.
+ \sbox{\tmpBox}{\UseCurrentPSFont #1}%
+ \tmpX = \axofontsize pt
+ \advance \tmpX by \wd\tmpBox
+ \tmpY = \axofontsize pt
+ \tmpY = 0.33333 \tmpY
+ \advance \tmpY by \ht\tmpBox
+ \advance \tmpY by \dp\tmpBox
+ \AssignDecDiv{tmpXT}{\tmpX}{\ptinsp}%
+ \AssignDecDiv{tmpYT}{\tmpY}{\ptinsp}%
+}
+
+\def\SetTmpBoxTwo#1#2{%
+ % Equivalent of \SetTmpBox for two line commands.
+ %
+ % N.B. Use LaTeX's \sbox at first step, not TeX primitives to set
+ % box contents; it works properly with color.
+ \sbox{\tmpBox}{\UseCurrentPSFont #1}%
+ \sbox{\tmpBoxA}{\UseCurrentPSFont #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\tmpBox > \wd\tmpBoxA
+ \tmpX = \wd\tmpBox
+ \else
+ \tmpX = \wd\tmpBoxA
+ \fi
+ \advance \tmpX by \axofontsize pt
+ \tmpY = \axofontsize pt
+ \setbox\tmpBox=%
+ \vbox{%
+ \lineskip = 0.1 \tmpY
+ \baselineskip = 1.1 \tmpY
+ \vskip 0.3 \tmpY
+ \hbox{\makebox[0pt]{\box\tmpBox}}%
+ \hbox{\makebox[0pt]{\box\tmpBoxA}}%
+ \vskip 0.3 \tmpY
+ }%
+ \tmpY = \ht\tmpBox
+ \advance \tmpY by \dp\tmpBox
+ \AssignDecDiv{tmpXT}{\tmpX}{\ptinsp}%
+ \AssignDecDiv{tmpYT}{\tmpY}{\ptinsp}%
+}
+%
+% #] Putting
+% #[ Point setting and using :
+%
+\def\SetPoint#1(#2,#3){%
+ % Define a named point in 2D
+ \@namedef{AXO at p.X@#1}{#2}%
+ \@namedef{AXO at p.Y@#1}{#3}%
+}
+\def\useX#1{%
+ % Use a named point
+ \@nameuse{AXO at p.X@#1}%
+}
+\def\useY#1{%
+ % Use a named point
+ \@nameuse{AXO at p.Y@#1}%
+}
+%
+% #] Point setting and using :
+% #[ Particle routines :
+% #[ Gluon :
+%
+\def\Gluon{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Gluon}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] Gluon :
+% #[ DoubleGluon :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleGluon}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \Gluon[double,sep=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoubleGluon :
+% #[ DashGluon :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashGluon}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \Gluon[dash,dashsize=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashGluon :
+% #[ DashDoubleGluon :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleGluon}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \Gluon[double,sep=#8,dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashDoubleGluon :
+% #[ GluonCirc :
+%
+% Draws a gluon on a circle. The center of the circle is at (#1,#2)
+% The radius and the phase angle are (#3,#4), #5 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and #6 is the number of windings.
+%
+\def\GluonCirc{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at GluonCirc}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] GluonCirc :
+% #[ DoubleGluonCirc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleGluonCirc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \GluonCirc[double,sep=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoubleGluonCirc :
+% #[ DashGluonCirc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashGluonCirc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \GluonCirc[dash,dashsize=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashGluonCirc :
+% #[ DashDoubleGluonCirc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleGluonCirc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \GluonCirc[double,sep=#8,dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashDoubleGluonCirc :
+% #[ GluonArc :
+%
+\def\GluonArc{%
+% \GluonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at GluonArc}{}%
+}
+%
+\let\GlueArc=\GluonArc % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] GluonArc :
+% #[ DoubleGluonArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleGluonArc}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \DoubleGluonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{sep}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \GluonArc[double,sep=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\DoubleGlueArc=\DoubleGluonArc % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] DoubleGluonArc :
+% #[ DashGluonArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashGluonArc}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \DashGluonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \GluonArc[dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\DashGlueArc=\DashGluonArc % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] DashGluonArc :
+% #[ DashDoubleGluonArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleGluonArc}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6#7}{%
+%
+% \DashGluonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \GluonArc[double,sep=#6,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\DashDoubleGlueArc=\DashDoubleGluonArc % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] DashDoubleGluonArc :
+% #[ GluonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{GluonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5}{%
+% \GluonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings. The n stands for clockwise
+%
+ \GluonArc[clockwise,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\GlueArcn=\GluonArcn % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] GluonArcn :
+% #[ DoubleGluonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleGluonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \DoubleGluonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{sep}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings. Clockwise.
+%
+ \GluonArc[clockwise,double,sep=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\DoubleGlueArcn=\DoubleGluonArcn % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] DoubleGluonArcn :
+% #[ DashGluonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashGluonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \DashGluonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings. Clockwise.
+%
+ \GluonArc[clockwise,dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\DashGlueArcn=\DashGluonArcn % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] DashGluonArcn :
+% #[ DashDoubleGluonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleGluonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6#7}{%
+%
+% \DashGluonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a gluon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings. Clockwise.
+%
+ \GluonArc[clockwise,double,sep=#6,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+\let\DashDoubleGlueArcn=\DashDoubleGluonArcn % For backward compatibility
+%
+% #] DashDoubleGluonArcn :
+% #[ Photon :
+%
+\def\Photon{%
+% \Photon[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% Draws a photon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+% Supported options: double, sep, linesep
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Photon}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] Photon :
+% #[ DoublePhoton :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoublePhoton}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a photon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \Photon[double,sep=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoublePhoton :
+% #[ DashPhoton :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashPhoton}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a photon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \Photon[dash,dashsize=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashPhoton :
+% #[ DashDoublePhoton :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoublePhoton}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a photon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \Photon[double,sep=#8,dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashDoublePhoton :
+% #[ PhotonArc :
+%
+\def\PhotonArc{%
+% \PhotonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at PhotonArc}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] PhotonArc :
+% #[ DoublePhotonArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoublePhotonArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% \PhotonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{sep}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \PhotonArc[double,sep=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6){#7}{#8}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoublePhotonArc :
+% #[ DashPhotonArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashPhotonArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% \DashPhotonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \PhotonArc[dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6){#7}{#8}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashPhotonArc :
+% #[ DashDoublePhotonArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoublePhotonArc}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6#7}{%
+% Note that there are actually ten arguments with the optional #1,
+% which LaTeX/TeX can't handle. I consolidate the comma separated
+% arguments into one, and then pass them to \PhotonArc
+%
+% \DashPhotonArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \PhotonArc[double,sep=#6,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashDoublePhotonArc :
+% #[ PhotonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{PhotonArcn}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7#8}{%
+% \PhotonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \PhotonArc[clockwise,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6){#7}{#8}%
+}
+%
+% #] PhotonArcn :
+% #[ DoublePhotonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoublePhotonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+% I consolidate the comma separated arguments into one, and then pass
+% them to \PhotonArc
+%
+% \PhotonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{sep}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \PhotonArc[clockwise,double,sep=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoublePhotonArcn :
+% #[ DashPhotonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashPhotonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+% I consolidate the comma separated arguments into one, and then pass
+% them to \PhotonArc
+%
+% \DashPhotonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings.Clockwise.
+%
+ \PhotonArc[clockwise,dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashPhotonArcn :
+% #[ DashDoublePhotonArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoublePhotonArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6#7}{%
+% I consolidate the comma separated arguments into one, and then pass
+% them to \PhotonArc
+%
+% \DashPhotonArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a photon on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings. Clockwise.
+%
+ \PhotonArc[clockwise,double,sep=#6,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashDoublePhotonArcn :
+% #[ ZigZag :
+%
+\def\ZigZag{%
+% \ZigZag[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% Draws a zigzag from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+% Supported options: double, sep, linesep
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at ZigZag}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] ZigZag :
+% #[ DoubleZigZag :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleZigZag}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a zigzag from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZag[double,sep=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoubleZigZag :
+% #[ DashZigZag :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashZigZag}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8}{%
+%
+% Draws a zigzag from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZag[dash,dashsize=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashZigZag :
+% #[ DashDoubleZigZag :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleZigZag}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a zigzag from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude and number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZag[double,sep=#8,dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5){#6}{#7}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashDoubleZigZag :
+% #[ ZigZagArc :
+%
+\def\ZigZagArc{%
+% \ZigZagArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at ZigZagArc}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] ZigZagArc :
+% #[ DoubleZigZagArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleZigZagArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7#8#9}{%
+%
+% \ZigZagArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{sep}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[double,sep=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6){#7}{#8}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoubleZigZagArc :
+% #[ DashZigZagArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashZigZagArc}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \DashZigZagArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashZigZagArc :
+% #[ DashDoubleZigZagArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleZigZagArc}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6#7}{%
+%
+% \DashZigZagArc(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[double,sep=#6,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashDoubleZigZagArc :
+% #[ ZigZagArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{ZigZagArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5}{%
+% \ZigZagArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[clockwise,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+% #] ZigZagArcn :
+% #[ DoubleZigZagArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleZigZagArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \ZigZagArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{sep}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[clockwise,double,sep=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+% #] DoubleZigZagArcn :
+% #[ DashZigZagArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashZigZagArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6}{%
+%
+% \DashZigZagArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings.Clockwise.
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[clockwise,dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+%
+% #] DashZigZagArcn :
+% #[ DashDoubleZigZagArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleZigZagArcn}{(#2)(#3)#4#5#6#7}{%
+%
+% \DashZigZagArcn(x,y)(r,theta1,theta2){amplitude}{numwind}{dashsize}
+% draws a zigzag on an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting
+% at theta1, and ending at theta2, with given amplitude and
+% number of windings. Clockwise.
+%
+ \ZigZagArc[clockwise,double,sep=#6,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2)(#3){#4}{#5}%
+}
+%
+% #] DashDoubleZigZagArcn :
+% #] Particle routines :
+% #[ Line routines :
+% #[ Line :
+%
+\def\Line{%
+% \Line[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+% draws a line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2). NO arrow by default.
+% Supported options: all arrow settings, all double line settings,
+% all dash line settings.
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Line}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] Line :
+% #[ DoubleLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6}{%
+%
+% \DoubleLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}
+% Draws a double line, with NO arrow by default, from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2),
+% with separation sep
+%
+ \Line[arrow=false,double,sep=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+% #] DoubleLine :
+% #[ DashLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6}{%
+% \DashLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}
+% Draws a line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately sep points long
+%
+ \Line[dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+% #] DashLine :
+% #[ DashDoubleLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7}{%
+% \DashDoubleLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}{dashsize}
+% Draws a double line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with separation sep,
+% and with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately sep points long
+% Arrow off.
+ \Line[arrow=off,dash,dashsize=#7,double,sep=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+% #] DashDoubleLine :
+% #[ ArrowLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{ArrowLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)}{%
+% \ArrowLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+% draws a line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2). Arrow by default.
+%
+ \Line[arrow,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+% #] ArrowLine :
+% #[ ArrowDoubleLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{ArrowDoubleLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6}{%
+%
+% \ArrowDoubleLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}
+% Draws a double line, with arrow by default, from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2),
+% with separation sep
+%
+ \Line[arrow,double,sep=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+% #] ArrowDoubleLine :
+% #[ DashArrowLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashArrowLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6}{%
+% \DashArrowLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}
+% Draws a line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately sep points
+% long. Arrow by default.
+%
+ \Line[arrow,dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+\let\ArrowDashLine=\DashArrowLine%
+%
+% #] DashArrowLine :
+% #[ DashArrowDoubleLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashArrowDoubleLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6#7}{%
+% \DashArrowDoubleLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}{dashsize}
+% Draws a double line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with separation sep,
+% and with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately sep points long
+% Arrow on.
+%
+ \Line[arrow,dash,dashsize=#7,double,sep=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+\let\ArrowDashDoubleLine=\DashArrowDoubleLine%
+%
+% #] DashArrowDoubleLine :
+% #[ LongArrow :
+%
+\defWithOption{LongArrow}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)}{%
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+%
+% #] LongArrow :
+% #[ DashLongArrowLine :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashLongArrowLine}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)#6}{%
+% \DashLongArrowLine[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2){sep}
+% Draws a line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately sep points
+% long. Arrow by default.
+%
+%
+ \Line[arrow,arrowpos=1,dash,dashsize=#6,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)%
+}
+\let\DashLongArrow=\DashLongArrowLine
+\let\LongArrowDash=\DashLongArrowLine
+\let\LongArrowDashLine=\DashLongArrowLine
+%
+% #] DashLongArrowLine :
+% #] Line routines :
+% #[ Arc routines :
+% #[ Arc :
+%
+\def\Arc{%
+% \Arc[opt](x,y)(r,theta1,theta2)
+% draws an arc centered at (x,y) of radius r, starting at theta1,
+% and ending at theta2. By default: no arrow, undashed, single,
+% anticlockwise.
+% Supported options: all arrow settings, all double line settings,
+% all dash line settings, clock
+%
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Arc}{}%
+}
+%
+% #] Arc :
+% #[ CArc :
+%
+\let\CArc=\Arc
+%
+% #] CArc :
+% #[ DoubleArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7}{%
+%
+% Draws a double lined arc segment. The center of the curve
+% is at (1,2).
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5).
+% The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+% #6 is the separation of the lines.
+%
+ \Arc[double,sep=#7,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\DoubleCArc=\DoubleArc
+%
+% #] DoubleArc :
+% #[ DashArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7}{%
+%
+% Draws a dashed arc segment. The center of the curve
+% is at (1,2).
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5).
+% The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+% #6 is the dashsize. this is rounded to make things come
+% out right.
+%
+ \Arc[dash,dsize=#7,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\DashCArc=\DashArc
+%
+% #] DashArc :
+% #[ DashDoubleArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7#8}{
+%
+% Draws a dashed arc segment. The center of the curve
+% is at (1,2).
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5).
+% The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+% #6 is the line separation.
+% #7 is the dashsize. this is rounded to make things come
+% out right.
+%
+ \Arc[double,sep=#7,dash,dsize=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\DashDoubleCArc=\DashDoubleArc
+%
+% #] DashDoubleArc :
+% #[ ArrowArc :
+%
+\def\ArrowArc{%
+ \AXO at PrependOption{\Arc}{arrow}%
+}
+\let\ArrowCArc=\ArrowArc
+%
+% #] ArrowArc :
+% #[ ArrowDoubleArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{ArrowDoubleArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7}{%
+ \Arc[arrow,double,sep=#7,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\ArrowDoubleCArc=\ArrowDoubleArc
+%
+% #] ArrowDoubleArc :
+% #[ ArrowDashArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{ArrowDashArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7}{%
+ \Arc[arrow,dash,dsize=#7,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\ArrowDashCArc=\ArrowDashArc
+\let\DashArrowCArc=\ArrowDashArc
+\let\DashArrowArc=\ArrowDashArc
+%
+% #] ArrowDashArc :
+% #[ ArrowDashDoubleArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{ArrowDashDoubleArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7#8}{%
+ \Arc[arrow,double,sep=#7,dash,dsize=#8,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\ArrowDashDoubleCArc=\ArrowDashDoubleArc
+\let\DashArrowDoubleCArc=\ArrowDashDoubleArc
+\let\DashArrowDoubleArc=\ArrowDashDoubleArc
+%
+%
+% #] ArrowDashDoubleArc :
+% #[ LongArrowArc :
+%
+\def\LongArrowArc{%
+ \AXO at PrependOption{\Arc}{arrow,arrowpos=1}%
+}
+%
+% #] LongArrowArc :
+% #[ LongDashArrowArc :
+%
+\defWithOption{LongArrowDashArc}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7}{%
+ \Arc[arrow,arrowpos=1,dash,dsize=#7,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+\let\LongArrowDashCArc=\LongArrowDashArc
+\let\LongDashArrowCArc=\LongArrowDashArc
+\let\LongDashArrowArc=\LongArrowDashArc
+%
+%
+% #] LongDashArrowArc :
+% #[ ArrowArcn :
+%
+\def\ArrowArcn{%
+ \AXO at PrependOption{\Arc}{arrow,clock}%
+}
+%
+% #] ArrowArcn :
+% #[ LongArrowArcn :
+%
+\def\LongArrowArcn{%
+ % \ArrowArcn, but with arrow at end by default
+ \AXO at PrependOption{\Arc}{arrow, clock, arrowpos=1}%
+}
+%
+% #] LongArrowArcn :
+% #[ DashArrowArcn :
+%
+\defWithOption{DashArrowArcn}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)#7}{%
+% (x,y)(radius,start,end){dashsize}
+% Draws a dashed arc segment with an arrow in it. The center of the curve
+% is at (x,y), with given radius, start angle, and end angle
+% The arc segment runs anticlockwise
+ \Arc[clock,arrow,dash,dashsize=#7,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5,#6)%
+}
+%
+\let\ArrowDashArcn=\DashArrowArcn%
+%
+%
+% #] DashArrowArcn :
+% #] Arc routines :
+% #[ Bezier :
+%
+\def\Bezier{%
+% \Bezier[opt](x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3)(x4,y4)
+% Draws a Bezier cubic with the control points (x1,y1), (x2,y2), (x3,y3), (x4,y4)
+% Supported options: dash, dashsize and dashsize
+ \AXO at Parse{\AXO at Bezier}{}%
+}
+%
+\defWithOption{DoubleBezier}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7)(#8)#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a Bezier cubic with control points (x1,y1), (x2,y2),
+% (x3,y3), (x4,y4) in a double line
+%
+ \Bezier[double,sep=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7)(#8)%
+}
+%
+\defWithOption{DashBezier}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7)(#8)#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a Bezier cubic with control points (x1,y1), (x2,y2),
+% (x3,y3), (x4,y4) with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately #9 points long
+%
+ \Bezier[dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7)(#8)%
+}
+%
+\defWithOption{DashDoubleBezier}{(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6)(#7)#8#9}{%
+%
+% Draws a Bezier cubic with control points (x1,y1), (x2,y2),
+% (x3,y3), (x4,y4) with a dash pattern of which the
+% alternating black and white pieces are approximately #9 points long
+% The line is a double line
+%
+ \Bezier[double,sep=#8,dash,dashsize=#9,#1](#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6)(#7)%
+}
+%
+% #] Bezier :
+% #] LaTeX primitives :
+% #[ Mixed routines :
+%
+% Here we have routines that make different calls depending on the value
+% of the variable \axo at pdfoutput
+%
+% #[ EBox :
+%
+\def\EBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a transparent box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) andthe
+% right top at (x2,y2).
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add \axowidth\space \axoscale\space ebox }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{EBox}{#1 #2 #3 #4 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] EBox :
+% #[ FBox :
+%
+\def\FBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a filled box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) and the right top
+% at (x2,y2).
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add \axowidth\space \axoscale\space fbox }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{FBox}{#1 #2 #3 #4 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] FBox :
+% #[ BBox :
+%
+\def\BBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) and the right top
+% at (x2,y2). The contents are blanked out.
+%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \FBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ }%
+ \EBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+}
+%
+% #] BBox :
+% #[ GBox :
+%
+\def\GBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) and the right top
+% at (x2,y2). The contents are in Grayscale#5 (0=black,1=white).
+%
+ {%
+ \color[gray]{#5}%
+ \FBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ \color[gray]{0}%
+ \EBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GBox :
+% #[ CBox :
+%
+\def\CBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the left bottom at (x1,y1) and the right top
+% at (x2,y2). The outside is color#5 and the inside color #6.
+%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{#6}%
+ \FBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ \SetColor{#5}%
+ \EBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] CBox :
+% #[ EBoxc :
+%
+\def\EBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a centered box with the center at (x1,y1).
+% The other parameters are the width and the height.
+% Uses current color
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #3 2 div sub #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #4 2 div sub #1 \axoxo\space add #3 2 div add #2
+ \axoyo\space add #4 2 div add \axowidth\space \axoscale\space ebox }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{Boxc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+\let\Boxc=\EBoxc
+%
+% #] EBoxc :
+% #[ FBoxc :
+%
+\def\FBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a filled centered box with the center at (x1,y1).
+% The other parameters are the width and the height.
+% Current color
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #3 2 div sub #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #4 2 div sub #1 \axoxo\space add #3 2 div add #2 \axoyo\space add #4 2 div add
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space fbox }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{FBoxc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] FBoxc :
+% #[ BBoxc :
+%
+\def\BBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a centered box with the center at (x1,y1).
+% The other parameters are the width and the height.
+% The contents are blanked out.
+%
+\bgroup
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \FBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+\egroup
+\EBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+}
+%
+% #] BBoxc :
+% #[ GBoxc :
+%
+\def\GBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5{%
+%
+% Draws a centered box with the center at (x1,y1).
+% The other parameters are the width and the height.
+% The contents are in Grayscale#5 (0=black,1=white).
+%
+ {%
+ \color[gray]{#5}%
+ \FBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ \color[gray]{0}%
+ \EBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GBoxc :
+% #[ CBoxc :
+%
+\def\CBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a centered box with the center at (x1,y1).
+% The other parameters are the width and the height.
+% The outside is color#5 and the inside color #6.
+%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{#6}%
+ \FBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ \SetColor{#5}%
+ \EBoxc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] CBoxc :
+% #[ RotatedBox :
+%
+\def\RotatedBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a centered box with the center at (#1,#2)
+% with width #3, height #4, anticlockwise rotated by #5, and in
+% color #6.
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ {\SetColor{#6}%
+ \rotatebox{#5}{\EBoxc(0,0)(#3,#4)}%
+ }}%
+}
+%
+% #] RotatedBox :
+% #[ FilledRotatedBox :
+%
+\def\FilledRotatedBox(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a filled centered box with the center at (#1,#2)
+% with width #3, height #4, anticlockwise rotated by #5, and in
+% color #6.
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ {\SetColor{#6}%
+ \rotatebox{#5}{\FBoxc(0,0)(#3,#4)}%
+ }}%
+}
+%
+% #] FilledRotatedBox :
+% #[ ETri :
+%
+% Draws a triangle. No filling.
+% The corners are (x1,y1), (x2,y2), (x3,y3)
+%
+\def\ETri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6){%
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ #5 \axoxo\space add #6 \axoyo\space add
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space triangle }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{ETri}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] ETri :
+% #[ FTri :
+%
+% Draws a filled triangle.
+% The corners are (x1,y1), (x2,y2), (x3,y3)
+%
+\def\FTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6){%
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ #5 \axoxo\space add #6 \axoyo\space add
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space ftriangle }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{FTri}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] FTri :
+% #[ BTri :
+%
+% Draws a triangle. The contents are blanked out.
+% The corners are (x1,y1), (x2,y2), (x3,y3)
+%
+\def\BTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6){%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \FTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)%
+ }%
+ \ETri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)%
+}
+%
+% #] BTri :
+% #[ GTri :
+%
+% Draws a triangle. The contents are given in Grayscale #7 (0=black,1=white)
+% The corners are (x1,y1), (x2,y2), (x3,y3)
+%
+\def\GTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)#7{%
+%
+ {%
+ \color[gray]{#7}%
+ \FTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)%
+ \color[gray]{0}%
+ \ETri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GTri :
+% #[ CTri :
+%
+% Draws a colored(#7) triangle. The contents are blanked out in color #8
+% The corners are (x1,y1), (x2,y2), (x3,y3)
+%
+\def\CTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)#7#8{%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{#7}%
+ \FTri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)%
+ \SetColor{#8}%
+ \ETri(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] CTri :
+% #[ Vertex :
+%
+\def\Vertex(#1,#2)#3{%
+%
+% Draws a fat dot at (1,2). The radius of the dot is given by 3.
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add #3
+ \axoscale\space vertex }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{Vertex}{#1 #2 #3 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] Vertex :
+% #[ ECirc :
+%
+\def\ECirc(#1,#2)#3{%
+%
+% Draws a circle at (1,2) and radius 3, with current color.
+% Nothing is written inside.
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add #3
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space ecirc }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{ECirc}{#1 #2 #3 \axowidth}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] ECirc :
+% #[ FCirc :
+%
+\let\FCirc=\Vertex
+%
+% #] FCirc :
+% #[ BCirc :
+%
+\def\BCirc(#1,#2)#3{%
+%
+% Draws a circle at (1,2) and radius 3 that is blanked out.
+ {%
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \FCirc(#1,#2){#3}
+ }%
+ \ECirc(#1,#2){#3}%
+}
+%
+% #] BCirc :
+% #[ GCirc :
+%
+\def\GCirc(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+%
+% Draws a circle at (1,2) and radius 3 that is blanked out.
+% Then it fills the circle with a gray scale 4 (0 = black, 1 is white)
+%
+ {%
+ \color[gray]{#4}%
+ \FCirc(#1,#2){#3}%
+ \color[gray]{0}%
+ \ECirc(#1,#2){#3}%
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GCirc :
+% #[ CCirc :
+%
+% Draws a circle at (1,2) and radius 3 that is blanked out.
+% #4 is the color of the circle, #5 the color of the contents
+%
+\def\CCirc(#1,#2)#3#4#5{%
+%
+% Draws a circle at (1,2) and radius 3 that is blanked out.
+% #4 is the color of the circle, #5 the color of the contents
+%
+{%
+ \SetColor{#5}%
+ \FCirc(#1,#2){#3}%
+ \SetColor{#4}%
+ \ECirc(#1,#2){#3}%
+}%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] CCirc :
+% #[ GOval :
+%
+\def\GOval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5)#6{%
+%
+% Draws a gray oval that overwrites whatever was there.
+% \GOval(x_center,y_center)(height,width)(rotation)(grayscale)
+% The grayscale: (0 = black, 1 is white)
+%
+ {%
+ \color[gray]{#6}%
+ \FOval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5)%
+ \color[gray]{0}%
+ \Oval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5)%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GOval :
+% #[ COval :
+%
+\def\COval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5)#6#7{%
+%
+% Draws a colored oval that overwrites whatever was there.
+% \COval(x_center,y_center)(height,width)(rotation){color1}{color2}
+%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{#7}%
+ \FOval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5)%
+ \SetColor{#6}%
+ \Oval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5)%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] COval :
+% #[ FOval :
+%
+\def\FOval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5){%
+%
+% Draws a colored oval that overwrites whatever was there.
+% \FOval(x_center,y_center)(height,width)(rotation)
+% Uses current color
+%
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff)%
+ {\AXOspecial{#1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add #3 #4 #5
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space foval
+ }}%
+ \else
+ \getaxohelp{FOval}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 \axowidth}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% #] FOval :
+% #[ Oval :
+%
+\def\Oval(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5){%
+%
+% Draws an oval that does not overwrite whatever was there.
+% \Oval(x_center,y_center)(height,width)(rotation)
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff)%
+ {\AXOspecial{#1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add #3 #4 #5
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space oval
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{Oval}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 \axowidth}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] Oval :
+% #[ Polygon :
+%
+% Draws a curve through the points in argument 1.
+% The points are given as coordinates (x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3).....
+% The curve is continous and continuous in its first and second
+% derivatives. The method is linear interpolation of
+% quadratic curves.
+% Color name is argument 2.
+%
+\def\Polygon#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{#2}%
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ [ \axoparray#1] \axowidth\space \axoscale\space polygon }}%
+ \else
+ \getaxohelp{Polygon}{"#1" \axowidth}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] Polygon :
+% #[ FilledPolygon :
+%
+% Draws a curve through the points in argument 1.
+% The points are given as coordinates (x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3).....
+% The curve is continous and continuous in its first and second
+% derivatives. The method is linear interpolation of
+% quadratic curves.
+% Color name is argument 2.
+%
+\def\FilledPolygon#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \SetColor{#2}%
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ [ \axoparray#1] \axowidth\space \axoscale\space filledpolygon }}
+ \else
+ \getaxohelp{FilledPolygon}{"#1" \axowidth}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] FilledPolygon :
+% #[ Curve :
+%
+% Draws a curve through the points in argument 1.
+% The points are given as coordinates (x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3).....
+% The curve is continous and continuous in its first and second
+% derivatives. The method is linear interpolation of quadratic curves.
+%
+\def\Curve#1{%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{[ \axoparray#1]
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space makecurve }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{Curve}{"#1" \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] Curve :
+% #[ DashCurve :
+%
+% Draws a curve through the points in argument 1.
+% The points are given as coordinates (x1,y1)(x2,y2)(x3,y3).....
+% The curve is continous and continuous in its first and second
+% derivatives. The method is linear interpolation of quadratic curves.
+% Argument 2 gives a dash size.
+%
+\def\DashCurve#1#2{%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{[ \axoparray#1] #2
+ \axowidth\space \axoscale\space makedashcurve }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{DashCurve}{"#1" #2 \axowidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] DashCurve :
+% #[ LinAxis :
+%
+\def\LinAxis(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6,#7,#8,#9){%
+%
+% Draws a line with linear hash marks along it.
+% LinAxis(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(num_decs,per_dec,hashsize,offset,width)
+% The line is from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) and the marks are on the left side
+% when hashsize is positive, and right when it is negative.
+% num_decs is the number of accented marks, per_dec the number of
+% divisions between them and offset is the number
+% at which one starts at (x1,y1) (like if offset=2 we start at the second
+% small mark) Width is the linewidth.
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 \axoscale\space linaxis }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{LinAxis}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] LinAxis :
+% #[ LogAxis :
+%
+\def\LogAxis(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6,#7,#8){%
+%
+% Draws a line with logarithmic hash marks along it.
+% LogAxis(x1,y1)(x2,y2)(num_logs,hashsize,offset,width)
+% The line is from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) and the marks are on the left side
+% when hashsize is positive, and right when it is negative.
+% num_logs is the number of orders of magnitude and offset is the number
+% at which one starts at (x1,y1) (like if offset=2 we start at 2)
+% When offset is 0 we start at 1. Width is the linewidth.
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ #5 #6 #7 #8 \axoscale\space logaxis }}
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{LogAxis}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+% #] LogAxis :
+% #[ AxoGrid :
+%
+\def\AxoGrid(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)#7#8{%
+%
+% Makes a grid with the left bottom at #1,#2
+% The increments in x and y are #3,#4
+% The number of steps in each direction are #5,#6 (there are n+1 lines)
+% #7 is the color and #8 the linewidth
+%
+{\SetColor{#7}%
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){%
+ \AXOspecial{%
+ #3 #4 #5 #6
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #8 \axoscale\space axogrid
+ }}%
+ \else
+ \getaxohelp{Grid}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #8}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+ \fi
+}%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AxoGrid :
+% #[ AXO at Arc :
+%
+% Generic Arc segment with many options.
+%
+%
+\def\AXO at Arc(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5){%
+%
+% Draws arc centered at (#1,#2), radius #3, starting and ending
+% angles #4, #5.
+% Double, dashing, arrow, clockwise according to current settings
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){%
+ \AXOspecial{%
+ \AXO at ArrowArg \space
+ \ifAXO at flip true \else false \fi
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock true \else false \fi
+ #3 #4 #5
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth\space \axoscale\space arc2
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoArc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at ArrowArg \space
+ \ifAXO at flip 1 \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock 1 \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at Arc :
+% #[ AXO at Bezier :
+%
+\def\AXO at Bezier(#1,#2)(#3,#4)(#5,#6)(#7,#8){%
+%
+% Draws a Bezier cubic with the control points (x1,y1), (x2,y2),
+% (x3,y3), (x4,y4)
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ #5 \axoxo\space add #6 \axoyo\space add
+ #7 \axoxo\space add #8 \axoyo\space add
+ \AXO at ArrowArg \space
+ \ifAXO at flip true \else false \fi
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth\space \axoscale\space dashdoublebezier
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoBezier}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at ArrowArg \space
+ \ifAXO at flip 1 \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at Bezier :
+% #[ AXO at GluonHelper :
+%
+\def\AXO at GluonHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6#7#8{%
+%
+% Draws a single gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude #5 and number
+% of windings #6. Width #7 + #8
+% Assumes options have been set.
+% Used as helper from \AXO at Gluon
+ %
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){%
+ \AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #7 #8 add \axoscale \space dashgluon
+ }%
+ }%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoGluon}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
+ #7
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #8}%
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+%
+\def\AXO at GluonHelperNEW(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6#7#8{%
+% IDEA: Showing cleaner code
+%
+% Draws a single gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude #5 and number
+% of windings #6. Width #7 + #8
+% Assumes options have been set.
+% Used as helper from \AXO at Gluon
+%
+ \ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon}\fi
+ \ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \AXOputPS{%
+ #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #7 #8 add \axoscale \space dashgluon
+ }%
+ \else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoGluon}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
+ #7
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #8}%
+ \AXOputPDF{\contentspdfNoOffset}%
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at GluonHelper :
+% #[ AXO at Gluon :
+%
+\def\AXO at Gluon(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude #5 and number
+% of windings #6.
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+ \ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon}\fi
+ \AXO at arrowfalse % To avoid repeated errors
+ \ifAXO at double
+ \AXO at GluonHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4){#5}{#6}{\AXO at CurrentWidth}{\AXO at CurrentSep}%
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \AXO at dashfalse
+ \AXO at GluonHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4){#5}{#6}{-\AXO at CurrentWidth}{\AXO at CurrentSep}%
+ \else
+ \AXO at GluonHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4){#5}{#6}{0}{\AXO at CurrentWidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+% #] AXO at Gluon :
+% #[ AXO at GluonArcHelper :
+%
+\def\AXO at GluonArcHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5)#6#7#8#9{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon on an arc segment. The center of the curve is at (1,2)
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5), #6 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and #7 is the number of windings.
+% Assumes options have been set
+% Width #8 + #9
+% Assumes options have been set.
+% Used as helper from \AXO at GluonArc
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon arc}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{#6 #7
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock true \else false \fi
+ #3 #4 #5
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #8 #9 add \axoscale\space dashgluearc
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoGluonArc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7
+ #8
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock 1 \else 0 \fi
+ #9}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+% #] AXO at GluonArcHelper :
+% #[ AXO at GluonArc :
+%
+\def\AXO at GluonArc(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5)#6#7{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon on an arc segment. The center of the curve is at (1,2)
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5), #6 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and #7 is the number of windings.
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+ {\AXO at useopts
+ \ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon}\fi
+ \AXO at arrowfalse % To avoid repeated errors
+ \ifAXO at double
+ \AXO at GluonArcHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5){#6}{#7}{\AXO at CurrentWidth}{\AXO at CurrentSep}%
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \AXO at dashfalse
+ \AXO at GluonArcHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5){#6}{#7}{-\AXO at CurrentWidth}{\AXO at CurrentSep}%
+ \else
+ \AXO at GluonArcHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5){#6}{#7}{0}{\AXO at CurrentWidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+% #] AXO at GluonArc :
+% #[ AXO at GluonCircHelper :
+%
+\def\AXO at GluonCircHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6#7#8{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon on a circle. The center of the circle is at (1,2)
+% The radius and the phase angle are (#3,#4), 5 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and 6 is the number of windings.
+% Width #7 + #8
+% Assumes options have been set.
+% Used as helper from \AXO at GluonCirc
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon arc}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #3 #4
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #7 #8 add \axoscale\space dashgluoncirc
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoGluonCirc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
+ #7
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #8}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}
+% #] AXO at GluonCicHelper :
+% #[ AXO at GluonCirc :
+%
+\def\AXO at GluonCirc(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a gluon on a circle. The center of the circle is at (1,2)
+% The radius and the phase angle are (#3,#4), 5 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and 6 is the number of windings.
+%
+ {\AXO at useopts
+ \ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for gluon}\fi
+ \AXO at arrowfalse % To avoid repeated errors
+ \ifAXO at double
+ \AXO at GluonCircHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4){#5}{#6}{\AXO at CurrentWidth}{\AXO at CurrentSep}%
+ \SetColor{White}%
+ \AXO at dashfalse
+ \AXO at GluonCircHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4){#5}{#6}{-\AXO at CurrentWidth}{\AXO at CurrentSep}%
+ \else
+ \AXO at GluonCircHelper(#1,#2)(#3,#4){#5}{#6}{0}{\AXO at CurrentWidth}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at GluonCirc :
+% #[ AXO at Line :
+%
+\def\AXO at Line(#1,#2)(#3,#4){%
+%
+% Draws a line from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2)
+% Double, dashing, arrow according to current settings
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){%
+ \AXOspecial{%
+ \AXO at ArrowArg \space
+ \ifAXO at flip true \else false \fi
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth \space \axoscale \space
+ dasharrowdoubleline
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoLine}{#1 #2 #3 #4
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at ArrowArg \space
+ \ifAXO at flip 1 \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at Line :
+% #[ AXO at Photon :
+%
+\def\AXO at Photon(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a photon from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude #5 and number
+% of windings #6.
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for photon}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth\space \axoscale\space dashdoublephoton }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoPhoton}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+% #] AXO at Photon :
+% #[ AXO at PhotonArc :
+%
+\def\AXO at PhotonArc(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5)#6#7{%
+%
+% Draws a photon on an arc segment. The center of the curve is at (1,2)
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5), #6 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and #7 is the number of wiggles.
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for photon arc}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #6 #7
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock true \else false \fi
+ #3 #4 #5
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth\space \axoscale\space dashdoublephotonarc
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoPhotonArc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock 1 \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at PhotonArc :
+% #[ AXO at ZigZag :
+%
+\def\AXO at ZigZag(#1,#2)(#3,#4)#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a zigzag from (x1,y1) to (x2,y2) with amplitude #5 and number
+% of windings #6.
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for zigzag}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ #3 \axoxo\space add #4 \axoyo\space add #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth\space \axoscale\space dashdoublezigzag }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoZigZag}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}%
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+% #] AXO at ZigZag :
+% #[ AXO at ZigZagArc :
+%
+\def\AXO at ZigZagArc(#1,#2)(#3,#4,#5)#6#7{%
+%
+% Draws a zigzag on an arc segment. The center of the curve is at (1,2)
+% The radius, start angle and target angle are (#3,#4,#5), #6 is the
+% amplitude of the gluon, and #7 is the number of wiggles.
+% Assumes options have been set
+%
+{\AXO at useopts
+\ifAXO at arrow\AXO at NOTIMPLEMENTED{arrow not implemented for zigzag arc}\fi
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\AXOspecial{%
+ #6 #7
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock true \else false \fi
+ #3 #4 #5
+ #1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth\space \axoscale\space dashdoublezigzagarc
+ }}%
+\else
+ \getaxohelp{AxoZigZagArc}{#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7
+ \ifAXO at double \AXO at CurrentSep \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at dash \AXO at CurrentDashSize \space \else 0 \fi
+ \ifAXO at clock 1 \else 0 \fi
+ \AXO at CurrentWidth}
+ \put(\axoxoff,\axoyoff){\axo at pdfliteral{\contentspdf}}
+\fi
+}\ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] AXO at ZigZagArc :
+% #[ Text and boxes :
+% #[ SetPFont :
+%
+% To access fonts, from both latex and pdflatex, we need
+% to define a mapping from the human-readable name to
+% the name known to (pdf)latex. Then we can define a
+% user command for setting the font. The human-readable
+% name is the one used by postscript.
+% Variables used:
+% \pfontN = human name of current PS font (e.g., Helvetica).
+% \pfontC = TeX code for the font (e.g., phvr).
+% Both are \relax to use regular document font
+% \axofontsize = size of font (text command with unit)
+
+
+\def\defineaxofont#1#2{%
+ % #1 is user visible name of font, #2 is LaTex name.
+ % Define a command of name #1 to return #2
+ \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{#2}
+}
+
+\def\SetPFont#1#2{%
+ \ifthenelse{ \equal{#1}{} }%
+ {\let\pfontN=\relax \let\pfontC=\relax}%
+ {\@ifundefined{#1}%
+ {\PackageWarning{axodraw2}{trying to set undefined font `#1'}}%
+ {\def\pfontN{#1}% Human name (postscript)
+ \def\pfontC{\@nameuse{#1}}% Code name
+ }%
+ }%
+ \ifthenelse{ \equal{#2}{} }%
+ {% Use the value of LaTeX's fontsize when the font is used:
+ \def\axofontsize{\f at size}%
+ }%
+ {\def\axofontsize{#2}}%
+\ignorespaces
+}
+
+\def\UseCurrentPSFont{%
+ % Set regular size of regular font, so math has rational size
+ \fontsize{\axofontsize}{\axofontsize}%
+ \selectfont
+ \ifx\pfontC\relax
+ \else
+ \font\axofont = \pfontC \space at \axofontsize pt
+ \axofont
+ \fi
+}
+
+\defineaxofont{AvantGarde-Book}{pagk}
+\defineaxofont{AvantGarde-BookOblique}{pagko}
+\defineaxofont{AvantGarde-Demi}{pagd}
+\defineaxofont{AvantGarde-DemiOblique}{pagdo}
+\defineaxofont{Bookman-Demi}{pbkd}
+\defineaxofont{Bookman-DemiItalic}{pbkdi}
+\defineaxofont{Bookman-Light}{pbkl}
+\defineaxofont{Bookman-LightItalic}{pbkli}
+\defineaxofont{Courier-Bold}{pcrb}
+\defineaxofont{Courier-BoldOblique}{pcrbo}
+\defineaxofont{Courier}{pcrr}
+\defineaxofont{Courier-Oblique}{pcrro}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-Bold}{phvb}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-BoldOblique}{phvbo}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-NarrowBold}{phvbrn}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-NarrowBoldOblique}{phvbon}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica}{phvr}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-Oblique}{phvro}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-Narrow}{phvrrn}
+\defineaxofont{Helvetica-NarrowOblique}{phvron}
+\defineaxofont{NewCenturySchlbk-Bold}{pncb}
+\defineaxofont{NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}{pncbi}
+\defineaxofont{NewCenturySchlbk-Italic}{pncri}
+\defineaxofont{NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}{pncr}
+\defineaxofont{Palatino-Bold}{pplb}
+\defineaxofont{Palatino-BoldItalic}{pplbi}
+\defineaxofont{Palatino-Italic}{pplri}
+\defineaxofont{Palatino-Roman}{pplr}
+\defineaxofont{Symbol}{psyr}
+\defineaxofont{Times-Bold}{ptmb}
+\defineaxofont{Times-BoldItalic}{ptmbi}
+\defineaxofont{Times-Italic}{ptmri}
+\defineaxofont{Times-Roman}{ptmr}
+\defineaxofont{ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}{pzcmi}
+\defineaxofont{ZapfDingbats}{pzdr}
+
+% Now we can set the default:
+
+\SetPFont{Times-Roman}{10}
+
+%
+% #] SetPFont :
+% #[ Text :
+%
+% Aim: \Text(#1,#2)(#3)[#4]#5, to set text #5 at position (#1,#2)
+% with angle #3 and positioning #4.
+% But the presence of (#3) and [#3] is to be optional (with
+% defaults being equivalent to (0) and []
+%
+\def\Text(#1,#2){%
+ \@ifnextchar(% )
+ {\Text at A(#1,#2)}%
+ {\Text at A(#1,#2)(0)}%
+}
+%
+\def\Text at A(#1,#2)(#3){%
+ \@ifnextchar[% ]
+ {\Text at Z(#1,#2)(#3)}%
+ {\Text at Z(#1,#2)(#3)[]}%
+}
+%
+\def\axoscaleTT{\ifPSTextScalesLikeGraphics 1\else \axotextscale \fi}
+\def\axoscalePT{\ifPSTextScalesLikeGraphics \axoscale\else \axotextscale \fi}
+%
+\def\Text at Z(#1,#2)(#3)[#4]#5{%
+ %
+ % Draws text at (#1,#2). Argument #3 is combination of l, r, t, b to
+ % indicate positioning instead of default (which is horizontally and
+ % vertically centered --- these are same as \makebox
+ % the text is left adjusted, right adjusted or centered. Or b or t.
+ % 4 is of course the text.
+ %
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \scalebox{\axoscaleTT}%
+ {\rotatebox{#3}{\makebox(0,0)[#4]{#5}}}%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] Text :
+% #[ PText : *+
+%
+\def\PText(#1,#2)(#3)[#4]#5{%
+%
+% Draws a postscript text in a postscript font.
+% Focal point is (1,2), rotation angle is 3, 4 is the mode (as in text)
+% and 5 is the text.
+%
+ \begingroup
+ \UseCurrentPSFont
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \scalebox{\axoscalePT}%
+ {\rotatebox{#3}{\makebox(0,0)[#4]{#5}}}%
+ }%
+ \endgroup
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] PText :
+% #[ RText :
+%
+\def\RText(#1,#2)[#3](#4)#5{%
+%
+% Draws rotated text at (1,2). Argument 3 is l,r or c indicating whether
+% the text is left adjusted, right adjusted or centered.
+% 4 is the rotation angle and 5 is of course the text.
+%
+ \Text(#1,#2)(#4)[#3]{#5}%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] RText :
+% #[ rText : *
+%
+\def\rText(#1,#2)[#3][#4]#5{%
+%
+% Draws rotated text at (1,2). Argument 3 is l,r or c indicating whether
+% the text is left adjusted, right adjusted or centered.
+% 4 is the rotation angle (specified as l, r, u, or blank,
+% and 5 is of course the text.
+%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\this at angle{0}%
+ \ifx#4l%
+ \def\this at angle{90}%
+ \else
+ \ifx#4r%
+ \def\this at angle{-90}%
+ \else
+ \ifx#4u%
+ \def\this at angle{180}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \Text(#1,#2)(\this at angle)[#3]{#5}%
+ \endgroup
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] rText :
+% #[ BText :
+%
+\def\BText(#1,#2)#3{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the center at (x1,y1) and postscript text #3 in it.
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \edef\axoscale{\axoscalePT}%
+ \SetTmpBox{#3}%
+ \BBoxc(0,0)(\tmpXT,\tmpYT)%
+ \PText(0,0)(0)[]{\usebox{\tmpBox}}%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] BText :
+% #[ GText :
+%
+\def\GText(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the center at (x1,y1) and postscript(#4) text in it.
+% The grayness of the box is given by #3
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \edef\axoscale{\axoscalePT}%
+ \SetTmpBox{#4}%
+ \GBoxc(0,0)(\tmpXT,\tmpYT){#3}%
+ \PText(0,0)(0)[]{\usebox{\tmpBox}}%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GText :
+% #[ CText :
+%
+\def\CText(#1,#2)#3#4#5{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the center at (x1,y1) and postscript(#5) text in it.
+% The color of box and text is in #3
+% The color of the background is in #4
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \edef\axoscale{\axoscalePT}%
+ \SetTmpBox{\SetColor{#3}{#5}}%
+ \CBoxc(0,0)(\tmpXT,\tmpYT){#3}{#4}%
+ \PText(0,0)(0)[]{\usebox{\tmpBox}}%
+ }%
+}
+%
+% #] CText :
+% #[ BTwoText :
+%
+\def\BTwoText(#1,#2)#3#4{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the center at (x1,y1) and two lines of postscript
+% text in it.
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \edef\axoscale{\axoscalePT}%
+ \SetTmpBoxTwo{#3}{#4}%
+ \BBoxc(0,0)(\tmpXT,\tmpYT)%
+ \PText(0,0)(0)[]{\usebox{\tmpBox}}%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] BTwoText :
+% #[ GTwoText :
+%
+\def\GTwoText(#1,#2)#3#4#5{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the center at (x1,y1) and two lines of postscript
+% text (#4 and #5) in it.
+% The grayness of the box is given by #3
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \edef\axoscale{\axoscalePT}%
+ \SetTmpBoxTwo{#4}{#5}%
+ \GBoxc(0,0)(\tmpXT,\tmpYT){#3}%
+ \PText(0,0)(0)[]{\usebox{\tmpBox}}%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] GTwoText :
+% #[ CTwoText :
+%
+\def\CTwoText(#1,#2)#3#4#5#6{%
+%
+% Draws a box with the center at (x1,y1) and two lines of postscript
+% text (#5 and #6) in it.
+% The color of the box and the text is given by #3
+% The background color is given by #4
+%
+ \AxoPut(#1,#2){%
+ \edef\axoscale{\axoscalePT}%
+ \SetTmpBoxTwo{\SetColor{#3}#5}{\SetColor{#3}#6}%
+ \CBoxc(0,0)(\tmpXT,\tmpYT){#3}{#4}%
+ \PText(0,0)(0)[]{\usebox{\tmpBox}}%
+ }%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+%
+% #] CTwoText :
+% #] Text and boxes :
+% #] Mixed routines :
+% #[ Postscript specific :
+%
+% The code here is used only when we need Postscript output. This concerns
+% mainly the Postscript library.
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput
+%
+% #[ PostScript preamble :
+%
+\AtBeginDvi{
+%
+% This forces the PostScript preamble commands to be put into the
+% dvi file. Without this, revtex4 can remove them by funny
+% stuff with manipulating the first page.
+%
+% #[ inventory :
+%
+% The variables in here are:
+% num,num1,ampi,ampi1,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,x4,y4,dx,dy,dr
+% width, arrowpos, arrowspec, arrowwidth, arrowlength, arrowinset
+% arcend, arcmid, arcstart, radius, linesep, angdsize, dsize,
+% clockwise, dotsize, inc, pi, sign
+% darc,const,amp1, amp2, amp3, amp4, amp5, amp6, amp7, amp8, amp1i
+% gcolor,xx2
+%
+% NOTE: blank lines are not allowed inside the postscript code!!!!!
+% (LaTeX sneaks \par commands in and the postscript goes boink)
+%
+\special{color} % Provoke dvips into including color.pro
+ % Revtex4 in 2-column mode fails to force that
+%
+\special{!
+ /savecolor { %/cmyk [ currentcmykcolor ] def
+ /oldcolor [ [ currentcolor ] currentcolorspace ] def
+ } def
+ /restorecolor { oldcolor aload pop setcolorspace aload pop setcolor } def
+% /savecolor { [ currentcmykcolor ] /cmyk ed } def
+% /restorecolor { cmyk aload pop setcmykcolor } def
+% % Do a save color now, to ensure default variables are defined:
+ savecolor
+}
+%
+\special{!
+ /pi 3.141592 def
+ /ed{exch def}def
+% Implement conversion of length unit from pt to bp by scaling
+ /gs{gsave 1.00375 div dup scale}def
+ /gsw{ gs
+ /width ed
+ width setlinewidth
+ }def
+ /p1{/y1 ed /x1 ed}def
+ /p2{/y2 ed /x2 ed}def
+ /p3{/y3 ed /x3 ed}def
+ /p4{/y4 ed /x4 ed}def
+ /pp1{/yy1 ed /xx1 ed}def
+ /pp2{/yy2 ed /xx2 ed}def
+ /pp3{/yy3 ed /xx3 ed}def
+ /setabs{
+ % Usage /var setabs
+ % Sets variable to its absolute value
+ dup load abs def
+ }def
+ %
+ /normalizearc {
+ % Usage: clockwise r angle1 angle2 x y normalizearc
+ % Adjusts coordinate system for anticlockwize arc from angle
+ % zero, centered at origin.
+ % Left on stack: r d_angle, with 0<d_angle <=360.
+ % Zero angle arc converted to loop
+ translate
+ exch dup rotate % Origin of arc now at angle 0
+ sub % Change angle2 to dangle
+ 3 2 roll
+ { % Clockwise arc: obtain from anticlockwise arc
+ neg
+ 1 -1 scale
+ } if
+ dup abs 360 ge
+ { %Outside 360 degrees, make exactly a loop
+ pop 360
+ }
+ { % Convert to positive angle mod 360.
+ dup
+ dup 0 lt { 360 sub } if
+ 360 div truncate 360 mul sub
+ dup 0.1 lt { pop 360 } if
+ }ifelse
+ } def
+ %
+ /normalizeline {
+ % Usage: x1 y1 x2 y2 normalizeline
+ % Adjusts coordinate system for line from origin in x direction
+ % Left on stack: dr = length of line
+ 3 index 3 index translate
+ 2 index sub exch 3 index sub
+ 2 copy atan rotate
+ dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt
+ 3 1 roll pop pop
+ } def
+ %
+ /abox{
+ newpath
+ x1 y1 moveto
+ x1 y2 lineto
+ x2 y2 lineto
+ x2 y1 lineto
+ closepath
+ }def
+ /atriangle{
+ newpath
+ x1 y1 moveto
+ x2 y2 lineto
+ x3 y3 lineto
+ closepath
+ }def
+ /abezier{
+ newpath
+ x1 y1 moveto
+ x2 y2 x3 y3 x4 y4 curveto
+ }def
+ /distance{
+ % Usage: x1 y1 x2 y2 distance -> x1 y1 x2 y2 r
+ % Pure stack based: computes distance between points. Keeps points
+ dup
+ 3 index sub dup mul
+ 2 index 5 index sub dup mul add sqrt
+ } def
+ /setbackgroundcolor{
+ 0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor
+ } def
+}
+%
+% #] inventory :
+% #[ Arrows :
+%
+% Define better arrows
+%
+\special{!
+% Arrow making routines
+%
+ /getarrow {
+ /witharrow ed
+ /arrowpos ed
+ /arrowaspect ed
+ /arrowscale ed
+ /arrowinset ed
+ /arrowlength ed
+ /arrowwidth ed
+ /arrowstroke ed
+ } def
+ /drawarrow {
+ gsave
+ [] 0 setdash
+ rotate
+ arrowwidth 0 eq {
+ arrowlength 0 eq {
+ linewidth linesep 0.7 mul add 1 add 1.2 mul dup
+ 2.5 lt {
+ pop
+ 2.5
+ } if
+ arrowscale mul
+ /arrowwidth ed
+ /arrowlength arrowwidth 2 mul arrowaspect mul def
+ } {
+ /arrowlength arrowlength arrowscale mul def
+ /arrowwidth arrowlength 2 div arrowaspect div def
+ } ifelse
+ } {
+ arrowlength 0 eq {
+ /arrowwidth arrowwidth arrowscale mul def
+ /arrowlength arrowwidth 2 mul arrowaspect mul def
+ } {
+ /arrowwidth arrowwidth arrowscale mul def
+ /arrowlength arrowlength arrowscale mul def
+ } ifelse
+ } ifelse
+ arrowstroke 0 ne {
+ arrowstroke setlinewidth
+ gsave
+ setbackgroundcolor
+ newpath
+ 0 arrowlength -0.5 mul moveto
+ arrowwidth arrowlength rlineto
+ arrowwidth -1 mul arrowlength arrowinset mul -1 mul rlineto
+ arrowwidth -1 mul arrowlength arrowinset mul rlineto
+ closepath fill
+ grestore
+ newpath
+ 0 arrowlength -0.5 mul moveto
+ arrowwidth arrowlength rlineto
+ arrowwidth -1 mul arrowlength arrowinset mul -1 mul rlineto
+ arrowwidth -1 mul arrowlength arrowinset mul rlineto
+ closepath stroke
+ } {
+ newpath
+ 0 arrowlength -0.5 mul moveto
+ arrowwidth arrowlength rlineto
+ arrowwidth -1 mul arrowlength arrowinset mul -1 mul rlineto
+ arrowwidth -1 mul arrowlength arrowinset mul rlineto
+ closepath fill
+ } ifelse
+ grestore
+ } def
+%
+}
+%
+% #] Arrows :
+%
+% Basic line drawing
+% #[ fixdash :
+%
+\special{! /fixdash{
+% Usage: r dashsize fixdash
+% Sets renormalized dashsize, doing
+% [rdsize rdsize] 0 setdash
+% so that n+1/2 patterns fit in length r
+% If dsize is too big or if dsize is zero, use continuous line
+% Uses stack, no named variables.
+ 2 copy gt
+ 1 index 0 ne
+ and
+ {
+ 2 copy
+ 2 mul div 0.5 sub round
+ dup 0 le { pop 0 } if
+ 2 mul 1 add exch pop div
+ dup 2 array astore 0 setdash
+ }
+ { pop pop [] 0 setdash }
+ ifelse
+} def }
+%
+% #] fixdash :
+% #[ dashline :
+%
+\special{! /dashline{
+% Draws a straight dashed line: x1,y1,x2,y2
+% Assumes dsize already set
+% The pattern is ideally [dsize dsize] 0 setdash
+% but we want to have (2*n+1)/2 patterns, so dsize must be rounded
+% If dsize is too large or zero, use a continuous line
+% Pure stack operation.
+ gsave
+ distance dsize fixdash % Function distance leaves points on stack
+ newpath
+ moveto
+ lineto
+ stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+% #] dashline :
+% #[ dasharc :
+%
+\special{! /dasharc{
+% Draws an arc segment anticlockwise:
+% x_center, y_center, radius, start_angle, end_angle
+% Assumes angdsize (radians) set elsewhere
+ gsave
+ 3 copy sub abs
+ % Top of stack is copy of radius, start_angle, end_angle
+ pi mul 180 div mul
+ % Top of stack is arc length
+ 3 index angdsize mul fixdash
+ newpath arc stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dasharc :
+% #[ dashgluon :
+%
+\special{! /dashgluon{
+%
+% Draw gluon, possibly dashed
+% We have a 'head' and a 'tail' and in between the 'body'
+% The head + tail is 2 windings. The body is num-1 windings.
+%
+ gsw
+ /dsize ed
+ /num ed /ampi ed
+ normalizeline /dr ed
+ /num num 0.5 sub round def
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+ /amp8 ampi abs 0.9 mul def
+ /size amp8 neg 0 amp8 neg ampi 2 mul dup dr num 2 mul 2 add div exch
+ 1 lengthofbezier def
+%
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ [ dsize dsize ] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ /inc dr num 2 mul 2 add div def % increment per half winding
+ /amp8 ampi 0.9 mul def
+ amp8 0 lt {/amp8 amp8 neg def} if
+%
+ /x1 inc 2 mul def
+%
+ newpath
+ x1 ampi neg moveto
+ x1 amp8 add dup ampi neg exch ampi inc 1.4 mul ampi curveto
+ inc 0.5 mul ampi inc 0.1 mul ampi 0.5 mul 0 0 curveto
+ stroke
+ newpath
+ x1 ampi neg moveto
+ 2 1 num {
+ pop
+ x1 amp8 sub dup ampi neg exch ampi dup x1 inc add exch curveto
+ /x1 x1 inc dup add add def
+ x1 amp8 add dup ampi exch ampi neg dup x1 exch curveto
+ } for
+%
+ x1 amp8 sub dup ampi neg exch ampi dup x1 inc 0.6 mul add exch curveto
+ x1 inc 1.5 mul add ampi dr inc 0.1 mul sub ampi 0.5 mul dr 0 curveto
+ stroke
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashgluon :
+% #[ dashdoublephoton :
+%
+\special{! /dashdoublephoton{
+%
+% Draws a photon from x1,y1 to x2,y2 with amplitude A and n wiggles
+% Possibly double
+%
+ gsw
+ /dsize ed
+ /linesep ed
+ /num ed /ampi ed
+ normalizeline /dr ed
+ /num num 2 mul 0.5 sub round def
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+% Compute the dash size
+ /xdd dr num div def
+ /size 4 3 div xdd mul pi div dup neg xdd add
+ 4 3 div ampi mul dup 3 1 roll xdd 0 1 lengthofbezier 2 div def
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ [ dsize dsize ] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ linesep 0 eq
+ { 0 0 dr 0 ampi num photon1 }
+ {
+% 0 linesep 2 div dup dr exch ampi num photon1
+% 0 linesep -2 div dup dr exch ampi num photon1
+%
+ linesep width add setlinewidth 0 0 dr 0 ampi num photon1
+ [] 0 setdash
+ 0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor
+ linesep width sub setlinewidth 0 0 dr 0 ampi num photon1
+%
+ }
+ ifelse
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashdoublephoton :
+% #[ photon1 :
+%
+\special{! /photon1{
+%
+% Draws a single photon from x1,y1 to x2,y2 with amplitude A and n wiggles
+%
+ gsave
+ /num1 ed /ampi1 ed
+ normalizeline /dr ed
+%
+ /x2 dr num1 div def
+ /sign 1 def
+ 1 1 num1 {
+ pop
+ newpath
+ 0 0 moveto
+ 4 3 div x2 mul pi div dup neg x2 add
+ 4 3 div ampi1 sign mul mul dup 3 1 roll
+ x2 0 curveto
+ stroke
+ /sign sign neg def
+ x2 0 translate
+ } for
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] photon1 :
+% #[ dashdoublezigzag :
+%
+\special{! /dashdoublezigzag{
+%
+% Draws a zigzag from x1,y1 to x2,y2 with amplitude A and n wiggles
+% Possibly double
+%
+ gsw
+ /dsize ed
+ /linesep ed
+ /num ed /ampi ed
+ normalizeline /dr ed
+ /num num 2 mul 0.5 sub round def
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+% Compute the dash size
+ /size dr num 2 mul div dup mul ampi dup mul add sqrt def
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ [ dsize dsize ] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ linesep 0 eq
+ { 0 0 dr 0 ampi num zigzag1 }
+ {
+% 0 linesep 2 div dup dr exch ampi num zigzag1
+% 0 linesep -2 div dup dr exch ampi num zigzag1
+%
+ linesep width add setlinewidth 0 0 dr 0 ampi num zigzag1
+ [] 0 setdash
+ 0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor
+ linesep width sub setlinewidth 0 0 dr 0 ampi num zigzag1
+%
+ }
+ ifelse
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashdoublezigzag :
+% #[ zigzag1 :
+%
+\special{! /zigzag1{
+%
+% Draws a single zigzag from x1,y1 to x2,y2 with amplitude A and n wiggles
+%
+ gsave
+ /num1 ed /ampi1 ed
+ normalizeline /dr ed
+%
+ /x2 dr num1 div def
+ /sign 1 def
+ 1 1 num1 {
+ pop
+ newpath
+ 0 0 moveto
+ x2 2 div ampi1 sign mul lineto
+ x2 0 lineto
+ stroke
+ /sign sign neg def
+ x2 0 translate
+ } for
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] zigzag1 :
+% #[ dashgluearc :
+%
+\special{! /dashgluearc{
+%
+% Draws a gluon on an arcsegment
+% gluon_radius, num, linesep (0 for no-double), dsize (0 for no dashes)
+% clock, radius, start_angle, end_angle, x_center, y_center
+% in which num is the number of windings of the gluon.
+%
+% Method for the gluon arc itself:
+% 1: compute length of arc.
+% 2: generate gluon in x and y as if the arc is a straight line
+% 3: x' = (radius+y)*cos(x*const)
+% y' = (radius+y)*sin(x*const)
+%
+ gsw
+ normalizearc
+ /darc ed /radius ed /dsize ed /num ed /ampi ed
+ /num num 0.5 sub round def
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+ /dr radius darc mul pi mul 180 div def % length of segment.
+ /const darc dr div def % conversion constant
+ /inc dr num 2 mul 2 add div def % increment per half winding
+ /amp8 ampi 0.9 mul def
+ /amp1 radius ampi add def
+ /amp2 radius ampi sub def
+ /amp4 amp1 inc amp8 add const mul cos div def
+ /amp5 amp2 amp8 const mul cos div def
+ amp8 0 lt {/amp8 amp8 neg def} if
+ /x1 inc 2 mul def
+ /x0 x1 const mul cos amp2 mul def
+ /y0 x1 const mul sin amp2 mul def
+ x1 amp8 sub const mul dup cos amp5 mul x0 sub exch sin amp5 mul y0 sub
+ x1 amp8 sub const mul dup cos amp4 mul x0 sub exch sin amp4 mul y0 sub
+ x1 inc add const mul dup cos amp1 mul x0 sub exch sin amp1 mul y0 sub
+ 1 lengthofbezier
+ /size ed
+%
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ [ dsize dsize ] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ /dr radius darc mul pi mul 180 div def % length of segment.
+ /const darc dr div def % conversion constant
+ /inc dr num 2 mul 2 add div def % increment per half winding
+ /amp8 ampi 0.9 mul def
+ /amp1 radius ampi add def
+ /amp2 radius ampi sub def
+ /amp3 radius ampi 2 div add def
+ /amp4 amp1 inc amp8 add const mul cos div def
+ /amp5 amp2 amp8 const mul cos div def
+ /amp6 amp1 inc 0.6 mul amp8 add const mul cos div def
+ /amp7 amp1 inc 0.9 mul const mul cos div def
+ amp8 0 lt {/amp8 amp8 neg def} if
+%
+ newpath
+ /x1 inc 2 mul def
+ x1 const mul dup cos amp2 mul exch sin amp2 mul
+ moveto
+ x1 amp8 add const mul dup cos amp5 mul exch sin amp5 mul
+ x1 amp8 add const mul dup cos amp6 mul exch sin amp6 mul
+ inc 1.4 mul const mul dup cos amp1 mul exch sin amp1 mul
+ curveto
+ inc 0.5 mul const mul dup cos amp7 mul exch sin amp7 mul
+ inc 0.1 mul const mul dup cos amp3 mul exch sin amp3 mul
+ radius 0
+ curveto
+ stroke
+ newpath
+ x1 const mul dup cos amp2 mul exch sin amp2 mul moveto
+ 2 1 num { pop
+ x1 amp8 sub const mul dup cos amp5 mul exch sin amp5 mul
+ x1 amp8 sub const mul dup cos amp4 mul exch sin amp4 mul
+ x1 inc add const mul dup cos amp1 mul exch sin amp1 mul
+ curveto
+ /x1 x1 inc dup add add def
+ x1 amp8 add const mul dup cos amp4 mul exch sin amp4 mul
+ x1 amp8 add const mul dup cos amp5 mul exch sin amp5 mul
+ x1 const mul dup cos amp2 mul exch sin amp2 mul
+ curveto
+ } for
+ x1 amp8 sub const mul dup cos amp5 mul exch sin amp5 mul
+ x1 amp8 sub const mul dup cos amp6 mul exch sin amp6 mul
+ x1 inc 0.6 mul add const mul dup cos amp1 mul exch sin amp1 mul
+ curveto
+ x1 inc 1.5 mul add const mul dup cos amp7 mul exch sin amp7 mul
+ dr inc 0.1 mul sub const mul dup cos amp3 mul exch sin amp3 mul
+ dr const mul dup cos radius mul exch sin radius mul
+ curveto
+ stroke
+%
+ grestore
+} def
+}
+%
+% #] dashgluearc :
+% #[ dashdoublephotonarc :
+%
+\special{! /dashdoublephotonarc{
+%
+% Draws a photon on an arcsegment
+% photon_radius, num, linesep (0 for no-double), dsize (0 for no dashes),
+% clock, radius, start_angle, end_angle, x_center, y_center
+% in which num is the number of wiggles of the photon.
+%
+ gsw
+ normalizearc
+ /darc ed /radius ed /dsize ed /linesep ed /num ed /ampli ed
+%
+ /num num 2 mul round def % number of half wiggles
+ /darc1 darc num div def
+ /cp darc1 cos def
+ /sp darc1 sin def
+ darc1 2 div dup
+ /cp2 exch cos def
+ /sp2 exch sin def
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+%
+% Compute the length of the outer curve and the inner curve.
+% There must be an integer number of patterns in half the sum.
+% The we use half of the first to determine where in the pattern
+% we should start.
+%
+ /ampli1 ampli def
+ /beta radius darc1 mul 180 ampli1 mul div def
+ /tt sp cp beta mul sub cp sp beta mul add div def
+ /amp1 radius ampli1 add 8 mul beta cp2 mul sp2 sub mul beta 4 cp add mul
+ tt cp mul 3 mul sp 4 mul sub add radius mul sub
+ beta tt sub 3 mul div def % this is x2
+ radius ampli1 add 8 mul cp2 mul 1 cp add radius mul sub 3 div amp1 sub
+ dup radius sub exch radius sub beta mul % x1,y1
+ amp1 radius sub amp1 radius cp mul sub tt mul radius sp mul add % x2,y2
+ radius cp mul radius sub radius sp mul % x3 y3
+ 1 lengthofbezier
+ /len1 ed
+ /ampli1 ampli1 neg def
+ /beta radius darc1 mul 180 ampli1 mul div def
+ /tt sp cp beta mul sub cp sp beta mul add div def
+ /amp1 radius ampli1 add 8 mul beta cp2 mul sp2 sub mul beta 4 cp add mul
+ tt cp mul 3 mul sp 4 mul sub add radius mul sub
+ beta tt sub 3 mul div def % this is x2
+ radius ampli1 add 8 mul cp2 mul 1 cp add radius mul sub 3 div amp1 sub
+ dup radius sub exch radius sub beta mul % x1,y1
+ amp1 radius sub amp1 radius cp mul sub tt mul radius sp mul add % x2,y2
+ radius cp mul radius sub radius sp mul % x3 y3
+ 1 lengthofbezier
+ /len2 ed
+ /size len1 len2 add 2 div def
+ /size2 len1 2 div def
+%
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ /numd size2 dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ /dstart dsize 2 div size2 sub 2 numd dsize mul mul add def
+ dstart 0 lt { /dstart dstart dsize 2 mul add def } if
+ [ dsize dsize ] dstart setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ linesep 0 eq {
+ radius photonarc1
+ } {
+ linesep width add setlinewidth radius photonarc1
+ [] 0 setdash
+ 0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor
+ linesep width sub setlinewidth radius photonarc1
+ } ifelse
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashdoublephotonarc :
+% #[ photonarc1 :
+%
+\special{! /photonarc1{
+% Usage: radius photonarc1
+% Draws a single photon on an arcsegment.
+% Called from dashdoublephotonarc with coordinates centered on center,
+% start on x-axis.
+% Assume the following are set: num, ampli, arcend phi, arcstart phi/2, cp,
+% cp2, sp, sp2.
+% Draws a photonarc center at x1,y1, radius arcstart,arcend, amplitude
+% number of wiggles, width, scale
+%
+ gsave
+ /radius1 ed
+ % Local copy of amplitude, since I change it
+ /ampli1 ampli def
+%
+ newpath
+ radius1 0 moveto
+ 1 1 num { 1 sub /ii ed
+ /cpi darc1 ii mul cos def
+ /spi darc1 ii mul sin def
+ /beta radius1 darc1 mul 180 ampli1 mul div def
+ /tt sp cp beta mul sub cp sp beta mul add div def
+ /x2 radius1 ampli1 add 8 mul beta cp2 mul sp2 sub mul beta 4 cp add mul
+ tt cp mul 3 mul sp 4 mul sub add radius1 mul sub
+ beta tt sub 3 mul div def
+ /x1 radius1 ampli1 add 8 mul cp2 mul 1 cp add radius1 mul sub 3 div x2 sub def
+ /y1 x1 radius1 sub beta mul def
+ /y2 x2 radius1 cp mul sub tt mul radius1 sp mul add def
+ /x3 radius1 cp mul def
+ /y3 radius1 sp mul def
+ x1 cpi mul y1 spi mul sub y1 cpi mul x1 spi mul add
+ x2 cpi mul y2 spi mul sub y2 cpi mul x2 spi mul add
+ x3 cpi mul y3 spi mul sub y3 cpi mul x3 spi mul add
+ curveto
+ /ampli1 ampli1 neg def
+ } for
+ stroke
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] photonarc1 :
+% #[ dashdoublezigzagarc :
+%
+\special{! /dashdoublezigzagarc{
+%
+% Draws a zigzag on an arcsegment
+% zigzag_radius, num, linesep (0 for no-double), dsize (0 for no dashes),
+% clock, radius, start_angle, end_angle, x_center, y_center
+% in which num is the number of wiggles of the zigzag.
+%
+ gsw
+ normalizearc
+ /darc ed /radius ed /dsize ed /linesep ed /num ed /ampli ed
+%
+ /num num 2 mul round def % number of half wiggles
+ /darc1 darc num div def
+ /cp darc1 cos def
+ /sp darc1 sin def
+ darc1 2 div dup
+ /cp2 exch cos def
+ /sp2 exch sin def
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+ /size ampli dup mul radius dup mul add radius dup mul ampli dup mul sub
+ cp mul sub 2 div sqrt def
+ /size2 ampli dup mul ampli radius add radius mul 2 mul 1 cp2 sub mul
+ add sqrt def
+%
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ /numd size2 dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ /dstart dsize 2 div size2 sub 2 numd dsize mul mul add def
+ dstart 0 lt { /dstart dstart dsize 2 mul add def } if
+ [ dsize dsize ] dstart setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ linesep 0 eq {
+ radius zigzagarc1
+ } {
+ linesep width add setlinewidth radius zigzagarc1
+ [] 0 setdash
+ 0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor
+ linesep width sub setlinewidth radius zigzagarc1
+ } ifelse
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashdoublezigzagarc :
+% #[ zigzagarc1 :
+%
+\special{! /zigzagarc1{
+% Usage: radius zigzagarc1
+% Draws a single zigzag on an arcsegment.
+% Called from dashdoublezigzagarc with coordinates centered on center,
+% start on x-axis.
+% Assume the following are set: num, ampli, arcend phi, arcstart phi/2, cp,
+% cp2, sp, sp2.
+% Draws a zigzagarc center at x1,y1, radius arcstart,arcend, amplitude
+% number of wiggles, width, scale
+%
+ gsave
+ /radius1 ed
+% Local copy of amplitude, since I change it
+ /ampli1 ampli def
+%
+% Num is the number of half wiggles. We like to start and end with
+% quarter wiggles though.
+%
+ /darc2 darc1 2 div def
+ newpath
+ radius1 0 moveto
+ darc2 dup sin exch cos
+ radius1 ampli1 add mul exch radius1 ampli1 add mul lineto
+ /ampli1 ampli1 neg def
+ /num1 num 1 sub def
+ 1 1 num1 {
+ darc1 mul darc2 add dup sin exch cos
+ radius1 ampli1 add mul exch radius1 ampli1 add mul lineto
+ /ampli1 ampli1 neg def
+ } for
+ num darc1 mul dup sin exch cos
+ radius1 mul exch radius1 mul lineto
+ stroke
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] zigzagarc1 :
+% #[ dashgluoncirc :
+%
+\special{! /dashgluoncirc{
+%
+% Draws a gluon on a complete circle
+% cmyk color setting
+% gluon_ampl, num, linesep (0 for no-double), dsize (0 for no dashes)
+% radius, phase_angle, x_center, y_center
+% in which num is the number of windings of the gluon.
+%
+ gsw
+ translate
+ /phase ed /radius ed /dsize ed /num ed /ampi ed
+ /num num 0.5 sub round def
+ /darc 180 num div def
+%
+% We rotate in such a way that 0 angle becomes more accessible.
+%
+ darc phase add rotate
+%
+ dsize 0 eq {
+ [] 0 setdash
+ } {
+ /dr radius 2 mul pi mul def % 2*pi*r
+ /inc dr 2 num mul div def % 2*pi*r/(2*num)
+ /const 360 dr div def % 360/(2*pi*r)
+ /amp8 ampi 0.9 mul def
+ /amp1 radius ampi add def
+ /amp2 radius ampi sub def
+ /amp4 amp1 inc amp8 add const mul cos div def
+ /amp5 amp2 amp8 const mul cos div def
+ amp8 0 lt {/amp8 amp8 neg def} if
+ /xx inc 2 mul def
+ /x0 amp1 inc const mul cos mul def
+ /y0 amp1 inc const mul sin mul def
+ amp4 xx amp8 add const mul cos mul x0 sub
+ amp4 xx amp8 add const mul sin mul y0 sub
+ amp5 xx amp8 add const mul cos mul x0 sub
+ amp5 xx amp8 add const mul sin mul y0 sub
+ amp2 xx const mul cos mul x0 sub
+ amp2 xx const mul sin mul y0 sub
+ 1 lengthofbezier
+ /size ed
+%
+ /ndash size dsize 2 mul div truncate def
+ ndash 0 eq { /ndash 1 def } if
+ size 2 dsize ndash mul mul sub abs
+ size 2 dsize ndash 1 add mul mul sub abs gt { /ndash ndash 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size 2 ndash mul div def
+ [ dsize dsize ] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } ifelse
+%
+ /dr radius 2 mul pi mul def % 2*pi*r
+ /inc dr 2 num mul div def % 2*pi*r/(2*num)
+ /const 360 dr div def % 360/(2*pi*r)
+ /amp8 ampi 0.9 mul def
+ /amp1 radius ampi add def
+ /amp2 radius ampi sub def
+ /amp4 amp1 inc amp8 add const mul cos div def
+ /amp5 amp2 amp8 const mul cos div def
+ amp8 0 lt {/amp8 amp8 neg def} if
+%
+ newpath
+%
+ /xx inc 2 mul def
+ amp1 inc const mul cos mul amp1 inc const mul sin mul moveto
+%
+ 1 1 num { pop
+ amp4 xx amp8 add const mul cos mul
+ amp4 xx amp8 add const mul sin mul
+ amp5 xx amp8 add const mul cos mul
+ amp5 xx amp8 add const mul sin mul
+ amp2 xx const mul cos mul
+ amp2 xx const mul sin mul
+ curveto
+ amp5 xx amp8 sub const mul cos mul
+ amp5 xx amp8 sub const mul sin mul
+ amp4 xx amp8 sub const mul cos mul
+ amp4 xx amp8 sub const mul sin mul
+ amp1 xx inc add const mul cos mul
+ amp1 xx inc add const mul sin mul
+ curveto
+ /xx xx inc 2 mul add def
+ } for
+%
+ stroke
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashgluoncirc :
+% #[ arc2 :
+%
+\special{! /arc2{
+% Draws an arc segment:
+% arrowspec, arrowpos, flip, linesep, dsize,
+% clock, radius, start_angle, end_angle, x_center, y_center, width, scale
+% If linesep == 0, then single line, else double with separation linesep.
+%
+ gsw
+ normalizearc
+ /darc ed /radius ed
+ /dsize ed /linesep ed
+ /angdsize dsize radius div def
+ /flip ed
+ getarrow
+ /arcmid darc arrowpos mul def
+ /linewidth width def
+ dsize 0 eq
+ { linesep 0 eq
+ { 0 0 radius 0 darc dasharc }
+ { gsave
+ linesep linewidth add setlinewidth
+ 0 0 radius 0 darc dasharc
+ setbackgroundcolor
+ [] 0 setdash
+ linesep linewidth sub setlinewidth
+ 0 0 radius 0 darc dasharc
+ grestore
+ } ifelse
+ }
+ { linesep 0 eq
+ { 0 0 radius 0 arcmid dasharc
+ 0 0 radius arcmid darc dasharc
+ } {
+ gsave
+ linesep linewidth add setlinewidth
+ 0 0 radius 0 arcmid dasharc
+ 0 0 radius arcmid darc dasharc
+ setbackgroundcolor
+ [] 0 setdash
+ linesep linewidth sub setlinewidth
+ 0 0 radius 0 darc dasharc
+ grestore
+ } ifelse
+ } ifelse
+ arcmid rotate
+ radius 0 translate
+ flip { 0 } { 180 } ifelse
+ witharrow { drawarrow } if
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] arc2 :
+% #[ dasharrowdoubleline :
+%
+\special{! /dasharrowdoubleline{
+%
+% arrowspec, arrowpos, flip, linesep, dsize,
+% x1, y1, x2, y2, width, scale
+% If linesep == 0, then single line, else double with separation linesep.
+% Draws a dashed double straight line with arrow.
+% If dsize==0, then continuous line.
+% If linesep==0, then single line.
+ gsw
+ normalizeline
+ /dr ed
+ /dsize ed
+ /linesep ed
+ /flip ed
+ getarrow
+%
+ % If linesep is negative, that means the arrow is flipped.
+ % But the lineend coordinates are already flipped, so there is
+ % no need to make any adjustment; i.e., replace linesep by
+ % absolute value.
+ /linesep setabs
+ /linewidth width def
+ linesep 0 eq {
+ 0 0 dr 0 dashline
+ } {
+ gsave
+ linesep linewidth add setlinewidth 0 0 dr 0 dashline
+ setbackgroundcolor
+ [] 0 setdash
+ linesep linewidth sub setlinewidth 0 0 dr 0 newpath moveto lineto stroke
+ grestore
+ } ifelse
+ dr arrowpos mul 0 translate
+ flip { -90 }{ 90 } ifelse
+ witharrow { drawarrow } if
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dasharrowdoubleline :
+% #[ vertex :
+%
+\special{! /vertex{
+%
+% Puts a fat dot at x,y size is the radius of the dot
+%
+ gs
+ /dotsize ed
+ translate
+ newpath
+ 0 0 dotsize 0 360 arc
+ fill stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] vertex :
+% #[ ecirc :
+%
+\special{! /ecirc{
+%
+% Draws an anti-clockwise circle :
+% x_center, y_center, radius
+% Transparent interior
+%
+ gsw /radius ed
+ translate % x and y are still on stack
+ newpath 0 0 radius 0 360 arc stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] ecirc :
+% #[ ebox :
+%
+\special{! /ebox{
+%
+% Draws a transparent box x1,y1,x2,y2
+%
+ gsw p2 p1
+ abox stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] ebox :
+% #[ fbox :
+%
+\special{! /fbox{
+%
+% Draws a filled box x1,y1,x2,y2
+%
+ gsw p2 p1
+ abox fill
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] fbox :
+% #[ triangle :
+%
+\special{! /triangle{
+%
+% Draws a triangle x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3
+%
+ gsw p3 p2 p1
+ atriangle stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] triangle :
+% #[ ftriangle :
+%
+\special{! /ftriangle{
+%
+% Draws a triangle x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3
+%
+ gsw p3 p2 p1
+ atriangle fill
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] ftriangle :
+% #[ ellipse:
+%
+\special{! /ellipse {
+ % Draw an ellipse
+ % RedGrittyBrick 20/10/2003
+ % From http://www.redgrittybrick.org/postscript/ellipse.html. 2011/03/22
+ % draw an ellipse using four bezier curves
+ %
+ /r2 exch def % 2nd parameter
+ /r1 exch def % 1st parameter
+ /kappa 0.5522847498 def
+ %
+ newpath
+ 0 r2 moveto % start point of curve
+ %
+ % top clockwise
+ kappa r1 mul r2 % 1st Bezier control point
+ r1 kappa r2 mul % 2nd Bezier control point
+ r1 0 curveto % end point of curve
+ %
+ % right clockwise
+ r1 kappa r2 mul neg
+ kappa r1 mul r2 neg
+ 0 r2 neg curveto
+ %
+ % bottom clockwise
+ kappa r1 mul neg r2 neg
+ r1 neg kappa r2 mul neg
+ r1 neg 0 curveto
+ %
+ % left clockwise
+ r1 neg kappa r2 mul
+ kappa r1 mul neg r2
+ 0 r2 curveto
+ %
+ } def % ellipse
+}
+%
+% #] ellipse:
+% #[ goval :
+%
+\special{! /goval{
+%
+% Draws a gray oval that overwrites whatever was there.
+% x_center y_center height width rotation color linewidth scale
+%
+ gsw /gcolor ed /angle ed /width ed /height ed
+%
+ translate % x and y are still on stack
+ angle rotate
+ 1 setgray width height ellipse fill
+ gcolor setgray width height ellipse fill
+ 0 setgray width height ellipse stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] goval :
+% #[ fcoval :
+%
+\special{! /foval{
+%
+% Draws an oval that overwrites whatever was there.
+% x_center y_center height width rotation linewidth scale
+%
+ gsw /angle ed /width ed /height ed
+%
+ translate % x and y are still on stack
+ angle rotate
+ width height ellipse fill
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] foval :
+% #[ oval :
+%
+\special{! /oval{
+%
+% Draws an oval that does not overwrite whatever was there.
+% x_center y_center height width rotation linewidth scale
+%
+ gsw /angle ed /width ed /height ed
+%
+ translate % x and y are still on stack
+ angle rotate
+ width height ellipse stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] oval :
+% #[ polygon :
+%
+% Incoming stack:
+% [array of x,y pairs] width scale
+%
+\special{! /polygon{
+ gsw /points ed
+ /ss points length 2 idiv 2 mul def
+ ss 4 gt {
+ newpath
+ points 0 get points 1 get moveto
+ 0 2 ss 4 sub { /ii ed
+ /x1 points ii 2 add get def
+ /y1 points ii 3 add get def
+ x1 y1 lineto
+ } for
+ closepath
+ stroke
+ } if
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] polygon :
+% #[ filledpolygon :
+%
+% Incoming stack:
+% [array of x,y pairs] width scale
+%
+\special{! /filledpolygon{
+ gsw /points ed
+ /ss points length 2 idiv 2 mul def
+ ss 4 gt {
+ newpath
+ points 0 get points 1 get moveto
+ 0 2 ss 4 sub { /ii ed
+ /x1 points ii 2 add get def
+ /y1 points ii 3 add get def
+ x1 y1 lineto
+ } for
+ closepath
+ fill
+ } if
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] filledpolygon :
+% #[ makecurve :
+%
+\special{! /docurve{
+ x1 2 mul x2 add 3 div
+ y1 y0 sub x1 x0 sub div x2 x0 sub mul
+ y2 y0 sub x2 x0 sub div x1 x0 sub mul add
+ y1 add y0 2 mul add 3 div
+ x1 x2 2 mul add 3 div
+ y2 y3 sub x2 x3 sub div x1 x3 sub mul
+ y1 y3 sub x1 x3 sub div x2 x3 sub mul add
+ y2 add y3 2 mul add 3 div
+ x2 y2 curveto
+} def }
+%
+\special{! /makecurve{
+%
+% Incoming stack:
+% [array of x,y pairs] width scale
+%
+ gsw /points ed
+ /ss points length 2 idiv 2 mul def
+ newpath
+ ss 4 gt {
+ /x1 points 0 get def
+ /y1 points 1 get def
+ /x2 points 2 get def
+ /y2 points 3 get def
+ /x3 points 4 get def
+ /y3 points 5 get def
+ /x0 x1 2 mul x2 sub def
+ /y0 y3 y2 sub x3 x2 sub div y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub div sub 2 mul
+ x2 x1 sub dup mul x3 x1 sub div mul
+ y1 2 mul add y2 sub def
+ x1 y1 moveto
+ docurve
+ 0 2 ss 8 sub { /ii ed
+ /x0 points ii get def
+ /y0 points ii 1 add get def
+ /x1 points ii 2 add get def
+ /y1 points ii 3 add get def
+ /x2 points ii 4 add get def
+ /y2 points ii 5 add get def
+ /x3 points ii 6 add get def
+ /y3 points ii 7 add get def
+ docurve
+ } for
+ /x0 points ss 6 sub get def
+ /y0 points ss 5 sub get def
+ /x1 points ss 4 sub get def
+ /y1 points ss 3 sub get def
+ /x2 points ss 2 sub get def
+ /y2 points ss 1 sub get def
+ /x3 x2 2 mul x1 sub def
+ /y3 y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub div y1 y0 sub x1 x0 sub div sub 2 mul
+ x2 x1 sub dup mul x2 x0 sub div mul
+ y2 2 mul add y1 sub def
+ docurve
+ } {
+ ss 4 eq {
+ points 0 get points 1 get moveto
+ points 2 get points 3 get lineto
+ } if
+ } ifelse
+ stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] makecurve :
+% #[ makedashcurve :
+%
+\special{! /makedashcurve{
+%
+% Incoming stack:
+% [array of x,y pairs] dashsize width scale
+%
+ gsw /dsize ed /points ed
+ /ss points length 2 idiv 2 mul def
+ newpath
+ ss 4 gt {
+ /x1 points 0 get def
+ /y1 points 1 get def
+ /x2 points 2 get def
+ /y2 points 3 get def
+ /x3 points 4 get def
+ /y3 points 5 get def
+ /x0 x1 2 mul x2 sub def
+ /y0 y3 y2 sub x3 x2 sub div y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub div sub 2 mul
+ x2 x1 sub dup mul x3 x1 sub div mul
+ y1 2 mul add y2 sub def
+ x1 y1 moveto
+ docurve
+ 0 2 ss 8 sub { /ii ed
+ /x0 points ii get def
+ /y0 points ii 1 add get def
+ /x1 points ii 2 add get def
+ /y1 points ii 3 add get def
+ /x2 points ii 4 add get def
+ /y2 points ii 5 add get def
+ /x3 points ii 6 add get def
+ /y3 points ii 7 add get def
+ docurve
+ } for
+ /x0 points ss 6 sub get def
+ /y0 points ss 5 sub get def
+ /x1 points ss 4 sub get def
+ /y1 points ss 3 sub get def
+ /x2 points ss 2 sub get def
+ /y2 points ss 1 sub get def
+ /x3 x2 2 mul x1 sub def
+ /y3 y2 y1 sub x2 x1 sub div y1 y0 sub x1 x0 sub div sub 2 mul
+ x2 x1 sub dup mul x2 x0 sub div mul
+ y2 2 mul add y1 sub def
+ docurve
+ } {
+ ss 4 eq {
+ points 0 get points 1 get moveto
+ points 2 get points 3 get lineto
+ } if
+ } ifelse
+ centerdash
+ stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+\special{! /pathlength{
+ flattenpath
+ /dist 0 def
+ { /yfirst ed /xfirst ed /ymoveto yfirst def /xmoveto xfirst def }
+ { /ynext ed /xnext ed /dist dist ynext yfirst sub dup mul
+ xnext xfirst sub dup mul add sqrt add def
+ /yfirst ynext def /xfirst xnext def }
+ {}
+ {/ynext ymoveto def /xnext xmoveto def
+ /dist ynext yfirst sub dup mul
+ xnext xfirst sub dup mul add sqrt add def
+ /yfirst ynext def /xfirst xnext def }
+ pathforall
+ dist
+} def }
+%
+\special{! /centerdash{
+ /pathlen pathlength def
+ /jj pathlen dsize div 2.0 div cvi def
+ /ddsize pathlen jj 2.0 mul div def
+ [ddsize] ddsize 2 div setdash
+} def }
+%
+% #] makedashcurve :
+% #[ logaxis :
+%
+\special{! /logaxis{
+%
+% Draws an axis from x1,y1 to x2,y2 with nl log divisions
+% size of the hashes hs, offset F
+% and width W. The stack looks like
+% x1,y1,x2,y2,nl,hs,F,W,scale
+% After the rotation the hash marks are on top if nl is positive and
+% on the bottom if nl is negative
+%
+ gsw /offset ed /hashsize ed /nlogs ed
+ normalizeline /rr ed
+ offset 0 ne { /offset offset ln 10 ln div def } if
+ /offset offset dup cvi sub def
+ newpath
+ 0 0 moveto
+ rr 0 lineto
+ /lsize rr nlogs div def
+ 0 1 nlogs { /x2 ed
+ x2 offset ge {
+ /y2 x2 offset sub lsize mul def
+ y2 rr le {
+ y2 0 moveto
+ y2 hashsize 1.2 mul lineto
+ } if
+ } if
+ } for
+ stroke
+ width 0.6 mul setlinewidth
+ newpath
+ 0 1 nlogs { /x2 ed
+ 2 1 9 {
+ ln 10 ln div x2 add
+ /xx2 ed
+ xx2 offset ge {
+ /y2 xx2 offset sub lsize mul def
+ y2 rr le {
+ y2 0 moveto
+ y2 hashsize 0.8 mul lineto
+ } if
+ } if
+ } for
+ } for
+ stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] logaxis :
+% #[ linaxis :
+%
+\special{! /linaxis{
+%
+% x1,y1,x2,y2,num_decs,per_dec,hashsize,offset,width,scale
+%
+ gsw /offset ed /hashsize ed /perdec ed /numdec ed
+ normalizeline
+ /rr ed
+ /perdec perdec round def
+ /offset offset
+ % Do real equivalent of offset perdec mod
+ dup cvi perdec idiv
+ sub
+ dup 0 lt {perdec add} if
+ dup perdec ge {perdec sub} if
+ def
+ newpath
+ 0 0 moveto
+ rr 0 lineto
+ /x1 rr numdec perdec mul div def
+ /y1 rr numdec div def
+ offset 0 eq {0} {1} ifelse 1 numdec
+ { y1 mul offset x1 mul sub
+ dup 0 moveto
+ hashsize 1.2 mul lineto
+ } for
+ stroke
+ width 0.6 mul setlinewidth
+ newpath
+ /offset offset dup cvi sub def
+ offset 0 eq {0} {1} ifelse 1 numdec perdec mul {
+ offset sub x1 mul
+ dup 0 ge {
+ dup rr le {
+ dup 0 moveto
+ hashsize 0.8 mul lineto
+ } if
+ } if
+ } for
+ stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] linaxis :
+% #[ dashbezier :
+%
+\special{! /dashbezier{
+%
+% Draws a dashed Bezier with control points x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,x4,y4
+%
+ gsw /dsize ed p4 p3 p2 p1
+ dsize 0 ne {
+ /size x2 x1 sub y2 y1 sub x3 x1 sub y3 y1 sub x4 x1 sub y4 y1 sub
+ 1 lengthofbezier def
+ /numdashes size dsize 2 mul div def
+ numdashes 0 eq { /numdashes 1 def } if
+ size dsize 2 mul numdashes mul sub abs
+ size dsize 2 mul numdashes 1 add mul sub abs
+ gt { /numdashes 1 add def } if
+ /dsize size numdashes 2 mul div def
+ [dsize dsize] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } if
+ abezier stroke
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashbezier :
+% #[ dashdoublebezier :
+%
+\special{! /dashdoublebezier{
+%
+% Draws a dashed Bezier with control points x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,x4,y4
+%
+ gsw /dsize ed /linesep ed
+ /flip ed
+ getarrow
+ p4 p3 p2 p1
+ /linewidth width def
+ /bsize x2 x1 sub y2 y1 sub x3 x1 sub y3 y1 sub x4 x1 sub y4 y1 sub
+ 1 lengthofbezier def
+ dsize 0 ne {
+ /numdashes bsize dsize 2 mul div def
+ numdashes 0 eq { /numdashes 1 def } if
+ bsize dsize 2 mul numdashes mul sub abs
+ bsize dsize 2 mul numdashes 1 add mul sub abs
+ gt { /numdashes 1 add def } if
+ /dsize bsize numdashes 2 mul div def
+ [dsize dsize] dsize 2 div setdash
+ } if
+ linesep 0 ne {
+ linesep linewidth add setlinewidth abezier stroke
+ gsave
+ 0 0 0 0 setcmykcolor
+ linesep linewidth sub setlinewidth abezier stroke
+ grestore
+ } {
+ abezier stroke
+ } ifelse
+%
+ witharrow {
+ /tb arrowpos def
+ /tbmax 1 def /tbmin 0 def
+ {
+ /sizeb x2 x1 sub y2 y1 sub x3 x1 sub y3 y1 sub x4 x1 sub y4 y1 sub
+ tb lengthofbezier def
+ sizeb bsize div arrowpos sub abs 0.0001 le { exit } if
+ sizeb bsize div arrowpos gt
+ { /tbmax tb def /tb tb tbmin add 2 div def }
+ { /tbmin tb def /tb tb tbmax add 2 div def } ifelse
+ } loop
+ /ub 1 tb sub def
+ x1 ub ub ub mul mul mul tb x2 3 mul ub mul ub mul tb x3 3 mul ub mul
+ x4 tb mul add mul add mul add
+ y1 ub ub ub mul mul mul tb y2 3 mul ub mul ub mul tb y3 3 mul ub mul
+ y4 tb mul add mul add mul add translate
+ y4 tb dup mul mul y3 tb mul 2 3 tb mul sub mul add y2 ub mul 1 3 tb mul
+ sub mul add y1 ub dup mul mul sub 3 mul
+ x4 tb dup mul mul x3 tb mul 2 3 tb mul sub mul add x2 ub mul 1 3 tb mul
+ sub mul add x1 ub dup mul mul sub 3 mul
+ atan rotate
+ flip { -90 }{ 90 } ifelse
+ drawarrow
+ } if
+%
+ grestore
+} def }
+%
+% #] dashdoublebezier :
+% #[ lengthofbezier :
+%
+% Calculates the length of a Bezier curve assuming that we start
+% in the point 0,0. We use a Gaussian quadrature with 16 points.
+% If, at any time, more precision is needed we have the 32 points
+% numbers in axohelp.c. (and there is more commentary in that file)
+%
+\special{!
+ /g16x1 { 0.095012509837637440185 } def
+ /g16x2 { 0.281603550779258913230 } def
+ /g16x3 { 0.458016777657227386342 } def
+ /g16x4 { 0.617876244402643748447 } def
+ /g16x5 { 0.755404408355003033895 } def
+ /g16x6 { 0.865631202387831743880 } def
+ /g16x7 { 0.944575023073232576078 } def
+ /g16x8 { 0.989400934991649932596 } def
+ /g16w1 { 0.189450610455068496285 } def
+ /g16w2 { 0.182603415044923588867 } def
+ /g16w3 { 0.169156519395002538189 } def
+ /g16w4 { 0.149595988816576732081 } def
+ /g16w5 { 0.124628971255533872052 } def
+ /g16w6 { 0.095158511682492784810 } def
+ /g16w7 { 0.062253523938647892863 } def
+ /g16w8 { 0.027152459411754094852 } def
+ /onepoint {
+ /gpt ed
+ /tpt 1 gpt add 2 div tmax mul def
+ xc tpt mul xb add tpt mul xa add dup mul
+ yc tpt mul yb add tpt mul ya add dup mul
+ add sqrt
+ /tpt 1 gpt sub 2 div tmax mul def
+ xc tpt mul xb add tpt mul xa add dup mul
+ yc tpt mul yb add tpt mul ya add dup mul
+ add sqrt add 2 div
+ } def
+ /lengthofbezier {
+ /tmax ed
+ pp3 pp2 pp1
+ /xa xx1 3 mul def /xb xx2 xx1 2 mul sub 6 mul def
+ /xc xx3 xx2 xx1 sub 3 mul sub 3 mul def
+ /ya yy1 3 mul def /yb yy2 yy1 2 mul sub 6 mul def
+ /yc yy3 yy2 yy1 sub 3 mul sub 3 mul def
+%
+ g16x1 onepoint g16w1 mul
+ g16x2 onepoint g16w2 mul add
+ g16x3 onepoint g16w3 mul add
+ g16x4 onepoint g16w4 mul add
+ g16x5 onepoint g16w5 mul add
+ g16x6 onepoint g16w6 mul add
+ g16x7 onepoint g16w7 mul add
+ g16x8 onepoint g16w8 mul add
+ tmax mul
+ } def
+}
+% #] lengthofbezier :
+% #[ axogrid :
+%
+\special{! /axogrid{
+ gsw translate
+ /ny ed /nx ed /dy ed /dx ed
+ /maxx nx dx mul def
+ /maxy ny dy mul def
+ 0 1 nx {
+ newpath dx mul dup 0 moveto maxy lineto stroke
+ } for
+ 0 1 ny {
+ newpath maxx exch dy mul dup 0 exch moveto lineto stroke
+ } for
+} def }
+%
+% #] axogrid :
+}
+% #] PostScript preamble :
+% #[ axoparray : Puts an array of 2-dim points
+%
+% Puts a sequence of points in the notation (x1,y1)(x2,y2)....
+% on the Postscript stack. This is for Curve and DashCurve.
+%
+\let\eind=]
+%
+\def\axoparray(#1,#2)#3{#1 \axoxo\space add #2 \axoyo\space add \ifx #3\eind\else
+\expandafter\axoparray\fi#3}
+%
+% #] axoparray :
+%
+\fi
+% #] Postscript specific :
+% #[ PDF specific :
+%
+% Here are the routines that are used purely for the PDF output.
+% The main concern here is the communication with the axohelp program.
+%
+\ifcase\axo at pdfoutput\else
+%
+% #[ getaxohelp :
+%
+% This is the command that makes the PDF work. Use as in
+% getaxohelp{NameOfFunction}{parameters to be passed}
+% The format is very precise. If axohelp is not happy there will
+% be no output. The most common error is that the parameters are
+% not separated by black spaces. Some \space might have to be inserted.
+% The reason we do not separate the parameters by comma's is that
+% both Postscript and PDF want their objects separated by blanks.
+% Also a separation by blanks makes the parameters into separate
+% arguments in the call to axohelp. Our colors need blanks....
+%
+%
+\def\getoneline#1#2{%
+ % Set the command of name #1 to the next line of the file
+ % for which the input stream number is #2.
+ \def\tmpfh{#2}%
+ \ifeof\tmpfh
+ \else
+ \read\tmpfh to \tmpline
+ \fi
+ \ifeof\tmpfh
+ \@namedef{#1}{}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter \let \csname #1\endcsname = \tmpline
+ \fi
+}
+%
+\def\getaxohelp#1#2{%
+ \def\axohelp{}%
+ \stepcounter{axo at objectIndex}%
+ \def\axo at currentInput{#1 #2;}%
+ \immediate\write\axo at spec{[\arabic{axo at objectIndex}]\space \axo at currentInput}%
+ \ifaxo at axohelpRerun%
+ \else%
+ \def\axo at currentInput{{#1 #2;}}%
+ \getoneline{axo at partOne}\axo at axohelpFile%
+ \catcode`\ =13%
+ \getoneline{axo at partTwo}\axo at axohelpFile%
+ \catcode`\ =10%
+ \getoneline{axo at partThree}\axo at axohelpFile%
+ \ifeof\axo at axohelpFile
+ \rlap{New object; rerun axohelp}%
+ \global\axo at axohelpReruntrue
+ \else
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\axo at partTwo}{\axo at currentInput}}%
+ {% Current definition is same as the one processed
+ % by axohelp, so it is safe to use
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\axohelp\axo at partThree%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \rlap{Changed object; rerun axohelp}%
+ \global\axo at axohelpReruntrue
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \fi%
+}
+%
+% #] getaxohelp :
+% #[ Use the axohelp output :
+%
+% Implement conversion of length unit from pt to bp by scaling
+\def\contentspdf{q \axoscale\space 0 0 \axoscale\space 0 0 cm
+ 0.99626401 0 0 0.99626401 0 0 cm
+ 1 0 0 1 \axoxo\space \axoyo\space cm
+ \axohelp\space
+ Q}
+\def\contentspdfNoOffset{q \axoscale\space 0 0 \axoscale\space 0 0 cm
+ 0.99626401 0 0 0.99626401 0 0 cm
+ \axohelp\space
+ Q}
+%
+% #] Use the axohelp output :
+%
+\fi
+% #] PDF specific :
+
+% Process options now, after all potentially necessary commands have
+% been defined. Use starred form, so that the options are processed
+% in the order the user writes them. Also set defaults here.
+\PSTextScalesLikeGraphicstrue
+\canvasScaleObjectScale
+\ProcessOptions*
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/axodraw2/axodraw2.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check 2017-05-17 21:54:24 UTC (rev 44395)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
aucklandthesis augie auncial-new aurical aurl autobreak autopdf
authoraftertitle authorindex
auto-pst-pdf autoaligne autoarea automata autonum autosp avantgar avremu
- awesomebox
+ awesomebox axodraw2
b1encoding babel
babel-albanian babel-azerbaijani babel-basque
babel-belarusian babel-bosnian babel-breton
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds 2017-05-17 21:54:24 UTC (rev 44395)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -135,7 +135,6 @@
'auto1', "die 'skipping, nonfree font support'",
'autolatex', "die 'skipping, not self-locating'",
'autotab', "die 'skipping, noinfo license, latex 2.09'",
- 'axodraw2', "die 'skipping, requires compilation'",
'babel-frenchb', "die 'skipping, use babel-french'",
'babel-serbianc', "&MAKEflatten",
'babel-slovene', "die 'skipping, use babel-slovenian'",
@@ -2929,6 +2928,7 @@
'accfonts' => $standardclean . '|dvips.enc', # dup enc
'acmconf' => $standardclean . '|flushend.sty', # dup with sttools
'apalike' => "apalike2.bst", # does not belong
+ 'axodraw2' => "axohelp.exe", # later
'bardiag' => "example/.*(aux|log)", # junk on CTAN
'bibleref' => $standardclean . '|sample.tex|sample-.*', # derived uploaded
'bbm-macros' => $standardclean . '|^bbm$', # symlink
Added: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/axodraw2.tlpsrc
===================================================================
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2017-05-17 21:54:24 UTC (rev 44395)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2017-05-17 21:57:11 UTC (rev 44396)
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
depend amstex
depend apxproof
depend autobreak
+depend axodraw2
depend backnaur
depend begriff
depend binomexp
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list